Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist.

In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Records of the General Conference

Nineteenth Session Nairobi, 26 October to 30 November 1976

Original

Volume 1

Resolutions

United Nations Educational,

Scientific and
Cultural Organization
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Note on the Records of the General Conference

The Records of the nineteenth session of the General Conference are printed in two volumes:
The present volume, containing the resolutions adopted by the General Conference and the list of officers of the General
Conference and of the Commissions and Committees (Volume 1);
The volume of Proceedings, which contains the verbatim records of plenary meetings and the list of participants (Volume 2).

Note on the numbering of resolutions

The resolutions have been numbered serially. It is recommended that references to resolutions be made in one of the
following forms:
‘Resolution 4.126 adopted by the General Conference at its nineteenth session’; or
‘19C/Resolution 4.126’.

Published in 1977 by the United Nations

Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization,
7 Piace de Fontenoy, 75700 Paris
Printed by Irnprimerie des Presses Universitaires de France, Vendôme

ISBN 92-3-101496-X
Arabic edition: 92-3-6014968
French edition: 92-3-201496-3
Russian edition: 92-3-40149&O
Spanish edition: 92-3-301496-7

Unesco 1977 Printed in France

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Corrigendum
Contents

Page 71 - Resolution 7.7 1 - paragraph 1

To read: 1. Authorizes the Director-General to establish, within the regular budget, a general
provision of $ 125,000, . . . (instead of $100.000).

I Organization of the session, admission of a new Member State, election of members of the Executive
Board, vote of thanks to the people and Government of Kenya

0.1 Credentials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
0.2 Communications received from Member States invoking the provisions of Article IV.C,
paragraph 8(c), of the Constitution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
0.3 Adoption of the agenda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
0.4 Composition of the General Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
0.5 Organization of the work of the session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
0.6 Admission to the nineteenth session of observers from international non-governmental organ-
izations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
0.7 Admission of a new Member State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
0.8 Election of members of the Executive Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
0.9 Vote of thanks to the people and Government of Kenya. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

II Medium-Term Plan (1977-1982)

100 Medium-Term Plan for 1977-1982 (19C/4). . . . , . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . , 17

III Programme for 1977-1978

1 Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
I .I 1 Educational policy, planning, administration and management . . . . . . . . . . . 26
1.12 International Institute for Educational Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
1.13 Financing of education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
1.14 Equality of educational opportunity and special programmes . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
1.15 Structures, content, methods and techniques of education . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
1.16 Science, technical and vocational education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
1.17 Application of the Recommendation concerning the Status of Teachers. . . . . . . . 29
1 .18 Higher education and the training of educational personnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1.19 Literacy and rural development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1 .A International Bureau of Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

2 Natural sciences and their application to development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

2.01 General programme resolution on science and technology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
2.11 Science in the contemporary world . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
2.12 Science and technology policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
2.13 Scientific research and higher education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
2.14 Technological research and higher education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
2.15 The ecological sciences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
2.16 The earth sciences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
2.17 The water sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
2.18 The marine sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

3 Social sciences and their applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

3 .Ol General programme resolution on social sciences, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
3.11 Study of development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

3.12 International development of the social sciences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

3.13 Socio-economic analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.14 Human settlements and sociocultural environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.15 Population. . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.16 Youth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.17 Human rights and peace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.18 Philosophy and interdisciplinary co-operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

4 Culture and communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

4.11 Studies and circulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
4.12 Preservation and presentation of the cultural heritage of mankind. . . . . . . 46
4.13 Cultural development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
4.14 Free flow of information and communication policies. . . . . . . . . . 53
4.15 Development and application of communication systems. . . . . . . . . . . . 54
4.16 Book promotion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

5 General information Programme. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

6 Copyright, statistics and programme services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

6.1 International standards and copyright . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
6.11 International standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
6.12 Copyright and neighbouring rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
6.2 Statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
6.3 Computer and documentation systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
6.4 Public information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
6.5 Publications policy and its application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

7 Co-operation for development and external relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

7.1 Country approach and regional co-operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
7.2 Operational support services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
7.3 Co-operation with international governmental and non-governmental organizations and
programmes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
7.4 Co-operation with National Commissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
7.5 Participation programme. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
7.A General provision for operational activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

IV Budget

8.1 Appropriation resolution for 1977-1978 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

8.2 Supplementary estimates for 1975-1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

V General resolutions

9 Establishment of a new international economic order and Second Development Decade. . . . . . 77

9.1 Unesco’s contribution to the establishment of a new international economic order. . . 77
9.2 The Second Development Decade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
10 Special measures on behalf of the developing countries and, in particular, of the least developed
among them. . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
11 New ways and means of mustering additional financial resources for Unesco’s programme. . . 83
12 Unesco’s contribution to peace and its tasks with respect to the promotion of human rights and
the elimination of colonialism and racialism; long-term programme of measures whereby
Unesco can contribute to the strengthening of peace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
13 Role of Unesco in generating a climate of public opinion conducive to the halting of the arms
race and transition to disarmament. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
14 Measures taken by the Organization pursuant to resolution 11.31 adopted by the General
Conference at its eighteenth session. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
15 Educational and cultural institutions in the occupied Arab territories. . . . . . . . 90
16 Unesco’s contribution towards improving the status of women. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

VI Constitutional and legal questions

17 Amendments to the Constitution and the Rules of Procedure of the General Conference. . . . 93
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

VII Financial questions

18 Financial reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
19 Contributions of Member States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
20 Working Capital Fund-level and administration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
21 External audit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
22 Amendment to the Financial Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

VIII Staff questions

23 Staff regulations and staff rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

24 Administrative Tribunal: action taken upon expiry of the period of jurisdiction. . . . . . . . 100
25 Recruitment and renewal of the staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
26 Geographical distribution of the staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
27 International Civil Service Commission: measures taken by the Director-General to provide for
the participation of Unesco in the work of the Commission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
28 Salaries, allowances and other benefits of staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
29 Pensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
30 Medical Benefits Fund: position of the Fund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Ix Headquarters questions

31 Headquarters premises-extended medium-term solution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

32 Headquarters premises-long-term solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
33 Headquarters Committee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

X Reports by Member States

34 Initial special reports submitted by Member States on the action taken by them on the Rec-
ommendations adopted by the General Conference at its eighteenth session. . . . . . . . . 109

XI Methods of work of the Organization

35 Relationship between the Medium-Term Plan and the biennial programme and budget, and time-
table to be followed in 1977-1978 for the preparation of the Draft Programme and Budget and,
if necessary, of a document relating to the adjustments to be made to the Medium-Term Plan 113
36 Harmonization of the planning cycles and the budget cycles of the organizations of the United
Nations system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
37 Definition of regions with a view to the execution by the Organization of regional activities. . 115
38 Working languages of the Organization . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . 116
39 Composition of bodies whose members are to be elected or designated by the General Conference 117
40 Travel of members of the Executive Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _ . . . 117
41 Joint inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

XII Twentieth session of the General Conference

42 Place of the twentieth session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

43 Membership of committees for the twentieth session. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Annex I

Recommendations to Member States and Protocol to the Agreement on the importation of educa-
tional, scientific and cultural materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . , 1*
Recommendation on the development of adult education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Recommendation concerning the international exchange of cultural property . . . . . . . . , . . 16
Recommendation concerning the safeguarding and contemporary role of historic areas . . . . . . 20
Recommendation on participation by the people at large in cultural life and their contribution to it. 29

l For technical reasons, the annexes have been paginated separately.

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Recommendation on the legal protection of translators and translations and the practical means to
improve the status of translators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Recommendation concerning the international standardization of statistics on radio and television . 44
Protocol to the Agreement on the importation of educational, scientific and cultural materials . . . 53

Annex II

List of officers elected at the nineteenth session of the General Conference. . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Organization of the session, admission of a new

Member State, election of members of the
Executive Board, vote of thanks to the people
and Government of Kenya

0.1 Credentials
0.11 The General Conference, at its first plenary meeting, on 26 October 1976, set up a Credentials
Committee consisting of representatives of the following Member States: Ecuador, Mexico, Philippines,
Poland, Sierra Leone, Sweden, Tunisia, Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, United States of America.

0.12 On the report of the Credentials Committee or on the reports of the Chairman specially authorized
by the Committee, the General Conference recognized as valid the credentials of:

(a) The delegations of the following Member States:

Afghanistan Democratic People’s Iraq

Algeria Republic of Korea Ireland
Argentina Denmark Israel
Australia Ecuador Italy
Austria Egypt Ivory Coast
Bahrain El Salvador Jamaica
Bangladesh Ethiopia Japan
Barbados Finland Jordan
Belgium France Kenya
Benin Gabon Republic of Korea
Bolivia Gambia Kuwait
Brazil German Democratic Lao People’s
Bulgaria Republic Democratic Republic
Burma Federal Republic Lesotho
Burundi of Germany Liberia
Byelorussian Soviet Ghana Libyan Arab Republic
Socialist Republic Greece Luxembourg
Canada Guatemala Madagascar
Central African Republic Guinea Malawi
Chad Guinea-Bissau Malaysia
Chile Guyana Mali
China Haiti Malta
Colombia Honduras Mauritania
Congo Hungary Mauritius
Costa Rica Iceland Mexico
Cuba India Monaco
Cyprus Indonesia Mongolia
Czechoslovakia Iran Morocco

9
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Organization of the session

Mozambique Senegal United Arab Emirates

Nepal Seychelles United Kingdom of Great
Netherlands Sierra Leone Britain and Northern
New Zealand Somalia Ireland
Nicaragua Spain United Republic of
Niger Sri Lanka Cameroon
Nigeria Sudan United Republic of
Norway Surinam Tanzania
Oman Sweden United States of
Pakistan Switzerland America
Panama Syrian Arab Republic Upper Volta
Papua New Guinea Thailand Uruguay
Peru Togo Venezuela
Philippines Trinidad and Tobago Socialist Republic of
Poland Tunisia Viet Nam
Portugal Turkey Yemen
Qatar Uganda Democratic Yemen
Romania Ukrainian Soviet Socialist Yugoslavia
Rwanda Republic Zaire
San Marino Union of Soviet Socialist Zambia
Saudi Arabia Republics

(b) The observers from the following non-Member States:

Comoros Swaziland
Holy See

0.2 Communications received from Member States

invoking the provisions of Article IV.C,
paragraph 8(c), of the Constitution
0.21 At its second plenary meeting, on 26 October 1976, the General Conference decided, after considering
the Executive Board’s report on communications received from Member States invoking the provisions
of Article IV.C, paragraph 8(c), of the Constitution (19C/22), and in pursuance of Article IV.C,
paragraph 8(c), of the Constitution, to permit the delegations of the Member States referred to in that
document to take part in the votes at the nineteenth session.
1
0.22 The General Conference,
Having considered the communication received from the delegation of the Central African Republic,
Noting that the Central African Republic is taking steps to settle its outstanding contributions to
the Organization’s budget,
Decides, by virtue of the powers conferred on it by Article IV.C, paragraph 8(c), of the Constitution,
to permit this Member State to take part in the votes.

0.23 The General Conference,2

Having considered the communication received from the delegation of El Salvador,
Decides, by virtue of the powers conferred on it by Article IV.C, paragraph 8(c), of the Constitution,
to permit this Member State to take part in the votes.

1. Resolution adopted on the report of the Administrative Commission at the eighth plenary meeting, on 29 October 1976.
2. Resolution adopted on the report of the Administrative Commission at the thirteenth plenary meeting, on 2 November 1976.

10
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Organization of the session

0.3 Adoption of the agenda

At its second plenary meeting, on 26 October 1976, the General Conference, having considered the
revised provisional agenda prepared by the Executive Board (19Cj/1 Rev.), adopted the following
amended agenda, with the exception of item 78, which was adopted at its sixth plenary meeting,
on 28 October 1976, and items 79 and 80, which were adopted at its thirty-second plenary meeting,
on 25 November 1976.

I. Organization of the session 16.2. Part II. Programme Operations and Ser-
vices.
1. Opening of the session by the Head of the 16.3. Part III. Programme Support and Admin-
Delegation of Hungary. istration.
2. Establishment of the Credentials Committee and 16.4. Part IV. Publications, Conferences, Lan-
report of the Committee to the General Confer- guages and Documents Services.
ence . 16.5. Part V. Common Services.
3. Communications received from Member States 16.6. Part VI. Appropriation Reserve.
invoking the provisions of Article IV.C, para- 16.7. Part VII. Capital Expenditure.
graph 8(c), of the Constitution. 16.8. Part VIII. Provision for currency fluc-
4. Adoption of the agenda. tuations .
5. Election of the President and the Vice-Presidents 17. Adoption of the Appropriation Resolution for
of the General Conference and of the Chairmen, 1977-1978.
Vice-Chairmen and Rapporteurs of the Com-
missions.
6. Organization of the work of the nineteenth IV- Constitutional and legal questions
session of the General Conference.
7. Admission to the nineteenth session of observers 18. Report of the Director-General on the results of
from international non-governmental organ- the consultation concerning the draft amend-
izations, on the recommendation of the Executive ments to Article V of the Constitution and
Board. consequential draft amendments to the Rules of
Procedure of the General Conference, submitted
by Sweden.
II. Reports on the activities of the Organisation and l9. Draft amendment to Article V, paragraph 4, of
general policy questions the Constitution and consequential draft amend-
ment to Rule 98 of the Rules of Procedure of the
8. Report of the Director-General on the activities General Conference, submitted by Peru.
of the Organization in 1974. 20. Draft amendment to Article V, paragraph 4, of
9. Implementation of resolution 11 .l adopted by the Constitution and consequential draft amend-
the General Conference at its eighteenth session ment to Rule 98 of the Rules of Procedure of the
concerning Unesco’s contribution to peace and General Conference, submitted by Mexico.
its tasks with respect to the promotion of human 20.1. Draft amendment submitted by Italy to
rights and the elimination of colonialism and the draft amendment submitted by Mexico.
racialism. 21. Draft amendment to Article V, paragraph 1, of
10. Long-term programme of measures whereby the Constitution, submitted by Burma.
Unesco can contribute to the strengthening of 21.1. Draft amendment proposed by Rwanda to
peace. the draft amendment submitted by Burma.
11. Unesco’s contribution to the establishment of a 22 Procedure concerning initial special reports sub-
new international economic order. mitted by Member States on action taken by
12. Report by the Executive Board on its own activi- them in pursuance of conventions and recommen-
ties in 1975-1976, for the nineteenth session of dations adopted by the General Conference:
the General Conference. study prepared by the Director-General at the
request of the Legal Committee at the eighteenth
session of the General Conference.
III. Programme and Budget
V. International conventions, recommendations and
13. Draft Medium-Term Plan for 1977-1982.
other instruments
14. General consideration of the Draft Programme
and Budget for 1977-1978.
A. Application of existing instruments
15. Adoption of the provisional budget ceiling for
1977-1978. 23. Initial special reports submitted by Member
16. Consideration of the Programme and Budget States on the action taken by them on the Rec-
for 1977-1978. ommendation concerning Education for Inter-
16.1. Part. I. General Policy. national Understanding, Co-operation and Peace

11
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Organization of the session

and Education Relating to Human Rights and the calendar for 1977-1978 for the preparation
Fundamental Freedoms, the Revised Recommen- of the draft programme and budget and, if
dation concerning Technical and Vocational necessary, of a document relating to the adjust-
Education and the Recommendation on the ments to be made to the medium-term plan.
Status of Scientific Researchers, adopted by the 40. Ways and means of mustering additional
General Conference at its eighteenth session. financial resources for Unesco’s programme.
24. Recommendation concerning the Status of 41. Unesco’s publications policy and its application:
Teachers: report of the Joint ILO/Unesco Com- report by the Director-General.
mittee. 42. Report of the Director-General on data-pro-
cessing services and their development.
B. Adoption of new instruments 43. Working languages of the Organization.
43.1 Wider use of the Spanish language.
25. Draft recommendation concerning the develop- 43.2. Wider use of the Arabic language.
ment of adult education, 44. Measures to make the execution of Unesco’s
26. Draft recommendation concerning the inter- programme more effective: report of the Direc-
national exchange of cultural property. tor-General.
27. Draft recommendation concerning the safe- 45. Definition of regions with a view to the execution
guarding and contemporary role of historic areas. by the Organization of regional activities: report
28. Draft recommendation concerning action to of the Director-General.
ensure that the people at large have free, demo- 46. Report by the Executive Board on the new
cratic access to culture and participate actively procedure for the election of members to the
in the cultural life of society. Council of the International Bureau of Edu-
29. Draft protocol to the Agreement on the Import- cation.
ation of Educational, Scientific and Cultural
Materials.
30. Draft recommendation concerning the inter- VIII, Financial questions
national standardization of statistics on radio
and television. 47, Financial reports.
31. Draft recommendation on the legal protection 47.1. Report of the External Auditor, and
of translators and translations and the practical financial report of the Director-General on the
means to improve the status of translators. accounts of Unesco for the two-year financial
period ended 31 December 1974.
c . Proposals for the preparation of new instruments 47.2. Auditor’s report and financial report of
the Director-General in respect of the interim
32. The status and social position of the artist. accounts of Unesco closed on 31 December 1975
33. Desirability of revising the Recommendation for the two-year financial period ending
concerning International Competitions in Archi- 31 December 1976.
tecture and Town-planning, adopted by the 47.3. Auditor’s report, financial report of the
General Conference at its ninth session. Director-General and financial statements in
34. Desirability of adopting an international instru- respect of the United Nations Development
ment on the prevention and coverage of risks to Programme as at 31 December 1975.
movable cultural property. 47.4. Auditor’s report, financial report of the
35. Desirability of revising the Recommendation Director-General and financial statements in
concerning the International Standardization of respect of the United Nations Development
Educational Statistics, adopted by the General Programme as at 31 December 1974.
Conference at its tenth session. 48. Contributions of Member States.
36. Desirability of adopting an international instru- 48.1. Scale of assessment.
ment on statistics relating to science and tech- 48.2. Currency of contributions.
nology. 48.3. Collection of contributions.
49. Working Capital Fund: level and adminis-
tration.
VI. Relations with other international organizations 50. External audit: proposals by the Director-
General concerning the appointment or re-
37. Sexennial Report by the Executive Board on the appointment of the External Auditor.
contribution made to Unesco’s activities by 51. Supplementary estimates for 1975-1976 (item
international non-governmental organizations proposed by the Director-General).
in categories A and B.
38. Report by the Director-General on changes in
the classification of international non-govern- IX. Staff questions
mental organizations.
52. Staff Regulations.
53. Administrative Tribunal: action upon expiry of
VII. Methods of work of the Organization the period of jurisdiction.
54. Recruitment and renewal of the staff.
39. Relationship between the medium-term plan 54.1. Long-term over-all plan for the recruit-
and the biennial programme and budget, and ment and renewal of the staff: study and appli-

12
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Organization of the session

cation of General Conference decisions affecting XIII. Other business

all aspects and problems of staff policy.
54.2. Geographical distribution of staff. 66. International Year for Science and Technology
55. Granting of indeterminate contracts to Pro- (item proposed by the Director-General).
fessional staff. 67. Second Development Decade: report of the
56. International Civil Service Commission: Director-General on the progress achieved at
measures taken by the Director-General to mid-decade.
provide for the participation of Unesco in the 68. Draft universal declaration on race and racial
work of the Commission. prejudice.
57. Salaries, allowances and other benefits of staff. 69. Draft declaration on fundamental principles
57.1, Professional category and above. governing the use of the mass media in strength-
57.2. General Service staff. ening peace and international understanding
58. United Nations Joint Staff Pension Fund. and in combating war propaganda, racism and
58 ,I. Report by the Director-General. apartheid,
58.2. Pension rights: liability of the Organiz- 70. Implementation of resolution 13 adopted by the
ation regarding service performed during the General Conference at its eighteenth session
years 1947-1950. concerning the educational and cultural institu-
59. Unesco Staff Pension Committee: election of tions in the occupied Arab territories: report by
representatives of Member States for 1977-1978. the Director-General.
60. Medical Benefits Fund: report by the Director- 71. The question of international non-govern-
General on the position of the fund. mental organizations maintaining relations with
Unesco and having branches, sections or mem-
bers linked with the Chiang clique and illegally
X. Headquarters questions usurping the name of China (item proposed by
China).
61. Report of the Headquarters Committee. 72. Role of Unesco in generating a climate of public
61. I . Headquarters premises-extended me- opinion conducive to the halting of the arms
dium-term solution: report by the Director- race, the reduction of accumulated weapon
General. stocks, the systematic diminution of military
61.2. Headquarters premises-long-term sol- expenditure and the transition to disarmament
ution: report by the Director-General. (item proposed by the Union of Soviet Socialist
Republics).
73. Cultural and scientific co-operation on the basis
XI. Elections of mutual equality and interest as an important
factor in strengthening peace, friendship and
62. Election of members of the Executive Board. reciprocal understanding among peoples (item
63. Election of members of committees for the proposed by the Union of Soviet Socialist
twentieth session of the General Conference. Republics).
63.1. Legal Committee. 74. Possible ways and means of stabilizing Unesco’s
63.2. Headquarters Committee. budget (item proposed by the Union of Soviet
64. Election of members of other bodies. Socialist Republics).
64.1. Election of members of the Council of the 75. [Item deleted]
International Bureau of Education. 76. Report on measures taken by the Organization
64.2. Election of members of the Steering Com- pursuant to resolution 11.31 adopted by the
mittee of UNISIST. eighteenth session of the General Conference
64.3. Election of members of the International (item proposed by Algeria, Cuba, Iraq and
Co-ordinating Council of the Programme on Yugoslavia).
Man and the Biosphere. 77. Jerusalem and the implementation of resol-
64.4. Election of members of the Intergovern- ution 3.427 adopted by the eighteenth session of
mental Council for the International Hy- the General Conference (item proposed by
drological Programme. Algeria, Egypt, Iraq, Jordan, Kuwait, Lebanon,
64.5. Election of members of the Executive Libyan Arab Republic, Morocco, Saudi Arabia,
Committee of the International Campaign to Syrian Arab Republic and Tunisia).
Save the Monuments of Nubia. 78. Application of the People’s Republic of Angola
64.6. Election of four members of the Concili- for membership of Unesco.
ation and Good Offices Commission responsible 79. Increase in the membership of the Council of
for seeking the settlement of any disputes which the International Bureau of Education.
may arise between States Parties to the Conven- 80. Increase in the membership of the International
tion against Discrimination in Education. Co-ordinating Council of the Programme on
Man and the Biosphere.

XII. Twentieth session of the General Conference

65. Place and organization of the twentieth session

of the General Conference.

13
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Organization of the session

0.4 Composition of the General Committee

On the report of the Nominations Committee, which had before it the proposals made by the Executive
Board, and following suspension for the duration of the nineteenth session of the application of
the provisions of Rule 30, paragraph 1, Rule 34, paragraph 1, and Rule 38, paragraph 1, of its Rules
of Procedure, in so far as those provisions concern the number of Vice-Presidents of the General
Conference, the General Conference, at its third plenary meeting, on 27 October 1976, elected its
General Committee1 as follows:

President of the General Conference: Mr Taaitta Toweett (Kenya).

Vice-Presidents of the General Conference: The heads of the delegations of the following Member
States:

Algeria Ghana Sri Lanka

Argentina Ivory Coast Syrian Arab Republic
Canada Jamaica Union of Soviet Socialist
China Japan Republics
Denmark Libyan Arab Republic Uruguay
France Morocco Venezuela
Federal Republic of Nepal Yugoslavia
Germany Netherlands Zaire

Chairman of Programme Commission Z: Mr Abdelwahab El Borolossy (Egypt).

Chairman of Programme Commission II: Mr Nikolai: Todorov (Bulgaria).
Chairman of Programme Commission III: Mr Gabriel Betancur Mejia (Colombia).
Chairman of the Administrative Commission: Mr Leonard C. J. Martin (United Kingdom).
Chairman of the Nominations Committee: Mr N’Sougan Agblemagnon (Togo).
Chairman of the Legal Committee: Mr William B. Jones (United States of America).
Chairman of the Credentials Committee: Mrs Estefania Aldaba-Lim (Philippines).
Chairman of the Headquarters Committee: Mr Charles Hummel (Switzerland).

0.5 Organization of the work of the session

At its fourth, ninth and tenth plenary meetings on 27 and 30 October and on 1 November 1976,
respectively, the General Conference approved the plan for the organization of the work of the session
submitted by the Executive Board (19C/2 and 19C/2 Add.).

0.51 At its ninth plenary meeting, on 30 October 1976, the General Conference appointed the following
Member States to form the Drafting and Negotiation Group:

Argentina France Saudi Arabia

Belgium Gabon Senegal
Benin India Sudan
Brazil Iraq Union of Soviet Socialist
Burma Italy Republics
Byelorussian Soviet Japan United Republic of
Socialist Republic Kuwait Tanzania
China Nigeria United States of
Colombia Norway America
Cuba Romania

1. For complete list of elected officers of the nineteenth session of the General Conference, see Annex II to this volume.

14
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Organization of the session

0.6 Admission to the nineteenth session of observers

from international non-governmental organizations
0.61 At its third plenary meeting, on 27 October 1976, the General Conference decided to admit as
observers the representatives of two international non-governmental organizations: Association for
Teacher Education in Africa and Arab Lawyers’ Union.

0.7 Admission of a new Member State

1
0.71 The General Conference,
Considering that the People’s Republic of Angola, on 14 September 1976, applied for membership
of Unesco,
Considering likewise that this Republic, in formulating its application, proclaimed its willingness to
abide by Unesco’s Constitution, to accept the obligations contained therein, and to contribute
to the expenses of the Organization,
Having noted that the Executive Board, at its 100th session, recommended that the People’s Republic
of Angola should be admitted as a Member State of Unesco,
Decides to admit the People’s Republic of Angola as a Member State of Unesco.

0.8 Election of members of the Executive Board

0.81 The General Conference,2
Considering that, since the adoption, at its eighteenth session, of resolution 0.82 concerning the
grouping of Member States for elections to the Executive Board, the States whose names are
given below have become Members of Unesco:

Grenada San Marino

Guinea-Bissau Seychelles
Mozambique Surinam
Papua New Guinea

Considering that these Member States should therefore be distributed among the electoral groups
established by the General Conference at its fifteenth session and modified at its seventeenth
and eighteenth sessions,
Decides:
(a) to include Grenada in Group III;
(b) to include Guinea-Bissau in Group V;
(c) to include Mozambique in Group V;
(d) to include Papua New Guinea in Group IV;
(e) to include San Marino in Group I;
(f) to include Seychelles in Group V;
(g) to include Surinam in Group III.

0.82 The General Conference, at its twenty-sixth plenary meeting, on 20 November 1976, proceeded to
the election, on the report of the Nominations Committee, of twenty-five members of the Executive
Board.

1. Resolution adopted at the eleventh plenary meeting, on 1 November 1976.

2. Resolution adopted at the twenty-sixth plenary meeting, on 20 November 1976.

15
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Organization of the session

The following candidates (listed in alphabetical order), having obtained the required majority
of the votes cast, were declared elected on the first ballot:

Mr Gonzalo Abad Grijalva (Ecuador) Mrs Eugenia Krassowska (Poland)

Mr Reginald S. G. Agiobu-Kemmer (Nigeria) Mr Valentin Lipatti (Romania)
Mr Victor Bravo Ahuja (Mexico) Mrs Maria de Lourdes Pintasilgo (Portugal)
Mr Walter A. Burke (Barbados) Mr Vittorio Mathieu (Italy)
Mr Horacio Bustamante Gomez-Palacios Mr Timothée Ngakoutou (Chad)
(Panama) Mr Jens Petersen (Federal Republic
Mr Louis Regis Chaperon (Mauritius) of Germany)
Mr Chams Eldine El-Wakil (Egypt) Mr Arthur Thomas Porter (Sierra Leone)
Mr Dismas Gashegu (Rwanda) Mr Khalil Salim (Jordan)
Mr Ali Fahmi Khoshaim (Libyan Arab Mr Sjarif Thajeb (Indonesia)
Republic) Mr Arturo Uslar Pietri (Venezuela)
Mr Sarvepalli Gopal (India) Mr Alberto Wagner de Reyna (Peru)
Mr Advertus A. Hoff (Liberia) Mr Paul Yao Akoto (Ivory Coast)
Mr Charles Hummel (SwitzerIand) Mrs Yang Yun-yu (China)

0.9 Vote of thanks to the people and

Government of Kenya
1
The General Conference,
Meeting in its nineteenth session in Nairobi, Kenya, from 26 October to 30 November 1976, at the
invitation of the Government of Kenya,
Mindful of the fact that this first session in Africa has given all delegates of Member States a unique
opportunity of seeing for themselves the effort of development made by the African countries in
Unesco’s fields of competence, namely education, science, culture and communication,
Grateful to the people and Government of Kenya for all that they have done to facilitate the work
of this Conference in the most propitious setting of the Jomo Kenyatta International Conference
Centre,
Very appreciative of the generous welcome given and the highly valued initiatives taken by the
governmental and municipal authorities, and of the Kenyan authorities concerned with the
development of education, science, culture and communication, which, by organizing meetings,
lectures, visits and many other cultural events, have made the delegations of Member States
more familiar with the abundant artistic and cultural heritage and the unique character of
the people of Kenya,
I. Expresses its deep gratitude to His Excellency Mzee Jomo Kenyatta, President of the Republic
of Kenya, for the interest he has graciously shown in the General Conference by enhancing,
through his presence at the inaugural meeting, the prestige of this session held in Nairobi;
2. Warmly thanks the Hon. Mr Taaitta Toweett, M.P., Minister of Education, for accepting and
ably and efficiently assuming the office of President of this session of the General Conference;
3. Expresses its sincere appreciation and gratitude to the Kenyan administrative and liaison services
and its cordial feelings towards the entire Kenyan people for having given the General Conference
the benefit of their co-operation, their knowledge and their energy and having so contributed
to its success in the spirit of Harambee.

I. Resolution adopted at the thirty-ninth plenary meeting, on 30 November 1976.

16
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Medium-Term Plan (1977-l982)

100 Medium-Term Plan for 1977-l982 (19C/4)

1
The General Conference,

A
Having studied the Draft Medium-Term Plan for 1977-1982 (19C/4), prepared by the Director-General,
which was submitted to it with the observations and recommendations of the Executive
Board (19C/l ),
Wishing to stress the quality, importance and significance of document 19C/4 which, on the whole,
is a most satisfactory response to the directives given by the General Conference at its eighteenth
session, particularly in 18C/Resolution 10.1,
1. Considers that document 19C/4 marks an important stage in the improvement of Unesco’s
programming methods;
2. Congratulates the Director-General on having prepared a stimulating document based on a
thorough analysis of the world’s major problems which makes a significant contribution to
the work of reflection undertaken by the international community with a view to finding
solutions to these problems, founded, in particular, on a concern for justice and equity;
3. Is of the opinion that this document enables Unesco’s activities to be seen in an over-all context
in relation to the most important problems of the modern world, and thus contributes to the
adjustment of the Organization’s programmes to the real wishes and aspirations of the inter-
national community;
4. Endorses the global conception of world problems on which document 19C/4 is based and stresses,
in particular, the interdependence which exists between the promotion of human rights and
fundamental freedoms, the quest for a just, lasting and constructive peace, and the pursuit
of development taking as its objective the complete man and all men, in justice, equity and
fellowship;
5. Approves in general the broad lines of approach of document 19C/4, being of the opinion that
they are such as will:
(a) strengthen Unesco’s activities on behalf of human rights and peace;
(b) help to establish, promote and implement a conception of development which conforms both
with the ideals of the Organization and with the fulfilment of man and the progress of societies;
(c) contribute to the achievement of a new international economic order which will take due
account of the social and cultural aspects that are inseparable from any attempt to establish
more equitable relationships between nations, showing respect for the cultural identity of every
society, and which will aim at ensuring the elimination of inequalities between individuals and
between peoples, and advancement towards a juster and more fraternal world;

1. Resolution adopted at the thirty-seventh plenary meeting, on 29 November 1976.

17
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Medium-Term Plan (1977-1982)

B
6. Stresses the importance of the analyses set forth and the activities provided for under the
objectives relating to the promotion of human rights, and notes with satisfaction the prominence
there given to the struggle against colonialism, racialism and apartheid and any form of
discrimination, and to support for national liberation movements;
7. Considers that the Organization’s work to further human rights is linked with all those
activities through which Unesco aims at supplying an answer to the major problems existing
today in its fields of competence, and should take account of the new context created by the
recent entry into force of the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights
and the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights;
8. Considers that the problems of building peace are inseparable from all the great problems of our
time and that emphasis should be laid both on the contribution which Unesco’s activity, as a
whole, makes to peace and security, and on the importance of specific programmes providing,
in particular, for studies and research of a scientific nature on peace and disarmament, the
promotion of international law, the improvement of school and out-of-school education and
the sensitizing of public opinion;
9. Expresses its acceptance of the idea of development as an over-all, multidimensional and
diversified process essentially endogenous in nature, linked with the values peculiar to each
society and requiring the active participation of individuals and groups who are its agents
and its beneficiaries;
10. Wishes to affirm the fundamental role which the social sciences have to play in clarifying the
problems of development, and stresses that with a view to the establishment of a new
international economic order, Unesco’s contribution to promoting the process of development
in the service of man requires an accurate knowledge of the aims and paths of development and
the evolving of properly adapted tools for social and economic analysis, based on multi-
disciplinary reflection and research, and calls for a critical in-depth analysis of the models
explicitly or implicitly applied hitherto, the circumstances in which they were applied and the
results they yielded, and the development theories to which they relate;
II. Recalls that Unesco’s purpose within the United Nations system is to stimulate throughout the
world the application of the social sciences to the social problems associated with development
processes, in particular by helping to increase the resources available to the various countries
for studying these problems from their own viewpoints, and by facilitating social science
research and co-operation at the international level;
12. Emphasizes the cultural dimension of development which, if it is to be harmonious, must be
founded on respect for the values and modes of thought peculiar to each people, the vigorous
and open affirmation of their individual and collective cultural identity and the mutual
appreciation of cultures, and considers that the preservation of mankind’s cultural heritage and
its presentation, the broadest possible participation in cultural life, and the stimulation of
artistic and intellectual creativity are the essential factors of cultural development based on the
interdependence and complementarity of the various cultures and respect for their diversity;
13. Emphasizes the necessity of scientific and technological development for development as a whole
and the satisfaction of human needs, and considers that progress in this field implies an increase
in national capacities through the strengthening of infrastructures in the developing countries
and greater international solidarity;
14 Emphasizes especially the importance of a better understanding by the entire population of the
interactions between science and society with a view to the integration of science and
technology in social and cultural life, particularly in order to lay the necessary scientific and
technical foundations which will enable every country to make better use of its natural
resources;
15. Endorses the idea that educational activity, which is closely linked with economic, social and
cultural development, must be endogenous and that every society must provide for the
promotion of education in ways which conform to its own structures and values;
16. Emphasizes that the links between education and society should be strengthened, especially
through the introduction of productive work into the educational process, and that the school,

18
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Medium-Term PIan (19774982)

which is an essential but not unique part of educational activity, should be associated with other
educational institutions and agents and with the mass communication media in the context of a
lifelong education conducive to the fulfilment of the human personality and to participation by
everyone in the drive for development;
17. Approves, in general, the proposed guidelines for the struggle against illiteracy, which the States
concerned should make vigorous efforts to intensify;
18. Acknowledges the priority importance of endeavours to foster rural development, seen as an
integrated process requiring the active participation of the peoples concerned, and considers that
the success of these efforts should be facilitated by stepping up studies and exchanges of
experience on the structures and methods of education in rural environments;
19. Recommends, however, that the Director-General re-examine the position of the objectives in
Chapter VI of document 19C/4 and propose, if necessary, as part of the adjustments to the
Medium-Term Plan to be contained in document 2OC/4, the association of these objectives
with those directly related to educational activities and development, and stresses the need for a
broad intersectoral approach to these objectives, involving social and natural sciences, culture
and communication, and education;
20. Attaches fundamental importance to the development of the major intergovernmental scientific
programmes relating to the objectives concerning man and his environment, and stresses the need
for the closest possible integration of the natural and social sciences in the search for solutions to
environmental problems;
21. Considers that the progress in knowledge concerning population phenomena makes it necessary
to emphasize the links between such phenomena and development as well as the promotion and
protection of human rights and cultural integrity;
22. Stresses the importance of free and balanced circulation of information and the need vigorously to
intensify the efforts to put an end to the imbalance which, as regards capacity to send out and
receive information, typifies the relationship between developed and developing countries, by
‘helping the latter to establish and strengthen their own communication and information
infrastructures and systems, so as to promote their development, in particular their educational,
scientific, technologica1 and cultural development, and their ability to play a full part in the
international dissemination of information;
23. Considers that these efforts should be based upon deep deliberation, taking into consideration all
the problems of communication in society, and taking account of those things which are needful
for the establishment of a new international economic order;
24. Approves the approach adopted with regard to the transfer and exchange of information and notes
with satisfaction that the proposed analyses and targets should help to give coherent guidance
to the Organization’s activities with regard to information systems and services, which will
henceforth be grouped together in a general information programme covering the various fields
of information, and in particular scientific and technological information, its national and
international aspects and its various infrastructures, including libraries and archives;

C
25. Decides that the objectives of the Medium-Term Plan for 1977-1982 shall be the following:

I
1. I Promotion of research on measures aimed at assuring human rights and fundamental
freedoms both for individuals and for groups, on the manifestations, causes and effects of
the violation of human rights, with particular reference to racialism, colonialism, neo-
colonialism and apartheid, as well as on the application of the rights to education, science,
culture and information and the development of normative measures to further these rights.
1.2 Promotion of appreciation and respect for the cultural identity of individuals, groups,
nations or regions.
1.3 Improvement of the status of women.

19
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Medium-Term Plan (1977-1982)

1.4 Development of activities to aid refugees and national liberation movements in the fields
of Unesco’s competence.
1.5 Promotion of education and wider information concerning human rights.

II
2.1 Promotion of peace research, in particular on manifestations of violation of peace, causes
preventing its realization, ways and means to eliminate them and proper measures to be
taken in order to maintain and reinforce a just, lasting and constructive peace at the level of
groups, societies and the world.
2.2 Promotion of the study of the role of international law and of international organizations
in the establishment of a peaceful world order.
2.3 Development of school and out-of-school programmes as well as of information aimed at
furthering peace and international understanding.

III
3.1 Promotion of the formulation of a global, multidisciplinary interpretation of development,
having regard to the interreIations between the various factors contributing to this and
which are, in return, affected by it.
3.2 Studies of socio-cultural conditions, systems of values, motivations and procedures for
participation by the population likely to foster endogenous, diversified development
processes in keeping with the practical conditions and needs of the different societies.
3.3 Contribution to the development of infrastructures and programmes in the social sciences
with a view to increasing the different societies’ ability to find ways of solving social
and human problems.
3.4 Development and application of tools and methods of socio-economic analysis and
development planning.
3.5 Promotion of wider participation in cultural life and encouragement of endogenous
cultural activities.
3.6 Stimulation of artistic and intellectual creativity.

IV
4.1 Investigation of interactions between science, technology and society, as well as of the impli-
cations of scientific and technological change for man, within the context of the long-term
development of science and technology in line with social progress and changing ways of life.
4.2 Promotion of the formulation and application of policies and improvement of planning and
financing in the fields of science and technology.
4.3 Development of scientific and technological research and training and promotion of
international and regional co-operation in the field of science and technology with a
view to increasing the endogenous capabilities for scientific and technological creation
making it possible, in particular, to work out appropriate technologies or to adapt
existing technologies.
4.4 Development of a better understanding of the nature of science and technology and of their
role in a changing society, by improving and extending their teaching in school and
out-of-school education, and by promoting public information in these fields.

V
5.1 Promotion of the formulation and application of policies and improvement of planning
in the field of education.
5.2 Improvement of educational administration and management.
5.3 Contribution to the establishment of comprehensive, diversified and flexible educational
structures.

20
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Medium- Term Plan (I 977- I982)

5.4 Improvement of educational content, methods and techniques.

5.5 Promotion of the training of educational personnel.
5.6 Promotion and intensification of adult education.
5.7 Promotion of the role of higher education in society.

VI

6.1 Intensification of the struggle against illiteracy.

6.2 Extension of Unesco’s contribution to integrated rural development.
6.3 Promotion of participation by women in economic, social and cultural development.
6.4 Development of the role of youth in educational, social and cultural activity.
6.5 Contribution to the working out of concerted approaches to the problems of social
disharmony.
VII

7.1 Development of understanding of the processes governing the evolution of the earth’s
crust, particularly with regard to the origin, extent and rational use of the earth’s mineral
and energy resources.
7.2 Improvement of knowledge of terrestrial biological resources and interrelationships
between human activities and terrestrial ecosystems.
7.3 Improvement of knowledge concerning water resources and development of the scientific
basis for understanding interrelationships between human activities and the hydrological
system and for developing the rational management of water resources.
7.4 Development of the scientific basis for understanding and improving interrelationships
between man and natural marine systems, oceanic and coastal.
7.5 Improvement of knowledge concerning the ecological, social, moral and cultural impli-
cations of the interrelationships between man and his environment and quest for a ‘better
design for living’ in human settlements.
7.6 Promotion of the preservation and presentation of the cultural and natural heritage of
mankind.
7.7 Contribution through general education and through public information to the improve-
ment of individual and collective behaviour towards the human environment and to the
perception of its quality.
VIII
8.1 Development of knowledge relating to population phenomena and of a greater awareness
of the issues involved.
IX
9.1 Promotion of a free and balanced flow of information and of international exchanges.
9.2 Promotion of copyright and of access to copyrighted works.
9.3 Promotion of a better understanding and appreciation of the process and role of communi-
cation in society, and of high professional standards.
9.4 Promotion of policies, infrastructures and training in the field of communication, and
encouragement of a better use of the media for social ends.

X
10.1 Development and promotion of information systems and services at the national, regional
and international levels.
10.2 Improvement in the collection and analysis of statistical data, and of methods, techniques
and international comparability of statistics for use in planning, research, administration
and evaluation.
26. Approves for these objectives the resource indications shown in the table appearing in Annex I to
this resolution;

21
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Medium-Term PIan (1977-1982)

27. Invites the Director-General, in preparing the 2OC/5 and 21C/5 documents, to take into account
the objectives listed above, the resource indications appearing in Annex I to this resolution and
the guidance notes contained in Annex II;

D
28. Invites the Director-General, in finalizing the programme actions relating to the approved
objectives, to take into account the following considerations with a view to a further concen-
tration of the programme:
(a) It is of paramount importance to make the best possible use of the limited human and financial
resources available to Unesco and, for this purpose, to concentrate efforts on those programme
actions appearing in document 19C/4, subsequently suggested by Member States, or proposed
by the Director-General as adjustments to the Medium-Term Plan, which will make the greatest
contribution to the achievement of the established targets, in accordance with the priorities
which have emerged from the debates of the present session of the General Conference or which
will become clear in the course of the consultation with Member States to be carried out during
the next biennium;
(b) Unesco’s programme, like that of the United Nations and those of the other Specialized
Agencies, should be focused more sharply on meeting basic needs, particularly those of the most
disadvantaged groups, because policies required to meet basic needs are an essential part of the
international strategy for the Second Development Decade and should form the core of the
strategy for the Third Development Decade;
(c) Priority attention should be given to the situation and needs of the developing countries, and
particularly those of the least developed States, and practical action on behalf of these countries
should be envisaged, in the spirit of resolutions 3036 (XXVII) and 3168 and 3174 (XXVIII) of
the General Assembly of the United Nations, concerning action in favour of the Ieast developed
among the developing countries, and the Declaration and Programme of Action of the Third
Conference of Ministers of the Group of 77 (Manila, 1976), and in the light of the conclusions
of the meeting of senior officials of the ministries of education of the least developed countries,
held in Paris from 8 to 16 September 1975;
29. Invites the Director-General, for this purpose, to give preference under each objective, in
particular through the allocation of budgetary resources, to those programme actions which
make it possible to respond most effectively to these concerns and, to this end, to give priority
to activities which directly strengthen the endogenous capacity of Member States in education,
research in the natural and social sciences, the application of these sciences and the development
of culture and communication;

E
30. Invites the Director-General to continue his efforts to improve the Organization’s medium-term
programming, taking care to ensure that future planning documents keep the concrete and
practical character which is needed if these instruments for the guidance of action are to be of
maximum effectiveness;
31. Requests the Director-General, in this spirit, to continue, in the light of the experience which will
be gained in the course of putting document 19C/4 into effect, the study of desirable method-
ological improvements, particularly with regard to:
(i) a presentation of programme actions which will more clearly bring out the relationship
between means and ends;
(ii) the elaboration of suitable methods of evaluation or assessment of ongoing programmes and
the results obtained;

F
32. Invites Member States to give their full attention to the objectives of the Organization’s Medium-
Term Plan for 1977-1982 in pursuing their national activities, regional activities and inter-
national co-operation in Unesco’s fields of competence;

22
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Medium-Term Plan (1977-1982)

33. Considers that the text of the Medium-Term Plan, which shows a perspicacious grasp of the
present world situation, can provide a wide audience with a complete and meaningful picture of
the Organization’s policies and programme and of the reasoning behind them, and that it should
therefore be published in an appropriate form, intended for wide circulation.

Annex I. Synoptic table: problems, objectives and resource indications (1977-1982)

Percentage of programme resources Average biennial

(Part II of the Regular Programme) l growth rate
Prob- 1981-1982 1977-1982 1977-1982
lems
Objectives
1975-1976 Low High Low High Low High
hypoth- hypoth- hypoth- hypoth- hypoth- hypoth-
esis esis esis esis esis esis

I 1.1 Respect for human

rights 0.84 1.12 1.12 1.06 1.06 16.46 17.47
1.2 Appreciation and
respect for cultural
identity 4.75 4.76 4.77 4.85 4.86 6.08 7.00
1.3 Status of women 0.37 0.45 0.45 0.41 0.41 13.01 14.00
1.4 Aid to refugees and
national liberation
movements 2.63 2.27 2.21 2.41 2.39 0.89 0.89
1.5 Education and
information concerning
human rights 0.59 0.71 0.71 0.64 0.64 13.00 13.98
PARTIAL TOTAL 9.18 9.31 9.27 9.38 9.36 (6.48) (7.18)

II 2.1 Peace research 0.54 0.71 0.71 0.68 0.68 16.46 17.47
2.2 Study of the role of
international law 0.24 0.21 0.20 0.17 0.17 0.0 0.0
2.3 Education and
information aimed at
furthering peace and
international
understanding 0.54 0.66 0.66 0.59 0.59 13.02 14.00
PARTIAL TOTAL 1.33 1.58 1.58 1.44 1.44 (12.31) (13.16)

III 3.1 Formulation of a global

interpretation of
development 0.62 0.80 0.80 0.76 0.76 14.92 15.92
3.2 Study of socio-cultural
conditions likely to
foster endogenous,
diversified development
processes 0.29 0.46 0.46 0.44 0.44 24.08 25.16
3.3 Infrastructures and
programmes in the
social sciences 2.82 2.82 2.83 2.84 2.84 6.08 7.00
3.4 Tools and methods of
socio-economic
analysis 0.76 0.64 0.62 0.68 0.67 0.0 0.0
3.5 Participation incultural
life 3.70 3.60 3.61 3.52 3.53 5.09 6.00
3.6 Artistic and intellectual
creativity 1.54 1.29 1.26 1.36 1.34 0.0 0.0
PARTIALTOTAL 9.73 9.61 9.59 9.59 9.58 (5.59) (6.32)

1. Excluding: (a) the sections in Part II covering the Offices of the Assistant Directors-General; (b) the ‘International
Standards’, ‘Computer and Documentation Systems’ and ‘Public Information’ sections; (c) the ‘Co-operation for Devel-
opment and External Relations’ chapter.

23
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Medium-Term Plan (19774982)

Percentage of programme resources Average biennial

(Part II of the Regular Programme) growth rate

Prob- 1981-1982 1977-1982 1977-1982

Objectives
lems
1975-1976 Low High Low High Low High
hypoth- hypoth- hypoth- hypoth- hypoth- hypoth-
esis esis esis esis esis esis

IV 4.1 Interactions between

science and society 0.58 0.70 0.70 0.67 0.67 13.02 14.00
4.2 Policies in the fields of
science and technology 1.93 2.16 2.16 2.06 2.07 10.05 11.00
4.3 Scientific and
technological research
and training 8.39 8.18 8.20 8.42 8.42 5.09 6.00
4.4 General science and
technology education 2.85 2.86 2.86 2.80 2.80 6.07 7.00
PARTIAL TOTAL 13.75 13.89 13.93 13.94 13.96 (6.37) (7.29)

V 5.1 Educational policies 9.15 8.55 8.57 8.75 8.76 3.60 4.50
5.2 Educational
administration 1.48 1.57 1.58 1.53 1.53 8.06 8.99
5.3 Educational structures 1.31 1.39 1.39 1.36 1.37 8.06 9.00
5.4 Educational content,
methods and techniques 6.70 6.53 6.54 6.53 6.54 5.09 6.00
5.5 Training of educational
personnel 2.87 2.88 2.89 2.84 2.84 6.08 7.00
5.6 Adult education 1.66 1.75 1.76 1.68 1.68 8.05 8.99
5.7 Role of higher
education in society 2.23 2.23 2.24 2.29 2.29 6.07 6.99
PARTIAL TOTAL 25.40 24.90 24.96 24.97 25.00 (5.29) (6.21)

VI 6.1 Struggle against

illiteracy 5.09 4.96 4.97 4.94 4.95 5.09 6.00
6.2 lntegrated rural
development 1.85 1.96 1.97 2.00 2.00 8.05 8.99
6.3 Participation of women
in development 0.78 0.94 0.94 0.86 0.86 13.01 13.99
6.4 Role of youth in
educational, social and
cultural activity 1.19 1.00 0.98 1.06 1.05 0.0 0.0
6.5 Concerted approaches
to the problems of
social disharmony 0.35 0.42 0.42 0.38 0.38 12.98 13.96
PARTIALTOTAL 9.25 9.28 9.28 9.24 9.24 (6.10) (6.92)

VII 7.1 Knowledge of mineral

and energy resources 2.31 2.44 2.45 2.42 2.43 8.06 9.00
7.2 Knowledge of terrestrial
biological resources 2.35 2.49 2.49 2.40 2.40 8.06 9.00
7.3 Knowledge of water
resources 2.15 2.28 2.25 2.24 2.24 8.06 9.00
7.4 Knowledge of ocean
and coastal marine
systems 3.66 3.88 3.89 3.78 3.78 8.06 9.00
7.5 Interrelationship
between the
environment and the
‘design for living’ in
human settlements 0.75 0.91 0.91 0.83 0.84 13.04 14.02
7.6 Preservation and
presentation of the
cultural and natural
heritage 4.09 4.10 4.11 4.12 4.12 6.08 7.00

24
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Medium-Term Plan (1977-1982)

Percentage of programme resources Average biennial

(Part II of the Regular Programme) growth rate

Prob- 1981-1982 1977-1982 1977-1982

Objectives
lems
1975-1976 Low High Low High Low High
hypoth- hypoth- hypoth- hypoth- hypoth- hypoth-
esis esis esis esis esis esis

7.7 Education and

information relating to
the environment 0.65 0.79 0.80 0.73 0.73 13.02 14.00
PARTIAL TOTAL 15.96 16.89 16.93 16.52 16.54 (8.02) (8.96)

VIII 8.1 Knowledge relating to

population phenomena 0.73 0.62 0.60 0.65 0.64 0.0 0.0
PARTIALTOTAL 0.73 0.62 0.60 0.65 0.64 (0.0) (0.0)

IX 9.1 Flow of information

and international
exchanges 0.90 0.88 0.88 0.89 0.89 5.09 6.00
9.2 Copyright 0.92 0.85 0.83 0.91 0.90 3.40 3.40
9.3 Process and role of
communication 0.77 0.64 0.63 0.66 0.65 0.0 0.0
9.4 Policies, infrastructures
and training in the field
of communication 3.03 2.95 2.96 2.96 2.96 5.09 6.00
PARTIALTOTAL 5.62 5.33 5.30 5.42 5.40 (4.15) (4.80)

X 10.1 Information systems

and services 6.38 6.22 6.23 6.35 6.35 5.09 6.00
10.2 Analysis of statistical
data and international
comparability 2.67 2.38 2.32 2.51 2.48 2.00 2.00
PARTIAL TOTAL 9.05 8.59 8.56 8.85 8.83 (4.20) (4.85)
TOTAL 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 (6.00) (6.83)

Annex II. Guidance Notes

The Guidance Notes, of which account is to be taken in preparing future draft programmes and
budgets, will be found in the Approved Medium-Term Plan for 1977-1982.

25
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

III Programme for 1977-1978

1 Education1
1.11 Educational policy, planning, administration and management

1.111 The General Conference

Authorizes the Director-General to continue to carry out the programme of international co-operation
aimed at the development of educational policies, planning, administration and management in
Member States-including the convening of two regional conferences of ministers of education
and those responsible for economic planning, one in the Arab States in 1977, the other in Asia
in 1978-with particular attention being given to gathering and disseminating information
about new educational policies for the renewal and reform of educational systems, adapted to
specific national needs on the basis of particular social, economic and cultural situations and
aimed at promoting democratization of the systems within the framework of lifelong
education.

1.12 International Institute for Educational Planning

1.121 The General Conference:

I. Invites Member States to grant or renew voluntary contributions to the International Institute for
Educational Planning in accordance with Article VIII of its Statutes, so as to enable it, thanks
to additional resources, and with Headquarters premises provided by the French Government,
to satisfy to a greater extent the growing needs of Member States with regard to training and
research in educational planning and administration;
2. Authorizes the Director-General to take the necessary measures, including the provision for the
Institute of a grant-in-aid amounting to $2,331,000 (at a constant dollar value), to ensure the
implementation by the International Institute for Educational Planning of the following
activities:
(a) training;
(b) research;
(c) dissemination of information concerning concepts, methods and techniques in the field of
educational planning and administration.

1.13 Financing of education

1.131 The General Conference

Authorizes the Director-General to continue the programmes of co-operation with the International
Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD) and the International Development
Association (IDA), the United Nations Children’s Fund (Unicef), and the World Food

1. Resolutions adopted on the report of Programme Commission II at the thirty-fourth plenary meeting, on 26 November 1976.

26
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

1 Education

Programme (WFP), with a view to increasing the volume of resources made available to Member
States for the development of education, with particular emphasis on new approaches and the
elaboration of new types of training.

1.14 Equality of educational opportunity and special programmes

1.141 The General Conference

Authorizes the Director-General to put into effect programmes of activities designed: to promote
equality of opportunity and treatment and the elimination of discrimination in education, in
particular with regard to women and girls, and migrant workers and their children; in edu-
cational policy, to emphasize equality, which implies recognition of the importance of basic
education’s being as high as possible for all; to strengthen education for international under-
standing, co-operation and peace, and education concerning human rights and fundamental
freedoms; to extend educational activities conducive to a better understanding of the part played
by population phenomena in the development of societies; and lastly, to strengthen the role of
education in the prevention of drug abuse. This provision does not, however, involve author-
ization for the preparation of a complementary international instrument setting standards, etc.,
for the improvement of school textbooks and teaching materials.

1.142 The General Conference,

Recalling the terms of resolutions 11.1, 13.1 and 1.141 adopted at its eighteenth session concerning
respectively Unesco’s contribution to peace and its tasks with respect to the promotion of
human rights and the elimination of colonialism and racialism, the right of the population in the
occupied Arab territories to such education and culture as will preserve their national identity,
and the financing of the education programme for Palestine refugees in the Near East jointly
operated by the United Nations Relief and Works Agency (UNRWA) and Unesco,
1. Invites Member States:
(a) to contribute to the financing of the education programme for Palestine refugees in the Near
East jointly operated by the United Nations Relief and Works Agency (UNRWA) and Unesco;
(b) to contribute to the funds-in-trust administered by Unesco for the financing of education
programmes operated in co-operation with the Organization of African Unity for refugees and
peoples fighting for their independence, for human dignity and human rights, and against
apartheid and all other forms of colonialism, racialism, oppression or foreign domination;
2. Authorizes the Director-General to continue to develop and intensify activities within the fields of
Unesco’s competence to aid African liberation movements recognized by the Organization of
African Unity, and the Palestine Liberation Organization recognized by the League of Arab
States, and to co-operate with the United Nations Relief and Works Agency (UNRWA) in the
education programme for Palestine refugees in the Near East, with the United Nations High
Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR) and with other United Nations bodies and regional
intergovernmental institutions concerned with rendering educational services to refugees
and liberation movements and organizations.

1.15 Structures, content, methods and techniques of education

1.151 The GeneraI Conference

Authorizes the Director-General to undertake or pursue a programme of activities designed to promote,
in the context of lifelong education, the renovation and improvement of structures, content,
methods and techniques of school and out-of-school education geared to development, bearing
in mind Unesco’s recommendation concerning education for international understanding,
co-operation and peace and education relating to human rights and fundamental freedoms and
the various needs of Member States

1.152 The General Conference

Authorizes the Director-General to continue to carry out programmes for the promotion of adult
education within the context of lifelong education and learning, focusing on the international

27
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

1 Education

exchange of information and personnel, on the study and elaboration of policies relating to
adult education and on the improvement of its qualitative aspects, with a view to helping Member
States to advance their adult education-considered as an essential background for participation
by the population in the implementation of all social, economic and cultural policies necessitated
by the creation of a new international economic order.

1.153 The General Conference,

Having noted the Final Report of the First International Conference of Ministers and Senior Officials
Responsible for Physical Education and Sport in the Education of Youth,
Having examined the Director-General’s report on the action to be taken on the recommendations of
this Conference,
1. Invites the Director-General to take the necessary steps for the purpose of preparing the draft
statutes of a permanent intergovernmental body in the field of physical education and sport that
will be submitted for adoption to the General Conference at its twentieth session;
2. Invites the Director-General to take the necessary steps to prepare the draft statutes of an
international fund for the development of physical education and sport that will be submitted for
adoption to the General Conference at its twentieth session, it being understood that this fund
may if necessary be administered by the intergovernmental body mentioned in paragraph 1 above;
3. Authorizes the Director-General to constitute a provisional fund into which will be paid such
contributions as might be received from Member States towards the development of physical
education and sport prior to the establishment of the international fund mentioned in the
preceding paragraph;
4. Decides to set up for the 1977-1978 biennium an interim intergovernmental committee responsible
for following up the implemtenation of the measures envisaged during this biennium in order
to give effect to the recommendations of the ministers and senior officials responsible for physical
education and sport and, to this end, responsible in particular for:
(a) preparing the draft statutes of the permanent intergovernmental body in the field of physical
education and sport;
(b) preparing the draft statutes of the international fund for the development of physical education
and sport;
(c) examining the Director-General’s proposals with a view to drawing up a draft International
Charter of Physical Education and Sport;
(d) analysing the difficulties with which the organization and staging of international sports
competitions are increasingly faced throughout the world and studying, in co-operation with the
international sports bodies concerned, the principles on the basis of which such difficulties could
be smoothed away through concerted intergovernmental action;
(e) advising the Director-General, if necessary, on the administration of a provisional fund for the
development of physical education and sport;
(f) advising the Director-General on the preparation of a draft programme of work in the field of
physical education and sport for 1979-1980;
(g) considering how this programme of action is to be implemented and the International Charter
of Physical Education and Sport prepared, in consultation with all competent international
bodies in this field which the intergovernmental committee might call upon;
5. Designates the following thirty Member States to serve on the interim intergovernmentalcommittee:
Algeria Federal Republic of Germany Switzerland
Argentina Ghana Thailand
Benin Guatemala Tunisia
Colombia India Union of Soviet Socialist
Congo Japan Republics
Cuba Morocco United Kingdom
Finland Nepal United Republic of Tanzania
France Netherlands United States of America
Gabon Nigeria Uruguay
German Democratic Pakistan Yugoslavia
Republic Senegal

28
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

1 Education

1.154 The General Conference:

1. Invites Member States to grant voluntary contributions to the Unesco Institute for Education,
Hamburg, complementary to the contribution of the Federal Republic of Germany, in
accordance with Article VII of the Institute’s Constitution, so as to help it meet the growing
demands from Member States for its services in research, development and dissemination of
information in the field of lifelong education;
2. Authorizes the Director-General to provide support, including the provision of the services of a
director, to the Unesco Institute for Education, Hamburg, to enable it to undertake inter-
disciplinary and developmental research on lifelong education, with special reference to school
curricula, as a contribution towards the renovation of educational systems.

1.16 Science, technical and vocational education

1.161 The General Conference

Authorizes the Director-General to carry out activities which are designed to promote, at the
pre-university levels, the general advancement of science and technology education in Member
States, as well as the specific improvement of their school and out-of-school programmes in
various areas of science and technology education, including the convening of an intergovern-
mental conference on environmental education in 1977, special attention being paid to the
contribution which science and technology education can make to the attainment of a new
international economic order.

1.17 Application of the Recommendation concerning the Status of Teachers

1
1.171 The General Conference,
Recalling resolution 1.311 adopted at its fourteenth session (1966) on the implementation of the
Recommendation concerning the Status of Teachers,
Having noted the Report of the Joint ILO/Unesco Committee of Experts on the Application of the
Recommendation and the observations of the Executive Board thereon (19C/23 and Add.),
Recognizing the importance and value of the efforts made by those Member States which have
submitted reports on the application of the Recommendation,
Regretting, on the other hand, that many Member States have not replied to the questionnaire which
was sent to them and that many of the replies received were incomplete,
Convinced that the evaluation by the International Labour Organisation (ILO) and Unesco of the
extent to which their Member States are applying the Recommendation constitutes an essential
aspect of international normative action concerning the status of teachers,
1. Notes with great satisfaction the work accomplished by the Joint ILO/Unesco Committee of
Experts, and endorses, in particular, the following observations by the Executive Board:
(a) It is encouraging to note the progress made in applying the provisions of the Recommendation
concerning: the level of preparation of pre-primary and primary school teachers; the expansion
and diversification of programmes of in-service training for pre-primary, primary and secondary
school teachers; the effective contribution of teachers’ organizations to the preparation of
educational policies and programmes, to innovation in education and to the lifelong education
of their members.
(b) As far as the quality of the initial training of teachers is concerned, account should be taken not
only of the duration of such training, but also of the relevance of the programmes and methods
employed.
(c) In accordance with the explicit provisions of the Recommendation, teachers’ organizations
should be encouraged to participate actively in governmental action designed to renew and
improve education. To this end, efforts should be made so that in an ever-increasing number of
Member States procedures for holding consultations with those organizations are encouraged
and their educational activities-such as educational journals, studies and surveys, study
courses, etc.-are facilitated.

1. Resolution adopted at the twenty-sixth plenary meeting, on 20 November 1976.

29
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

I Education

(d) Traditional methods of training appear inadequate to make good the shortage of teachers which
is growing worse in some countries. In order to meet educational requirements, new solutions
must be sought and new categories of educators called in.
(e) The quality of the pedagogical training of teachers for technical schools should not be inferior
to that given to teachers in establishments of general education.
(f) Care should be taken to ensure that men and women teachers enjoy equal opportunities of
participating in in-service training programmes and that practical steps are taken to promote the
effective participation of women teachers in such programmes and to enable them to enjoy equal
career opportunities in practice.
(g) Whilst the need for in-service education for all categories of teachers is generally recognized
as being in the interests of education, the provision of the Recommendation according to which
such education should be made available free to all teachers is not yet fully applied in the majority
of countries. It nevertheless represents an important objective which Member States should
endeavour progressively to attain, taking into account their economic and social situation.
(h) It is desirable to encourage a closer relationship and co-ordination between training programmes
for pre-primary, primary and secondary teachers, in order to improve the quality of teaching and
to help to reduce the differences in status associated with different levels of education.
(i) In accordance with paragraph 73 of the Recommendation, codes of ethics or of conduct should
be established by the teachers’ organizations, since such codes help to ensure the prestige of the
profession and ensure the exercise of professional duties in accordance with agreed principles.
2. Again invites Member States to apply all the provisions of the Recommendation, bearing in mind
the observations of the Executive Board on the Report of the Joint Committee;
3. Invites the Director-General to bring the Report of the Joint Committee and the observations of the
Executive Board to the attention of Member States and their National Commissions, of
teachers’ organizations enjoying relations with Unesco and of the United Nations;
4. Invites the Director-General to promote the application of the recommendations by the Joint
Committee within the framework of the relevant Unesco programmes in the field of education,
in co-operation with the Member States, the National Commissions and the teachers’
organizations;
5. Invites Member States to submit in 1981 further reports on the application of the Recommendation,
on the basis of a questionnaire to be prepared by the Secretariats of IL0 and Unesco in close
collaboration with the Joint Committee and in the light of the methodological suggestions by
that Committee; subject to agreement by ILO, the questionnaire will cover a limited number of
fields dealt with in the Recommendation; subject to a decision by the General Conference at its
twentieth session, a meeting of the Joint Committee might be held in 1979 to examine an
international study by Unesco on the academic freedoms of teachers and the study by IL0 on
remunerations, and to facilitate the preparation of the questionnaire;
6. Invites the Executive Board and the Director-General, after consultations with ILO, to take the
necessary steps to ensure that the Joint ILO/Unesco Committee may pursue its activities so that
a further report by the Committee may be submitted to the General Conference at its twenty-
second session in 1982;
7. Authorizes the Director-General to examine, in consultation with the Director-General of ILO, the
possibility of a revision of the Recommendation concerning the Status of Teachers and to
present the results of that examination to the Board in due course;
8. Reaffirms the fundamental role of teachers in the educational process and the increased responsi-
bility that they bear today for helping children and young people to take their place in a
constantly developing society;
9. Invites all those concerned and, more especially, governments to pursue their efforts to bring the
training of teachers into line with the demands of scientific and social development; to ensure
that the position, remuneration and working conditions of teachers are commensurate with the
importance that their work has for society; and to encourage the participation of teachers and
of their organizations in the preparation of educational reforms and innovations.

30
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

1 Education

1.18 Higher education and the training of educational personnel

1.181 The General Conference
I. Authorizes the Director-General to continue activities with regard to higher education and the
training of educational personnel in order to assist Member States to develop their higher
education as a dynamic force for the promotion of national development, geared to the solving of
practical problems and responding more effectively to the requirements of the democratization of
education; to draw up standards and prepare practical arrangements with regard to the mobility
of persons in higher education, in particular in connexion with the recognition of studies,
diplomas and degrees and the reintegration of such persons in their countries of origin; to facilitate
the implementation of the Recommendation concerning the Status of Teachers and to study the
possibility of extending it to cover other categories of full-time and part-time educators; and to
devise integrated policies for the initial andin-service training of various categories ofeducational
personnel with a view to improving programmes and methods;
2. Decides to convene an international conference of States (Category I) in 1978 with a view to adopting
a convention on the recognition of studies, diplomas and degrees in higher education in the Arab
States, and, to this end, calls on the Executive Board and the Director-General to take such steps
as may be necessary, including the convening of an intergovernmental preparatory committee
of experts in 1977;
3. Requests the Director-General to convene in 1978 a meeting of governmental experts (Category II)
to be responsible for preparing a draft convention on the recognition of studies, diplomas and
degrees in higher education in the European States, for submission to an international
conference of States (Category I) to be convened in 1979;
4. Requests the Director-General to:
(a) collect and disseminate information on the experience of Member States in the field of study
service;
(b) take appropriate steps to make an analytical report in 1978 to the Executive Board, and to the
General Conference on the experience of Member States with study service in higher education,
including recommendations for Unesco’s future role in this field;
(c) facilitate more direct exchange of experience on study service between Member States.

1.19 Literacy and rural development

1.191 The General Conference
Authorizes the Director-General to put into effect a programme of activities designed to intensify the
struggle against illiteracy and to promote rural development and, in particular, to give
encouragement, to this end, to literacy and post-literacy strategies and methods in a rural
environment, taking into account, within the framework of national development plans, the
entire range of economic, social and cultural factors and enlisting the broadest possible
participation by the populations concerned.

1.192 The General Conference,

Considering the illiteracy of almost a thousand million of the world’s inhabitants to be a disgrace to
all mankind,
Recognizing that since illiterates are not able to benefit from mankind’s cultural heritage, they are
victims of discrimination in every respect,
Having noted with satisfaction that Unesco has, during the three decades of its existence, deployed
considerable efforts in the fight against illiteracy, and particularly in functional literacy work,
Having noted also that literacy work is not progressing as quickly as is desired, particularly in the
countries which are most in need of it,
1. Calls on the Member States concerned to pursue their own literacy programmes even more
energetically, taking as a basis the Declaration of Persepolis (8 September 1975);
2. Invites the Director-General to provide in the draft document 2OC/5 for a considerable acceleration
of the campaign against illiteracy, possibly contemplating a Unesco Literacy Decade;
3. Invites the Director-General, furthermore, to study the possibility of creating an International
Literacy Fund and to inform the General Conference at its twentieth session of his conclusions.

31
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

I Education

l.A International Bureau of Education

1.51 The General Conference
Authorizes the Director-General to maintain the International Bureau of Education and, to this end,
to incur expenditure of $2,528,000 in 1977-1978 under the Regular Budget and also to seek extra-
budgetary resources, for the purpose of contributing to the development of education in Member
States through:
(a) organizing the International Conference on Education, of which the 36th session will be held in
Geneva in 1977, on major trends in education and on the special theme ‘The Problem of
Information at the National and International Level posed by the Improvement of Educational
Systems’; and preparing the 37th session with the special theme of ‘Improvement of the
Organization and Management of Education Systems as a Means of Raising Efficiency in Order
to Extend the Right to Education’;
(b) undertaking theoretical and comparative studies, with a focus particularly on educational
reform and innovation and curriculum development and evaluation;
(c) working towards a world-wide system for exchanging educational information, on the basis of
a network of national and regional centres of educational documentation and research;
(d) providing services to Member States to strengthen the development of research and information
infrastructures in the field of education.

1.52 Increase in the membership of the Council of the International Bureau of Education
1
1.521 The General Conference,
Considering that it adopted the Statutes of the International Bureau of Education, by resolution 14.1 at
its fifteenth session, and that those Statutes entered into force on 1 January 1969,
Considering that those Statutes fixed the number of members of the Council of the International
Bureau of Education at twenty-one,
Considering that, in view of the increase in the number of Member States of the Organization since the
adoption of those Statutes, it is advisable to increase the number of members of the Council of
the International Bureau of Education,
Decides to amend Article III, paragraph 1, of the Statutes of the International Bureau of Education as
follows: the words ‘twenty-one’ shall be replaced by the words ‘twenty-four’.

1.53 Election of members to the Council of the International Bureau of Education

1.531 In accordance with Article III, paragraphs 1 and 3, of the Statutes of the International Bureau of
Education, the General Conference, on the proposal of the Nominations Committee, elected, at its
thirty-fifth plenary meeting on 27 November 1976, the following Member States as members of the
Council of the Bureau:2

Bulgaria Jordan Togo

Central African Republic Malaysia United Republic of Tanzania
Colombia Morocco United States of America
Cuba Spain Venezuela
France Sweden

1. Resolution adopted on the report of the Nominations Committee at the thirty-fifth plenary meeting, on 27 November 1976.
2. The other members of the Council who were elected at the eighteenth session and whose term of office expires at the close
of the twentieth session of the General Conference are Algeria, India, Indonesia, Japan, Kenya, Nigeria, Peru, Senegal,
Switzerland, Union of Soviet Socialist Republics.

32
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

2 Natural sciences and their application to development

2 Natural sciences and their application to development1

2.01 General programme resolution on science and technology

The GeneraI Conference,

Recognizing that development is an integrated, multidimensional process in which scientific and
technological as well as sociocultural and political factors are indissolubly linked,
Convinced that the progress of science and technology has a decisive importance for the economic,
social and cultural development of each society, attuned to its values and implying a plurality of
development models and paths to be followed,
Affirming that the concept of endogenous development applies equally to all societies and implies a
shift of emphasis in the ultimate aim and in the modalities of international co-operation in the
field of science and technology,
Considering that one of the highest forms of mankind’s solidarity is international scientific and
technological co-operation devoted to the progress of science and technology in the interests of
all peoples and in such a manner that all would be able to take part in it,
Also convinced that such international co-operation must be further strengthened and should be
jointly elaborated, thus transcending the idea ofpiecemeal aid granted by industrialized countries
to those in need of assistance,
Noting that scientific and technological development is a field in which the inequalities between
countries and communities are especially serious, thereby hampering the establishment of a new
economic order and the advent of a more just international society,
Welcoming the new recognition which the General Assembly as well as the Economic and Social
Council of the United Nations have increasingly come to accord, in recent years, to the signifi-
cance of science and technology as factors capable of exercising a potent influence on the
direction, pace and quality of development,
Recalling in particular that resolution 1826 (LV) of the Economic and Social Council, subsequently
endorsed by the United Nations General Assembly in its resolution 3168 (XXVIII), requested
that ‘the planning of activities in the field of science and technology in the various organizations
of the United Nations system should be harmonized and gradually integrated into a United
Nations science and technology policy’,
Reaffirming Unesco’s front-ranking role and responsibility within the United Nations system for:
(a) the identification of economic, social and cultural needs which should be met through the
application of new scientific knowledge,
(b) the promotion, according to those needs, of scientific and technological progress,
(c) the encouragement of the application of scientific and technological advances to development,
Bearing in mind United Nations General Assembly resolution 3362 (S-VII) concerning the convening
of a United Nations Conference on Science and Technology for Development to be held
in 1978 or 1979,
Noting that the main objectives as well as the framework-agenda proposed by the Economic and
Social Council for that Conference are of great concern and importance to Unesco,
Noting further that the secretariat of that Conference is to be composed of the United Nations Office
for Science and Technology and of high-level specialists deputed to it by the competent bodies
and organizations of the United Nations system,
Having regard to resolution 12 adopted by the General Conference at its eighteenth session, concerning
Unesco’s participation in the common effort for the establishment of a new international
economic order, and in particular its paragraph 11 dealing with the role of science and technology
in respect of identification and description of obstacles hindering development,
1. Decides that:
(a) the major idea which will serve as a guideline to Unesco actions in the field of the natural sciences
and their application to development consists in promoting world progress of science and

1. Resolutions adopted on the report of Programme Commission I at the thirty-first and thirty-second plenary meetings, on
25 November 1976.

33
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

2 Natural sciences and their application to development

technology and the effective application of scientific and technological achievements to the
economic, social and cultural development of all peoples, with special emphasis on developing
countries, to the strengthening of peace and friendship among peoples and to the exclusion of
the use of those achievements to the detriment of the development of human society or of the
human environment;
(b) Unesco will actively promote the development of international co-operation in science and
technology, based on the respect of each country’s specific national characteristics;
(c) Unesco will actively participate in the formulation of a science and technology policy for the
organizations of the United Nations system, in particular with a view to ensuring the estab-
lishment of a new international economic order,l and the periodic reviewing of the United
Nations World Plan of Action for the application of science and technology to development;2
(d) Unesco will contribute in every possible way to the preparation, organization and follow-up of
the United Nations Conference on Science and Technology for Development,3 as well as of
other United Nations conferences concerned with the application of science and technology to
specific areas of development, such as the United Nations Water Conference and the United
Nations Conference on Desertification;
(e) Unesco will expand significantly its assistance to Member States by increasing the number and
improving the content of its concrete programmes aiming at:
(i) giving to the developing countries access to the achievements of modern science and
technology and contributing to their integration in society’s aims and needs;
(ii) promoting the transfer of science and technology assigning priority to the least developed
countries;
(iii) strengthening the research and experimental development programmes of developing
countries;
(iv) fostering the creation of appropriate indigenous technology and the improvement of
traditional industry and crafts;
(v) accelerating rural development;
(f) Unesco will devise new ways and means of strengthening its assistance to Member States, laying
particular emphasis on supplying them with the necessary equipment and fellowships required
by them for the implementation of their development programmes in the field of science and
technology;
(g) Unesco will further strengthen international co-operation in research and experimental devel-
opment aiming at the exploration, conservation and rational utilization of natural resources,
and of all sources of energy;
2. Consequently authorizes the Director-General:
(a) to strengthen as a matter of priority Unesco’s programme in science and technology by increasing
its resources in terms of finances, manpower, information, facilities and equipment;
(b) to assign adequate numbers of qualified staff members to the preparations for the United Nations
Conference on Science and Technology for Development, by establishing the necessary additional
posts, on a temporary basis, within the limits set by the Appropriation Resolution for 1977-1978;
(c) to place a special emphasis on programmes in the field of science and technology aimed at:
(i) increasing national policy-formulation and decision-making capabilities;
(ii) the building up and strengthening of institutional infrastructures;
(iii) the training of scientific and technical manpower;
(iv) the development and adaptation of suitable advanced and intermediate technologies;
(v) the development of Member States’ capacities and infrastructures for the exploration,
conservation and rational exploitation of their own natural resources;
and assisting the developing countries in the pursuit of these objectives;
(d) to develop the Organization’s intergovernmental scientific programmes in the field of natural
resources, environment and energy with particular reference to the problems encountered in the
world’s arid areas;

1. cf. General Assembly resolutions 3201 (S-VI), 3202 (S-VI), 3362 (S-VII) and 3507 (XXX).
2. cf. Resolution 1900 (LVII) of the Economic and Social Council.
3. cf. General Assembly resolution 3362 (S-VII) and resolutions 2028 and 2035 (LXI) of the Economic and Social Council.

34
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

2 Natural sciences and their application to development

(e) to strengthen the Organization’s activities concerning regional and international exchange and
dissemination of scientific and technological information;
3. Requests the Director-General to keep the Executive Board regularly informed, during the
1977-1978 biennium, of the measures he has taken to strengthen Unesco’s science and technology
programme;
4. Suggests that arrangements be made for a periodic evaluation of Unesco’s programmes in the field
of science and technology, in order to ensure that projects of maximum interest and socio-
economic impact are being initiated, developed and implemented;
5. Invites the governments of Member States to:
(a) promote the development and strengthening of national science and technology infrastructures
and stimulate international scientific and technological co-operation in the implementation of
such international science programmes and projects as present the utmost interest at the national
level and where national contribution is likely to promote the general progress of science and
technology in the interests of all the peoples of the world;
(b) urge their national science and technology policy-making bodies and other competent scientific
institutions to co-operate, as appropriate, with Unesco in the preparatory work for the United
Nations Conference on Science and Technology for Development;
(c) take suitable measures to ensure effective participation in the above-mentioned Conference, by
carrying out a selective analysis of the socio-economic problems which may be solved with the
help of science and technology, considering what they can do to solve such problems, for the
sake of their own peoples and those of other countries and giving thought to the forms of inter-
national co-operation which such solutions require;
(d) collaborate with other Member States, particularly those of their own region, in making
adequate preparations for the Conference, especially by selecting a limited number of problem
areas with socio-economic implications, which are important to the development of the region
and which call for a multidisciplinary application of science and technology;
6. Assures the Secretary-General of the United Nations Conference on Science and Technology for
Development of the warm support on which he can count from the governing organs, the
Director-General and the Secretariat of Unesco;
7. Invites the world community of scientists and technologists, as well as their representative organ-
izations enjoying consultative status with Unesco, to collaborate fully with the Organization,
whenever requested, in the preparation of substantive inputs for the United Nations Conference
on Science and Technology for Development;
8. Urges the Director-General of Unesco to bring the text of this resolution to the attention of the
General Assembly of the United Nations at its thirty-first session, as well as to the Executive
Heads of all the interested organizations belonging to the United Nations system.

2.11 Science in the contemporary world

2.111 The General Conference

Authorizes the Director-General to study the interactions between scientific and technological
advancement and the development of man and society in the context of different cultures and
socio-economic goals, bearing in mind the fundamental long-term interests of mankind, with
particular emphasis on the needs of the developing countries, and to promote public under-
standing of the nature and significance of scientific and technological change, and its impact on
science and technology development.

2.112 The General Conference,

Aware of the role played by science and technology in contemporary society and of their key importance
to the social and economic development of nations in the context of a new international economic
order,
Persuaded of the importance of the broadest comprehension possible of the positive potential of science
and technology for the solution of world problems, and of the need to apply them rationally and
humanely in the interests of harmonious development,
1. Accepts in principle the idea of a Unesco-sponsored International Year for Science and Technology;

35
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

2 Natural sciences and their application to development

2. Invites the Director-General to inform the Economic and Social Council of the proposal in
accordance with resolution 48.1 of the eighteenth session of the General Conference and to
consult other agencies of the United Nations system;
3. Invites the Director-General also to report to the Executive Board on the results of such notification
and consultation;
4. Invites further the Director-General, in the light of the observations of the Executive Board, to
include appropriate provisions for the preparation of such an International Year in the Draft
Programme and Budget for 1979-1980 (2OC/5).

2.12 Science and technology policies

2.121 The General Conference

Authorizes the Director-General to continue carrying out a programme with a view to:
(a) assisting Member States in the formulation of policies, planning, framing of research and
development (R & D) programmes by objectives, and financing in the fields of science and
technology, in particular by rendering advisory services upon request, and by carrying out the
necessary research, studies and clearing-house activities, it being understood that the science
and technology policy programme will include appropriate elements of the social and human
sciences and their applications;
(b) promoting international and regional co-operation concerning policy-making for, and the
practical application of, science and technology, in particular by convening in 1978 a conference
of ministers responsible for science and technology policy in the European and North American
region;
(c) ensuring the active participation of Unesco in the formulation of an integrated science and
technology policy for the United Nations system, in particular by participating in the
preparations for and in the proceedings of the United Nations Conference on Science and
Technology for Development.

2.122 The General Conference,

Considering the recommendations adopted by CASTARAB and in particular those requesting Unesco
to execute a minimum programme of activities in follow-up of CASTARAB (Recommen-
dation No. 2), and to provide the secretariat of the CASTARAB Continuing Committee, in
co-operation with ALECSO (Recommendation No. 36),
Noting from document 19C/lO8 that most CASTARAB recommendations, although requiring
considerable efforts on the part of Unesco, can be carried out within the general provisions made
in the Programme and Budget for 1977-1978,
Noting further that the implementation by Unesco of some CASTARAB recommendations such as
Recommendations Nos. 8, 12,26 and 35, and in particular Recommendations Nos. 36 and 38
dealing with CASTARAB follow-up mechanisms, will require substantial additional funds,
Commending the decision of the CASTARAB Conference to establish:
(a) a CASTARAB Standing Conference,
(b) a CASTARAB Continuing Committee,
(c) an Arab Fund for Scientific and Technological Research,
1. Invites the Director-General to take appropriate action for the implementation of those recommen-
dations which fall within the framework of the Programme and Budget for 1977-1978, based on
the analysis of CASTARAB recommendations appearing in document 19C/108;
2. Invites Member States, particularly those from the Arab States region, and existing Arab Funds
to make extra-budgetary contributions to Unesco for the implementation of those CASTARAB
follow-up activities, for which no provision has been or can be made in the Programme and
Budget for 1977-1978;
3. Authorizes the Director-General to take the necessary measures, within the limits of the resources
put at his disposal by the CASTARAB Continuing Committee and in consultation with the
latter, in order to enable the Organization to:
(a) provide the secretariat of the CASTARAB Continuing Committee, in co-operation with
ALECSO;

36
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

2 Natural sciences and their application to development

(b) participate in the technical study for the establishment of the Arab Fund for Scientific and
Technological Research;
(c) make preparations for CASTARAB II which is to be held within the next three years;
4. Authorizes the Director-General, within the limits of the extra-budgetary sources provided to
Unesco according to paragraph 2, to take the necessary measures which are required in order
to enable Unesco to carry out the activities called for by CASTARAB recommendations as
described in document 19C/lO8;
5. Invites the Director-General:
(a) to pursue efforts for close co-operation with ALECSO and other competent international or
regional organizations involved in CASTARAB follow-up activities;
(b) to report to the General Conference at its twentieth session on the situation regarding the
implementation of CASTARAB recommendations of interest to Unesco.

2.123 The General Conference

Authorizes the Director-General to initiate a pilot programme for the international exchange of
information on the application of science and technology to development in the Member States,
with particular reference to literature and basic data which have a direct bearing on policy-
making, management, transfer and assessment in the field of science and technology.

2.13 Scientific research and higher education

2.131 The General Conference
Authorizes the Director-General to continue to carry out the programme for the advancement of
scientific research and for the training of high-level scientific manpower in the life sciences,
chemistry, physics and mathematics, informatics and computer sciences, special attention being
paid to the needs of the developing countries, including the convening in 1977-1978, jointly with
the Intergovernmental Bureau for Informatics, of an Intergovernmental Conference on the
subject of Strategies and Policies for Informatics.

2.14 Technological research and higher education

2.141 The General Conference
Authorizes the Director-General to implement the programme of technological research and training,
priority being given to promoting co-operation between Member States in the development
of new energy sources, particularly solar energy, housing and amelioration of the environment,
on the one hand, and to the strengthening of national infrastructures for research and training
of engineers and technicians commensurate with specific national needs, on the other, with
particular regard to the need for developing countries to reduce their dependence on developed
centres and to achieve a satisfactory balance between the development of their own technologies
and the transfer and assimilation of other technologies.

2.15 The ecological sciences

2.151 The General Conference,
Having considered the report of the International Co-ordinating Council for the Programme on Man
and the Biosphere (MAB) and the comments of the Director-General thereon (19C/82),
1. Authorizes the Director-General to continue to implement the programme on Man and the
Biosphere and other co-operative and interdisciplinary activities in the field of ecological
research, training and exchange of information, by applying a problem-orientated approach,
taking into consideration also the social and cultural aspects of human environment, and giving
due priority to the special problems of the arid and semi-arid lands and of the humid tropical
zones as well as to the creation of a network of biosphere reserves;
2. Instructs the Director-General to take the necessary measures to ensure that Unesco’s competence
in the ecological sciences, and particularly in the arid land ecosystems, be fully reflected at the
United Nations Conference on Desertification (1977) and to take an active part in the implemen-
tation of the recommendations which the Conference may adopt.

37
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

2 Natural sciences and their application to deveIopment

2.152 The General Conference,

Considering that it adopted the statutes of the International Co-ordinating Council of the Programme
on Man and the Biosphere by resolution 2.313, adopted at its sixteenth session,
Considering that these statutes stipulate that the Co-ordinating Council shall be composed of twenty-
five members,
Considering that, in the light of the increase in the number of States members of the Organization
since the adoption of these statutes and the interest aroused by this Programme in Member
States, the membership of the Co-ordinating Council should be increased,
Decides to amend Article II, paragraph 1 of the statutes of the International Co-ordinating Council of
the Programme on Man and the Biosphere as follows: the word ‘twenty-five’ shall be replaced by
the word ‘thirty’.

2.153 The General Conference,

Recalling resolution 2.313 adopted at its sixteenth session, by which it launched a long-term inter-
governmental and interdisciplinary programme on Man and the Biosphere (MAB) and estab-
lished an International Co-ordinating Council responsible for planning and implementing the
Programme,
Elects, in accordance with Article II (1) of the Statutes of the Programme, the following Member
States to be members of the International Co-ordinating Council in 1977-1978:

Australia Hungary Philippines

Austria India Poland
Brazil Iran Spain
Canada Iraq Sudan
Chile Italy Tunisia
China Jamaica Union of Soviet Socialist
Colombia Japan Republics
Congo Madagascar United States of America
Egypt Mexico Upper Volta
Finland Nigeria Zaire
France

2.16 The earth sciences

2.161 The General Conference,

Having considered the report of the Board of the International Geological Correlation Programme
(IGCP) and the comments of the Director-General thereon (19C/83),
I. Invites Member States to participate actively in the International Geological Correlation Programme
and urges those Member States which have not yet done so to establish national committees
for IGCP and to take an active part in IGCP projects of interest to them;
2. Requests the Director-General, in consultation with Member States and jointly with the Inter-
national Union of Geological Sciences, to examine the organizational arrangements for the
International Geological Correlation Programme and to make appropriate recommendations
to the General Conference at its twentieth session;
3. Authorizes the Director-General to develop the earth sciences programme in order to achieve a
fuller understanding of the earth’s crust and its mineral and fuel resources, to provide a scientific
basis for their rational utilization, and to improve knowledge of geophysical hazards and the
means of protection against them;
4. Invites the Director-General in the implementation of this programme to promote the use of
modern techniques of remote sensing and geological data handling, while not neglecting
traditional prospection techniques, and to give particular emphasis to assisting developing
countries in the realization of their potential and in training technical staff for discovering,
assessing and managing their mineral resources.

38
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

2 Natural sciences and their application to development

2.17 The water sciences

2.171 The General Conference,
Having considered the report of the Intergovernmental Council of the International Hydrological
Programme (IHP) and the comments of the Director-General thereon (19C/85),
1. Invites Member States to participate actively in the International Hydrological Programme and
urges, in particular, those Member States which have not yet done so, to establish national
committees for the IHP and to take the necessary measures to ensure their effective functioning;
2. Requests the Intergovernmental Council of IHP to concentrate its efforts on priority projects, as
indicated by the General Conference at its eighteenth session, with a view to increasing the
efficiency of the Programme’s action;
3. Authorizes the Director-General:
(a) to continue to support the implementation of the International Hydrological Programme in
accordance with the outline plan for 1975-1980 approved by the General Conference at its
eighteenth session, and to contribute to the advancement of the water sciences as part of the
rational utilization and conservation of natural resources;
(b) to assist Member States in establishing and/or developing regional centres or institutes for
research and education on water problems, particularly in the developing regions, taking into
account the special needs of their economic and social development;
(c) to promote regional co-operation in this field;
4. Instructs the Director-General to take the necessary measures to ensure that Unesco’s competence
in the field of the water sciences is fully reflected at the United Nations Water Conference (1977)
and to take an active part in the implementation of the recommendations which the Conference
may adopt.

2.172 The General Conference,

Recalling Article II of the Statutes of the Intergovernmental Council of the International Hydrological
Programme approved by it in resolution 2.232 at its eighteenth session,
Elects the following Member States to be members of the Intergovernmental Council in 1977-1978:
Australia Ghana Pakistan
Belgium Indonesia Panama
Benin Iran Switzerland
Brazil Iraq Syrian Arab Republic
Central African Republic Jamaica Turkey
Cuba Japan Union of Soviet Socialist
Czechoslovakia Kenya Republics
Egypt Madagascar United Kingdom
Finland Malaysia Upper Volta
Federal Republic Mexico Yugoslavia
of Germany Morocco

2.18 The marine sciences

2.181 The General Conference
Authorizes the Director-General to continue to implement the programme aimed at promoting
advancement of the marine sciences, in order to establish a scientific basis for the rational
utilization and management of the marine environment and its resources, and to strengthen
the capacity of Member States, and especially the developing countries, in the field of the
marine sciences, special attention being given to the problems of coastal areas.

2.182 The General Conference,

Having considered the summary report of the ninth session of the Assembly of the Intergovernmental
Oceanographic Commission, the report of the Commission on its activities (19C/86) and the
Director-General’s comments thereon,
1. Authorizes the Director-General to continue to provide the Intergovernmental Oceanographic
Commission (IOC) and its subsidiary organs with secretariat services and programme support

39
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

3 Social sciences and their applications

in order to enable the Secretariat to implement the Commission’s decisions concerning its
Long-term and Expanded Programme of Oceanic Exploration and Research (LEPOR) and, in
particular, the ocean science projects under the International Decade of Ocean Exploration
(IDOE), the Global Investigation of Pollution in the Marine Environment, the Regional
Co-operative Investigations, the oceanographic component of the Global Atmospheric Research
Programme, and the General Bathymetric Chart of the Oceans and the ocean services such as
the Integrated Global Ocean Station System, Marine Pollution Monitoring, Marine Data
Management and the Tsunami Warning System in the Pacific, by co-ordinating research,
training, education and providing assistance in these fields, stress being laid, in these activities,
on assistance to developing countries;
2. Invites Member States taking part in IOC programmes to submit copies of all data collected, with
the least possible delay, to the World Data Centres for Oceanography in accordance with
current IOC practices. These data will continue to be made available to all Member States.
1
2.183 The General Conference,
Recalling the provisions of Article I of the Constitution of Unesco, which defines the tasks of the
Organization in the field of respect for human rights,
Considering that the policy of apartheid is a crime against the conscience and dignity of man, unani-
mously censured by the international community as a whole,
Reaffirming that apartheid seriously interferes with the development of education, science, culture and
communication in the regions where it is practised, in particular through the exclusion of the
vast majority of the population from the benefits of scientific and technological progress,
Considering that, in accordance with Article 1, paragraph 1, of its Statutes, the Intergovernmental
Oceanographic Commission is established within Unesco, that it is responsible for serving the
aims of the international organizations with which it collaborates, and that its expenditures are
financed from funds appropriated by the General Conference of Unesco for that purpose
(Article 10 of its Statutes),
Recalling resolution 3057 (XXVIII), adopted by the General Assembly of the United Nations, which
invites all bodies of the United Nations system and international organizations to take appro-
priate measures against apartheid,
Recalling, more particularly, resolution 11.1, adopted at its eighteenth session, which not only requests
Unesco not to invite the racialist Government of the Republic of South Africa to participate in
the activities of the Organization, but also invites States Members of Unesco to have the
Republic of South Africa excluded from any meetings or activities concerning the Organization,
until the authorities of that country have put an end to their policy of racial discrimination,
Having been seized by the Executive Board of a recommendation (100 EX/Decision 7.3) that it take
all the necessary measures with a view to the exclusion of the Republic of South Africa from all
meetings and activities of the Intergovernmental Oceanographic Commission,
Requests the Director-General not to invite the Republic of South Africa to participate in the meetings
and activities of the Intergovernmental Oceanographic Commission organized by Unesco
until such time as the authorities of that country have put an end to their policy of racial
discrimination.

Social sciences and their applications2

3.01 General programme resolution on social sciences

The General Conference,

Conscious of the central importance of the social sciences to development planning, and more generally
to the formulation of policies for improvement of the quality of life for people everywhere,

1. Resolution adopted on the proposal of the Drafting and Negotiation Group at the thirty-eighth plenary meeting, on
30 November 1976.
2. Resolutions adopted on the report of Programme Commission I at the thirty-first and thirty-second plenary meetings,
on 25 November 1976.

40
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

3 Social sciences and their application s

Recognizing that, while there are universal elements in them, the social sciences can only be refined and
applied in terms of the values, structures, perceptions and needs of individual societies, and that
the endogenous development of the social sciences is therefore essential,
Recognizing further that, while foreign experience may not be immediately relevant to the concerns of a
given society, awareness of methods and models employed elsewhere is essential to suggest
insights and lines of research which will prove rewarding,
Accordingly reaffirming the importance of international liaison, co-operation and exchange between
practising social scientists,
Recalling that within the United Nations system, Unesco has the responsibility to concern itself with
the social sciences as disciplines, as well as on the interdisciplinary plane,
I. Welcomes the establishment of a distinct sector devoted primarily to the social sciences, and the
appointment of an Assistant Director-General for whom the social science programme will be the
major preoccupation;
2. Invites the Director-General, in the further elaboration of the social sciences programme, to
accord overriding importance to activities of immediate professional relevance to social science
specialists and institutions working on practical problems in Member States, especially the
developing countries; such activities should include, but not necessarily be limited to:
(a) scientific research stimulation, liaison and co-operation, using methods capable of promoting
concerted activities between institutions and specialists of various countries such as are used in
the Man and the Biosphere Programme;
(b) training and professional development;
(c) exchanges between specialists, notably through the meetings, programmes and publications of
the appropriate regional and international scientific institutions and organizations;
3. Further invites the Director-General, in giving effect to this resolution, to continue to co-operate
closely with regional and international professional organizations in the social sciences;
4. Notes with satisfaction that the relevant chapters of the Draft Medium-Term Plan (19C/4) and the
Draft Programme and Budget (19C/5) provide for certain changes from earlier practice which
represent first steps in the direction suggested by this resolution.

3.11 Study of development

3.111 The General Conference

Authorizes the Director-General:
(a) to put into operation a programme of research and training relating to development and aimed
at shedding light on the problems of the theory and practice of development, through a global,
multidisciplinary interpretation; and
(b) to emphasize the endogenous character and diversity of the processes, taking into account
essential aspects of development such as equity, social justice and access of all people to the
benefits of growth, and taking into account also the impact of external factors such as the
structure of international relations, laying special stress on the close relationship between inter-
national peace, security and disarmament and the conditions needed for the successful socio-
economic development of all States, studying in particular the various aspects of the impact of
transnational corporations on the development process, and also the problems of the transfer of
knowledge during development, and continuing the sociological analysis of certain problems
of social adaptation and advancement connected with the rapid changes taking place in
contemporary societies.

3.112 The General Conference,

Recalling resolution 3.232, adopted at its eighteenth session,
Expressing satisfaction at the steps taken to implement this resolution and more especially at the
conclusions and recommendations of the meeting of experts held at Headquarters in June 1976
(19c/76),
Bearing in mind how important and necessary it is for the influences exercised by transnational
corporations in Unesco’s fields of competence to be thoroughly and systematically studied
and kept under review,

41
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

3 Social sciences and their applications

Requests the Director-General:

(a) to encourage and assist institutions in developing countries, and in particular in the least
developed countries, in conducting research into the activities and influences exercised by
transnational corporations in Unesco’s fields of competence, doing so in the spirit of, and in
conformity with, the conclusions and recommendations of the meeting of experts held in
June 1976 at Unesco’s Headquarters;
(b) to earmark larger sums from the Regular Budget, including the Participation Programme, and
from funds derived from extra-budgetary sources including the United Nations Development
Programme, in order, at the request of Member States, to provide the necessary financial
assistance to institutions and to individuals engaged in research along the lines indicated above;
(c) to take the necessary steps for appropriate intellectual aid to be supplied to these institutions,
together with the documentation available to the Secretariat;
(d) to inform the General Conference at its twentieth session of the steps taken and the results
secured.

3.12 International development of the social sciences

3.121 The General Conference

Authorizes the Director-General to continue to carry out the programme designed to contribute to the
international development of the social sciences in Member States, with emphasis on research,
institution-building, training, and collection and dissemination of information and documen-
tation, so as to improve their capacity for making analyses and finding solutions to the major
social problems in different societies, especially those arising from social and economic changes.

3.13 Socio-economic analysis

3.131 The General Conference

Authorizes the Director-General to continue and develop the programme of research, application and
training in socio-economic analysis responding to the needs of development planning and
evaluation and to the need for assessing the quality of the sociocultural environment, through
the development and adaptation of socio-economic indicators, indicators of the perception of
the quality of life, dynamic systems analysis and programme evaluation, and through their broad
application to development planning in areas of Unesco competence and through training
planners in their use in order to serve the purposes of Member States.

3.14 Human settlements and sociocultural environment

3.141 The General Conference

Authorizes the Director-General to put into operation a multidisciplinary research and training
programme aimed at:
(a) developing a better knowledge of the human factors in the interactions between man and his
environment and between society and environment;
(b) contributing to the adaptation and improvement of environment management practices,
including complex environment systems, and of methods of associating the public in decisions
concerning the environment;
(c) highlighting the cultural values involved in human settlements; and
(d) promoting better training of the staff concerned in such action, so as to achieve harmony between
man and his environment in the context of the different societies.

3.142 The General Conference,

Taking into account the Rules of Procedure concerning Recommendations to Member States and
International Conventions, covered by the terms of Article IV, paragraph 4, of the Constitution,
Having examined the preliminary study by the Director-General (19C/97) on the advisability of
revising the Recommendation concerning International Competitions in Architecture and Town-
Planning, adopted by the General Conference at its ninth session in 1956,

42
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

3 Social sciences and their applications

I. Considers it advisable to proceed with the revision of that Recommendation;

2. Authorizes the Director-General to prepare and submit to the General Conference at its twentieth
session a draft revised Recommendation.

3.15 Population

3.151 The General Conference

Authorizes the Director-General, in co-operation with the competent bodies within the United Nations
system and with other international, regional and national organizations, and with due respect
for human rights, cultural values and national sovereignty, to continue to implement the
programme of research and other types of activity in regard to population, including assistance
to Member States, placing particular emphasis on the socio-economic aspects of the matter.

3.16 Youth

3.161 The General Conference

Authorizes the Director-General to put in hand a programme of consultations, studies and promotional
work calculated to assist in developing the part played by young people in educational, social and
cultural activities at national, regional and international level and, with due regard to specific
social situations, to seek to arrive at models of operation making it possible to associate young
people more satisfactorily with the solving of the problems arising in these various situations and
to secure co-operation among young people in the different parts of the world with a view to the
promotion of peace and international understanding, the stepping up of their struggle against
colonialism and racialism, and the commitment of youth organizations to the work of devel-
opment connected with the establishment of a new international economic and social order,
especially work for the benefit of the most disadvantaged categories of youth, in particular young
workers and young people in rural areas.

3.162 The General Conference

Authorizes the Director-General to open a special fund for youth, to be supplied from extra-
budgetary resources, which should make it possible for youth projects to be carried out at the
governmental and non-governmental levels.

3.17 Human rights and peace

3.171 The General Conference

Authorizes the Director-General, with a view, among other things, to the establishment of a new
international economic order, to put in hand a programme of interdisciplinary research,
exchanges, publications and promotional activities in order to define more closely the measures
which will guarantee human rights, improve the status of women and constitute an effective
contribution to the promotion of a just, lasting and constructive peace, and to acquaint people
with them more widely.

3.172 The General Conference,

Recalling that the Constitution of Unesco states that the purpose of the Organization is to ‘contribute
to peace and security by promoting collaboration among the nations through education, science
and culture in order to further universal respect for justice, for the rule of law and for. . . human
rights and fundamental freedoms . . . for the peoples of the world’,
Recalling further that, likewise in the words of the Constitution, ‘a peace based exclusively upon the
political and economic arrangements of governments would not be a peace which could secure
the unanimous, lasting and sincere support of the peoples of the world, and that the peace must
therefore be founded, if it is not to fail, upon the intellectual and moral solidarity of mankind’,
Convinced that these aims can be achieved only if Unesco’s programmes are planned and executed with
due regard for the multiplicity of its Member States and the diversity of their cultures, their forms
of government and their economic, political and social views,

43
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

3 Social sciences and their applications

Anxious that a clear distinction should be drawn between Unesco’s own specific competence in this
field and that of other United Nations agencies which, in their different ways, also contribute
to the maintenance of peace,
Considering that, while all Unesco’s work is instrumental in maintaining peace and security, it is none
the less advisable to plan and carry out activities specifically designed to promote the
achievement of this purpose,
Being of the opinion, moreover, that such activities should be scientifically based and strictly objective,
particularly when publications for which the Organization is responsible are involved,
2. Invites the Director-General to take the fullest account of the principles set forth above, both in
the carrying out of the two-year programme and in the preparation of the future programmes
provided for in the Medium-Term Plan;
2. Further invites the Director-General to pay particular attention to activities relating to:
(a) the contribution of international law to the maintenance and strengthening of peace;
(b) the encouragement of studies and research on problems relating to peace conducted by qualified
academic or scientific institutions;
(c) aid to Member States for the establishment or development of information, documentation or
research centres concerned with peace, and for the processing and use of the various forms of
documentation produced in this sphere by the agencies of the United Nations system;
(d) the strengthening of programmes of formal or non-formal education calculated to promote
international understanding, for instance by means of textbooks for primary and secondary
education.
1
3.173 The General Conference,
Recalling its 17C/Resolution 10.1 and l8c/Resolution 5.11 and the discussions at its seventeenth and
eighteenth sessions,
Reaffirming the necessity for adopting a Declaration on Race and Racial Prejudice, as a matter of
urgency,
Taking into account 100 EX/Decision 5.4.1 of the Executive Board,
Bearing in mind the observations and opinions expressed during the debate on this issue both at the
General Conference and at the Executive Board,
1. Approves the concepts and general substance of the preliminary draft Declaration prepared by the
Director-General on the basis of the 1967 Statement on Race and Racial Prejudice;
2. Considers however that further work is needed to arrive at a Declaration which will:
(a) address itself to a wide public opinion all over the world;
(b) serve as a major document for the definition and analysis of socio-economic situations marked
by, or leading to, manifestations of racialism;
(c) constitute a powerful instrument for the mobilization of people, organizations and governments
to enable them to take appropriate social and legal action to eradicate the causes and effects of
all forms and manifestations of racialism and racial prejudice;
3. Invites the Director-General to prepare a new text, based on the existing preliminary draft and
drawing on whatever additional resources he deems fit; the draft should consist of a concise,
clearly written statement of principles, together with indications to governments, organizations
and people of actions necessary to implement the principles, followed by an account of the basic
natural and social science evidence and ethical ideas from which these principles are derived;
4. Requests the Director-General to submit his revised preliminary draft Declaration to a meeting
(Category II) of government representatives to be convened during the year 1977; the task of the
meeting would be to prepare a final draft for submission to the General Conference at its
twentieth session;
5. Invites Member States and their National Commissions to sensitize their public opinion on the
major issues of racialism by all means including mass media, and to consult organizations and
individuals concerned as widely as possible in preparing and briefing their representatives to the
meeting;

1. Resolution adopted on the report of Programme Commission III at the twenty-eighth plenary meeting, on 22 NOV-
ember 1976.

44
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

4 Culture and communication

6. Recommends that Member States, in designating their representatives to the meeting, should include
among them highly competent social scientists and other persons particularly qualified in the
social, political, legal, economic, cultural and scientific aspects of the problem;
7. Invites the Director-General to report to the Executive Board at its 104th session on progress made
in preparing the draft Declaration;
8. Urges that the draft Declaration be presented in final form for discussion and adoption at the
twentieth session of the General Conference.

3.18 Philosophy and interdisciplinary co-operation

3.181 The General Conference

Authorizes the Director-General to employ the resources of philosophical and interdisciplinary
thinking in the service of Unesco’s ideals for an analysis of the bases and aims of the
Organization’s activities. Stress will be laid, on the one hand, on the promotion of the thought
and values of all peoples and, on the other, on an ethic governed by principles of equity, and of
rights and duties recognized and shared equally by all individuals and all communities, likely
to be conducive to the establishment of a new international economic and cultural order.

3.182 The General Conference,

Recalling its interest in the subject of philosophy and interdisciplinary co-operation since its thirteenth
session,
Recalling also the important contributions of the Philosophy Division to the study of fundamental and
topical problems concerning the future of mankind,
Recognizing the importance of employing the resources of philosophical and interdisciplinary thinking
for an analysis of the bases and aims of the Organization’s activities,
Considering that the current reorganization of the structure of the Secretariat should maintain the
effectiveness of work relating to philosophy and interdisciplinary co-operation,
Invites the Director-General:
(a) to ensure that philosophy and interdisciplinary co-operation are, from the start of the next
biennium (1977-1978), given a status compatible with the functions described in paragraph 79 of
the Introduction to document 19C/5;
(b) to provide them, in that event, with the resources for carrying out those functions.

3.183 The General Conference,

Noting that the Government of Greece proposes to celebrate in 1978 the 2,300th anniversary of the
death of the Greek philosopher Aristotle,
Considering that the thought of Aristotle has influenced all philosophic and scientific thought
throughout the history of mankind and continues to be a major influence in modern times,
Invites the Director-General to associate Unesco with the celebration of the twenty-third centenary
of the death of Aristotle in whatever ways are most appropriate, and in particular in connexion
with the world congress on ‘Aristotle and Contemporary Thought’ to be organized by the
Government of Greece in 1978.

4 Culture and communication1

4.11 Studies and circulation

4.111 The General Conference

Authorizes the Director-General to continue to carry out the programme of cultural studies and the
circulation of cultural works aimed at promoting appreciation and respect for cultural identity,
including different traditions, ways of life, languages and cultural values and aspirations, and the

1. Resolutions adopted on the report of Programme Commission II at the thirty-fourth plenary meeting, on 26 November 1976.

45
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

4 Culture and communication

specificity of individuals, groups, nations or regions, within the context of a global

development strategy and for the purpose of fostering solidarity between the peoples of
the world.

4.12 Preservation and presentation of the cultural heritage of mankind

4.121 The General Conference

Authorizes the Director-General to continue to carry out the programme for the preservation and
presentation of the cultural heritage of mankind and for the development of museums in
Member States through: preparing and assisting in the implementation of international instru-
ments; raising standards by stimulating and promoting studies and exchanging and diffusing
information; promoting awareness and participation in the protection and effective presentation
of the cultural heritage on the part of the local populations; mobilizing international solidarity to
safeguard outstanding monuments and sites; providing technical assistance to Member States;
and ensuring the presence of Unesco in Jerusalem.

4.122 The General Conference,

Recalling 18C/Resolution 6.10, by which Member States were invited to become parties, if they are not
so already, to the international conventions adopted by the General Conference and to
implement the recommendations to Member States,
Drawing attention to resolution 3.428 adopted at its eighteenth session, by which Member States were
specifically invited to ratify the Convention on the Means of Prohibiting and Preventing the
Illicit Import, Export and Transfer of Ownership of Cultural Property,
Bearing in mind Article VIII of the Constitution as well as Article 16 of the Rules of Procedure
concerning Recommendations to Member States and International Conventions, both referring
to the submission of reports on the action taken upon the Recommendations and Conventions
covered by the terms of Article IV, paragraph 4, of the Constitution,
Convinced of the urgent need to act against illicit traffic, which represents an increasing threat to
cultural property throughout the world,
Requests Member States to submit for consideration at its twentieth session reports on the action they
have taken to implement the Recommendation on the Means of Prohibiting and Preventing the
Illicit Export, Import and Transfer of Ownership of Cultural Property (1964) and the Convention
on the Means of Prohibiting and Preventing the Illicit Import, Export and Transfer of
Ownership of Cultural Property (1970).

4.123 The General Conference,

Bearing in mind the Rules of Procedure concerning Recommendations to Member States and Inter-
national Conventions covered by the terms of Article IV, paragraph 4, of the Constitution,
Having examinedthe preliminary study of the Director-General concerning the desirability of adopting
an international instrument on the prevention and coverage of risks to movable cultural property
19C/35),
1. Considers that the preparation of international instruments concerning the question is desirable;
2. Decides that these international instruments shall take the form of a recommendation to Member
States and an international convention, within the meaning of Article IV, paragraph 4, of the
Constitution;
3. Authorizes the Director-General to convene the Special Committee provided for in Article 10,
paragraph 4, of the aforesaid Rules of Procedure, which shall be instructed to prepare a draft
recommendation and, if possible, a draft convention for submission to the General Conference
at its twentieth session.

4.124 The General Conference,

Having examined the report of the Executive Committee of the International Campaign to Save the
Monuments of Nubia and the report of the Director-General (19C/90),
Expressing satisfaction with the progress of the salvage operations, which have been carried out with
a high level of technical competence,

46
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

4 Culture and communication

Expressing appreciation for the contributions received from various Member States, from private
sources and from the World Food Programme,
Noting also with satisfaction the substantial amounts of contributions received in the Trust Fund as a
result of exhibitions organized through the co-operation of the Government of the Arab
Republic of Egypt and institutions in different parts of the world,
Expressing its gratitude to the Egyptian Government, whose contribution to the saving of the Nubian
monuments has been a decisive factor in the success of the undertaking,
Notes that the International Campaign to safeguard Philae is progressing satisfactorily.

4.1241 With respect to the preservation of Philae, the General Conference, at its thirty-fifth plenary meeting,
on 27 November 1976, elected, on the report of the Nominations Committee, the following Member
States to the Executive Committee of the International Campaign to Save the Monuments of Nubia:

Belgium India Sudan

Brazil Netherlands Sweden
Egypt Nigeria Togo
France Pakistan Union of Soviet Socialist Republics
Federal Republic of Germany Spain United States of America

4.125 The General Conference,

Considering the importance of the monuments of the Acropolis in Athens for the history and
civilization of all mankind,
Considering the present dilapidated state of these monuments, due principally to atmospheric pollution
and to earlier ineffective restoration work,
Aware of the need to embark upon a programme of conservation which will guarantee their
preservation,
Authorizes the Director-General to undertake a world campaign for public and private aid for the
safeguarding of the Acropolis and its monuments, under the auspices of Unesco and in
collaboration with the Government of Greece.

4.126 The General Conference,

Having received from numerous States proposals for the launching of international campaigns for: the
safeguarding and rehabilitation of the Medina of Fez (Morocco); the preservation and rehabili-
tation of Herat (Afghanistan); the restoration of the architectural heritage of Guatemala; the
preservation and presentation of the cultural heritage of Ethiopia, Kenya, the United Republic
of Tanzania and Uganda; and the preservation and presentation of Sukhothai (Thailand),
Authorizes the Director-General, within the limits of the available budgetary resources, to:
(a) take the necessary steps, with the governments concerned and on the basis of the work
already carried out, to prepare a plan of action for each of these projects;
(b) undertake, under the auspices of Unesco and in collaboration with the governments concerned,
a campaign to mobilize international solidarity.

4.127 The General Conference,

Recalling the various recommendations made concerning the protection of cultural property and the
accessibility of museums,
Considering the importance of cultural property both as an expression of national cultural identity
and as part of the cultural heritage of all mankind,
Noting the increased interest of the peoples of the world in one another’s cultural heritage and the desire
for greater access to cultural objects,
Noting the desirability of international archaeological co-operation in excavation and research and
aware of the fact that increasing numbers of valuable cultural objects will be lost to mankind if
not properly protected and adequately housed,
Aware of the difficulties faced by a majority of developing countries for the preservation and housing of
cultural objects,

47
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

4 Culture and communication

Recognizing the need for immediate action to be taken for the preservation and housing of cultural
objects in developing countries,
1. Requests Member States, especially those which are actively doing archaeological work, to develop
measures for the preservation and housing of cultural objects in developing countries as a
normal extension of international archaeological excavation and research, so that the objects
found will not be lost to mankind but on the contrary be properly protected and housed within
the country of discovery;
2. Instructs the Director-General to study the problem of housing the said cultural objects, preferably
in a local or national museum, through the co-operation of all parties involved in a joint
archaeological campaign, and to circulate that study to all Member States before the twentieth
session of the General Conference.

4.128 The General Conference,

Recalling resolution 3.428 adopted at its eighteenth session, concerning the measures to be taken with
a view to the return of works of art to countries having lost them as a result of colonial or foreign
occupation,
Bearing in mind Recommendation No. 21 whereby the Intergovernmental Conference on Cultural
Policies in Africa (Accra, 27 October to 6 November 1975) appealed to Member States to
co-operate in the fight against the illicit traffic in cultural property and to support Unesco in its
efforts to contribute to the work of restituting works of art to their countries of origin,
Taking note with satisfaction of the activities undertaken by the Director-General in order to
implement l8C/Resolution 3.428 as described in document 19C/109, and particularly the work
of the Committee of Experts which met in Venice from 29 March to 2 April 1976 to study the
question of the restitution of works of art,
Considering it necessary to bring about a general awareness of the importance to the countries of
origin of the return of objects which have a fundamental significance from the point of view of
the spiritual values and cultural heritage of the people concerned,
Considering that Member States should co-operate in a spirit of international solidarity with a view to
the conclusion of equitable bilatera1 arrangements which make it possible to return such objects
to their countries of origin,
Invites the Director-General of Unesco:
(a) to take all necessary measures with a view to the establishment, by the General Conference at its
twentieth session, of an intergovernmental committee entrusted with the task of seeking ways
and means of facilitating bilateral negotiations for the restitution or return of cultural property
to the countries having lost them as a result of colonial or foreign occupation, and to convene
for this purpose a committee of experts responsible for defining the terms of reference, means of
action and working methods of such a committee;
(b) to launch an appeal to Member States to take all measures likely to bring about a state of mind
conducive to the return of cultural property to the countries of origin, especially with the aid
of the mass communication media and educational and cultural institutions;
(c) to be guided by the Recommendation on the International Exchange of Cultural Property
(19C/25);
(d) to be guided also, to that end, by technical reports which will be entrusted to competent
non-governmental organizations, such as the International Council of Museums.

4.1281 The General Conference,

Requests Member States to have any transfers of documents which are carried out contrary to their laws
governing protection declared null and void.

4.129 The General Conference

Considering the importance of the role played by Unesco, in accordance with its Constitution, in the
protection and preservation of the world heritage of monuments of historic or scientific value,
Considering the exceptional importance of the cultural property in the Old City of Jerusalem, not only
to the countries directly concerned but to all humanity, on account of its unique cultural,
historical and religious value,

48
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

4 Culture and communication

Recalling Article 32 of the Recommendation on International Principles Applicable to Archaeological

Excavations, adopted by the General Conference at its ninth session in New Delhi in 1956, which
stipulates that, in the event of armed conflict, any Member State occupying the territory of
another State should refrain from carrying out archaeological excavations in the occupied
territory,
Considering that Israel, taking advantage of its military occupation of the territory, has unilaterally,
and in defiance of all accepted laws, taken upon itself to alter the configuration and status of the
City of Jerusalem,
Considering that such a situation, resulting from an act of force which offends the conscience of the
international community as a whole, jeopardizes the chances of restoring the peace for which
it is Unesco’s task to work, and has incurred the reprobation of the community of nations,
Considering that, in its resolution 2253 (ES-V), adopted in plenary session on 4 July 1967, on measures
taken by Israel to change the status of the City of Jerusalem, the United Nations General
Assembly called upon Israel ‘to rescind all measures already taken and to desist forthwith from
taking any action which would alter the status of Jerusalem’,
Considering that, on 14 July 1967, at its 1554th plenary session, the United Nations General Assembly:
‘Having received the report submitted by the Secretary-General,
Taking note with the deepest regret and concern of the non-compliance by Israel with
resolution 2253 (ES-V),
1. Deplored the failure of Israel to implement General Assembly resolution 2253 (ES-V);
2. Reiterated its call to Israel in that resolution to rescind all measures already taken and to
desist forthwith from taking any action which would alter the status of Jerusalem;
3. Requested the Secretary-General to report to the Security Council and the General
Assembly on the situation and on the implementation of the present resolution’,
Considering that, on 21 May 1968, having before it a letter of the Permanent Representative of
Jordan and the report of the Secretary-General (S/8146), the United Nations Security Council,
in resolution No. 252 (1968) adopted without opposition at its 1426th meeting,
‘Noting that since the adoption of the above-mentioned resolutions [2253 and 2254) Israel has
taken further measures and actions in contravention of those resolutions,
Bearing in mind the need to work for a just and lasting peace,
Reaffirming that acquisition of territory by military conquest is inadmissible,
1. Deplored the failure of Israel to comply with the General Assembly resolutions mentioned
above;
2. Considered that all legislative and administrative measures and actions taken by Israel,
including expropriation of land and properties thereon, which tend to change the legal
status of Jerusalem are invalid and cannot change that status;
3. Urgently called upon Israel to rescind all such measures already taken and to desist forthwith
from taking any further action which tends to change the status of Jerusalem’,
Considering that, on 3 July 1969, at its 1485th meeting, the United Nations Security Council, in its
resolution No. 267 (1969), noting that, in defiance of the above-mentioned resolutions, Israel
had taken further measures tending to change the status of the City of Jerusalem,
‘Reaffirming the established principle that acquisition of territory by military conquest is
inadmissible,
1. Reaffirmed its resolution 252 (1968);
2. Deplored the failure of Israel to show any regard for the resolutions of the General Assembly
and the Security Council mentioned above;
3. Censured in the strongest terms all measures taken to change the status of the City of Jerusalem;
4. Confirmed that all legislative and administrative measures and actions taken by Israel which
purport to alter the status of Jerusalem, including expropriation of land and properties
thereon, are invalid and cannot change that status;
5. Urgently called once more upon Israel to rescind forthwith all measures taken by it which
may tend to change the status of the City of Jerusalem, and in future to refrain from all
actions likely to have such an effect;
6. Requested Israel to inform the Security Council without any further delay of its intentions
with regard to the implementation of the provisions of the present resolution;

49
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

4 Culture and communication

7. Determined that, in the event of a negative response or no response from Israel, the Security
Council should reconvene without delay to consider what further action should be taken
in this matter;
8. Requested the Secretary-General to report to the Security Council on the implementation of
the present resolution’,
Considering that this United Nations Security Council resolution was adopted unanimously,
Considering that the United Nations Security Council, in its resolution No. 298 (1971) adopted
without opposition at its 1582nd meeting, once more deplored the failure of Israel to respect the
previous General Assembly and Security Council resolutions and confirmed their substance in
the clearest possible terms,
Considering lastly that the United Nations General Assembly itself, in its resolution 2949 (XXVII) on
the situation in the Middle East, adopted at its 2105th plenary meeting on 8 December 1972,
resolved inter alia as follows:
‘Reaffirming that the territory of a State shall not be the object of occupation or acquisition by
another State resulting from the threat or use of force,
Affirming that changes in the physical character or demographic composition of occupied
territories are contrary to the purposes and principles of the Charter of the United Nations,
as well as to the provisions of the relevant applicable international conventions,
Convinced that the grave situation prevailing in the Middle East constitutes a serious threat to
international peace and security,
Reaffirming the responsibility of the United Nations to restore peace and security in the Middle
East in the immediate future,

7. Declares that changes carried out by Israel in the occupied Arab territories incontravention of
the Geneva Conventions of 12 August 1949 are null and void, and calls upon Israel to
rescind forthwith all such measures and to desist from all policies and practices affecting the
physical character or demographic composition of the occupied Arab territories;
8. Calls upon all States not to recognize any such changes and measures carried out by Israel
in the occupied Arab territories and invites them to avoid actions, including actions in
the field of aid, that could constitute recognition of that occupation;
9. Recognizes that respect for the rights of the Palestinians is an indispensable element
in the establishment of a just and lasting peace in the Middle East’,
Recalling that since the fifteenth session of the General Conference (1968) the Organization has
urgently called on Israel to desist from any archaeological excavations in the City of Jerusalem
and from any alteration of its features or its cultural and historical character, particularly
with regard to Christian and IsIamic religious sites (l5C/Resolutions 3.342 and 3.343,
82 EX/Decision 4.4.2, 83 EX/Decision 4.3.1, 88 EX/Decision 4.3.1, 89 EX/Decision 4.4.1,
90 EX/Decision 4.3.1, and 17C/Resolution 3.422),
Bearing in mind that, at its seventeenth session, the General Conference, in resolution 3.422,
(a) noted ‘that Israel persists in not complying with the relevant resolutions and that its attitude
prevents this Organization from undertaking the mission which is incumbent upon it under the
terms of the Constitution’;
(b) invited ‘the Director-General to continue his efforts to establish the effective presence of Unesco
in the City of Jerusalem and thus make possible the actual implementation of the resolutions
adopted by the General Conference and the Executive Board for that purpose’,
Considering that it is most legitimately that, on the basis of these very clear resolutions, reiterated with a
constant patience dictated by the need to preserve peace, and in compliance with the letter and
spirit of the aforementioned resolutions of the General Assembly and the Security Council of the
United Nations, the General Conference of Unesco, at its eighteenth session, after recalling and
reaffirming the relevant resolutions it has previously adopted, in resolution 3.427 ‘condemns
Israel for its attitude which is contradictory to the aims of the Organization as stated in its
Constitution by its persistence in altering the historical features of the City of Jerusalem and by
undertaking excavations which constitute a danger to its monuments, subsequent to its illegal
occupation of this city’ and ‘invites the Director-General to withhold assistance from Israel in

50
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

4 Culture and communication

the fields of education, science and culture until such time as it scrupulously respects the
aforementioned resolutions and decisions’,
Considering that the lifting of the restrictions which the Director-General was thus invited to apply
depends solely upon the will of Israel,
Considering that this challenge, which is intolerable for the dignity of the other Member States, prevents
the Organization from properly discharging the mission laid upon it by its Constitution,
Considering that it is useless to maintain, as the delegation of Israel has done, that the Israeli
Government, respecting academic freedom, is not entitled to order the cessation of the
archaeological excavations undertaken in Jerusalem, which are endangering the preservation of
precious cultural property and which have nothing to do with Israel’s research plans but are
jeopardizing peace in the region,
Affirming solemnly the right of every people not to be deprived of the significant evidence of its past
on the pretext of searching for vestiges of another culture,
Considering that no liberal society whatsoever can claim to be an anarchical society; that in Israel, it is
less possible than elsewhere for the university authorities to undertake with impunity to violate
homes or property and foreign territories under cover of academic independence,
Considering that these excavations could be undertaken only after approval and authorization had
been given by the Government, which had legislation, regulations and expropriation orders
issued to that effect, all expressly condemned by the United Nations which, in its various bodies,
has called for the abrogation thereof,
Considering that Member States as a whole can but deplore and, as the United Nations General
Assembly did in its resolution 3525 (XXX) of 15 December 1975, ‘condemn . . . the following
Israeli policies and practices: the annexation of parts of the occupied territories; . . . the destruc-
tion and demolition of Arab houses; . . . the pillaging of archaeological and cultural property. . .‘,
Guided by the previous decisions adopted by the General Conference since its fourteenth session
(14C/Resolution 11, 1 SC/Resolutions 9.12 and 9.14, 16C/Resolution 8, 17C/Resolution 10.1
and 18C/Resolution 3.427),
1. Reaffirms all the aforementioned resolutions concerning Jerusalem, particularly l8C/Resol-
ution 3.427, and insists that they be put into effect;
2. Issues a solemn appeal to Israel to desist forthwith from continuing the excavations undertaken
unlawfully and from continuing to take steps which are altering the character and status of the
City of Jerusalem;
3. Calls upon all Member States not to recognize any of the changes and measures carried out by
Israel in Jerusalem in violation of the resolutions of the United Nations and Unesco, in
particular by refraining from co-operating in them;
4. Affirms with deep regret that Israel, by persisting in infringing the resolutions adopted at every
level by the United Nations as well as by the General Conference and the Executive Board of
Unesco with a view to safeguarding the cultural property of the City of Jerusalem, assumes
responsibility for casting doubt on the sincerity of its desire to participate in the community
of Member States and, by so doing, for exposing itself to isolation;
5. Requests the Director-General to redouble his efforts to attain the objectives set out in the resol-
utions both of the United Nations and of Unesco recalled and reaffirmed above, and to keep the
Executive Board informed about developments in the situation;
6. Decides to consider this question at its twentieth session with a view to examining and taking, in the
light of the conclusions contained in the Director-General’s report, such steps as circumstances
may dictate.

4.13 Cultural development

4.131 The General Conference

Authorizes the Director-General to implement a programme relating to the integrated cultural
development of Member States with a view to contributing to the affirmation of cultural identity
and fostering the full development of cultural values, as factors in the endogenous development
of nations. This programme will in particular contribute to the democratization of the means and
instruments of cultural action so as to enable everyone, and particularly the most disadvantaged,

51
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

4 Culture and communication

to participate fully and freely in the creation of culture, to benefit from it, and to develop their
creativity. An intergovernmental conference on cultural policies in Latin America and the
Caribbean will, in particular, be organized in 1977-1978.

4.132 The General Conference,

Considering the particularly important place occupied in the contemporary world by artists as
creators and custodians of cultural values, and their role in society,
Considering that their economic, social and moral situation is precarious and gives cause for concern,
and that this situation must be remedied as a matter of urgency,
Recalling that the Intergovernmental Conference on the Institutional, Administrative and Financial
Aspects of Cultural Policies held in Venice in 1970, and all the regional intergovernmental confer-
ences, have expressed concern regarding the artist’s lot in contemporary societies and requested
Unesco to devise measures to strengthen the role of artists in society, to improve their social
security, and to provide them with working conditions which facilitate their creative activity,
Further recalling that the 1974 symposium on the artist in contemporary society and the 1976 sym-
posium on the place and function of art in contemporary life drew attention to the difficulties
encountered today by artists in a world to which they nevertheless still have an essential
contribution to make and once more stressed the need for action to support them,
Recalling that the General Conference, expressing a similar concern, at its eighteenth session adopted
resolution 3.321, which authorized the Director-General ‘to stimulate artistic creation , . . by
studying. . . the status and social position of the artist’, and noted the work plan for 1975-1976
(l8C/S, paragraph 3205) which provided for the carrying out, in consultation with the
International Labour Office, of a preliminary study of the technical, legal and administrative
aspects of the problem and its submission to the General Conference at its nineteenth session
so that it may decide whether an international instrument should be adopted on the subject,
Considering the amount of work already done accordingly by the Secretariat in collaboration with the
International Labour Office and in particular the ‘Preliminary Study on the Technical, Legal and
Administrative Aspects of an International Instrument Concerning the Status and Social
Position of the Artist’, which was submitted to the Executive Board at its 99th session
(99 EX/12),
Invites the Director-General to convene a meeting of experts from the different geocultural regions and
specialists in different artistic disciplines, with a view to preparing a further preliminary study,
for submission to the Executive Board at its 104th session.

4.133 The General Conference,

Considering Unesco’s desire to encourage and promote the education of artists and their public so
that everyone can participate in cultural activities,
Conscious of the beneficial effect of festivals as an invaluable means of cultural development and
exchange,
Bearing in mind the recommendations of the Intergovernmental Conference on Cultural Policies in
Africa (AFRICACULT) which stressed the need for Unesco to ‘assist Member States to make
periodic comparisons of their experience in mass cultural activities, particularly by affording
them appropriate facilities for the purpose, such as workshops, festivals or symposia or the
publication of a journal on the organization of cultural activities’ (AFRICACULT, Recommen-
dation No. 27),
Considering that a Panafrican Film Festival (FESPACO) has been held every two years since 1969,
Invites the Director-General:
(a) to take note of the existence of this African film festival, known as the Ouagadougou Panafrican
Film Festival (FESPACO), and to recognize it as an institution capable of making an effective
contribution to mass cultural action, with a view to facilitating co-ordination of its activities with
those of other festivals, as recommended in paragraph 4141 of document 19C/5;
(b) to grant assistance, as far as is possible, for the holding of this Festival within the framework of the
relevant Unesco activities;
(c) to consider the possibility of including in the programme for the next biennium (2OC/5) a Unesco
African film prize to be awarded on the occasion of the Ouagadougou Panafrican Film Festival.

52
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

4 Culture and communication

4.134 The General Conference,

Considering that the affirmation of cultural identity implies that the various peoples should be familiar
with their cultural heritage and that the different States should put into practice national cultural
policies designed to conserve and enhance this heritage,
Considering, on the one hand, the need for Member States to promote and encourage research on the
subject of cultural development in order to underpin and strengthen their cultural policies and,
on the other, the difficulties encountered by Latin American research workers in building up
a body of documentation on cultural development,
Requests the Director-General to contribute, so far as the available resources allow, as part of the
activities provided for in paragraphs 4132 and 4157 of 19C/5 and, at the request of the Member
States concerned, by way of assistance to Member States (paragraph 4159 of 19C/5), to the
organization of the Regional Clearing House and Research Centre for Cultural Development for
Latin America (CREDEC), in particular by:
(a) offering the necessary intellectual and technical assistance;
(b) helping to equip CREDEC with audio-visual aids and to build up a specialized library;
(c) awarding short-term fellowships for CREDEC in the fields of information, research and
documentation.

4.14 Free flow of information and communication policies

4.141 The General Conference
Authorizes the Director-General to continue to implement the programme designed to promote the
free and balanced flow of information and the movement of persons and materials, to promote
research on the role of communication in society, to further professional standards in the use of
the mass media, and to assist Member States in the formulation and implementation of national
policies in the field of communication, including the convening of an intergovernmental
conference on communication policies in Asia in 1978.

4.142 The General Conference,

Convinced of the important role that Unesco can play in supporting the efforts of the developing
countries which are seeking to establish and strengthen their own information and communi-
cation systems in line with their needs,
Convinced also that Unesco may be regarded as one of the United Nations agencies capable of assisting
in liberating the developing countries from the state of dependence resulting from specific
historical circumstances which still characterizes their communication and information systems,
Invites the Director-General:
(a) to pay very special attention to the activities of the bodies (the Non-Aligned Countries
Co-ordinating Council and the Co-ordinating Committee of the Press Agency Pool of the
Non-Aligned Countries) responsible for co-ordinating and implementing the information
programme of the non-aligned countries, originating in the recommendations relating to
information and communication adopted by the Symposium of Non-Aligned Countries on
Communication (Tunis, March 1976) and the Ministerial Conference of Non-Aligned Countries
on the Press Agency Pool (New Delhi, July 1976), and approved by the Summit Conference of
Non-Aligned Countries in Colombo (August 1976);
(b) to give priority to such Regular Programme activities as are consistent with these recommen-
dations;
(c) to strengthen the intellectual, technical and financial resources provided for under the Regular
Programme through an appreciable and appropriate increase in the proposed growth rate for
communication and information activities, through extra-budgetary funds, or through any other
appropriate measure.
1
4.143 The General Conference,
Conscious of the important role of mass media in furthering peace, promoting international
understanding and combating war propaganda, racialism and apartheid,
1. Resolution adopted on the proposal of the Drafting and Negotiation Group at the thirty-sixth plenary meeting, on
29 November 1976.

53
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

5 General Information Programme

Recalling its resolutions 4.113 (paragraph 3) and 4.11 adopted at its seventeenth and eighteenth
sessions respectively,
Taking into consideration the discussions that have taken place on this subject under the auspices of
Unesco,
Further taking into consideration the Draft Declaration contained in document 19C/91 and the
comments made thereon during its nineteenth session as well as the working documents examined
by the Drafting and Negotiation Group (19C/INF.20 and 19C/INF.21),
Taking into account the various decisions of the nineteenth session of the General Conference on
achieving a balanced international dissemination of information and the necessity of providing
assistance to developing countries in this field,
1. Invites the Director-General to hold further broad consultations with experts with a view to
preparing a final Draft Declaration on ‘Fundamental Principles Governing the Use of the
Mass Media in Strengthening Peace and International Understanding and in Combating War
Propaganda, Racialism and Apartheid’, which could meet with the largest possible measure of
agreement, as well as to proposing any other action which may be called for in the light of these
consultations;
2. Requests the Director-General to submit such a Draft Declaration to Member States at the end
of 1977 or early in 1978, as well as any other proposal he might formulate;
3. Decides to include this item in the agenda of its twentieth session.

4.15 Development and application of communication systems

4.151 The GeneraI Conference

Authorizes the Director-General to continue to carry out the programme designed for the development
and application of communication systems in Member States, based on scientific planning
methodology and the adoption of new techniques emerging in this field, for the purpose of
accelerating social and economic progress and promoting increased access to and participation
in the communication process on the part of the general public.

4.16 Book promotion

4.161 The General Conference

Authorizes the Director-General to continue implementing a programme for the promotion of books
and reading, centred on the production and distribution of reading materials in all Member
States and more especially in the developing countries, with a view to fostering the educational
and cultural development of the individual, thus contributing to international understanding and
co-operation.

5 General Information Programme

1
5.1 The General Conference,
Recalling its 18C/Resolution 7.21, and its 17C/Resolution 2.131, and 18C/Resolutions 2.131, 4.201,
4.211 and 4.212,
Recalling the Intergovernmental Conference for the Establishment of a World Science Information
System (UNISIST) (October 1971) and the Intergovernmental Conference on the Planning of
National Documentation, Library and Archives Infrastructures (NATIS) (September 1974),
Having approved Objective 10.1 of the Draft Medium-Term Plan, entitled ‘Development and Promotion
of Information Systems and Services at the National, Regional and International Levels’, as
presented in document 19C/4,
Recalling the recommendation of the Meeting of Experts on Programme Structures in the Field of

1. Resolution adopted on the report of Programme Commission III at the twenty-seventh plenary meeting, on
22 November 1976.

54
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

5 General Information Programme

Information and Documentation Systems, Libraries and Archives (June 1975) which suggested
that Unesco should have ‘one general information policy and programme for all areas of
Unesco’s competence’ taking into consideration ‘the necessity for the development of libraries,
archives and specialized information programme components’, while emphasizing that ‘overall
co-ordination is necessary to avoid duplication and to ensure complementarity between existing
information programmes, systems and services’ and considering that the programme should
have one intergovernmental steering committee and a single advisory body,
Having examined the report of the Director-General on the over-all information programme (19C/42)
and its annexes, including the report on the activities of the UNISIST Steering Committee,
Having also studied sections 2.13 (‘Scientific and Technological Information and Documentation’)
and 4.16,I (‘Documentation, Libraries and Archives’) of the Draft Programme and Budget
for 1977-1978 (19C/5),
Considering the importance of the transfer and exchange of information, particularly in the scientific
and technological field, for economic and social development, the increasing importance of
information as a resource, the growing complexity of information technology, and the need for
furthering international information systems,
Considering the importance for all countries, and especially for the developing countries, of the
problems of planning and developing integrated national information systems, and the urgency
of filling in the information gap and of the creation and development of the necessary infra-
structures in these countries,
Considering also the commitment of Unesco to contribute to the development of international, regional
and national information systems and services as a vital element in international co-operation
and national development,
Considering lastly the significant role which belongs, in such systems, to libraries and archives services,
the contribution of which to cultural development should also be emphasized,
Recognizing the significant results achieved so far by the UNISIST programme in the field of scientific
and technological information and the value of its general contribution to the development and
interconnexion of information systems,
1. Approves the principles and lines of emphasis of the General Information Programme as set forth
by the .Director-General in document 19C/42 and decides that the general programme shall cover
basically the activities of the Organization in the fields of scientific and technological information,
and of documentation, libraries and archives, coming under sections 2.13 and 4.16, I of the Draft
Programme and Budget for 1977-1978 (19C/5);
2. Approves the Statutes of the Intergovernmental Council for the General Information Programme,
annexed to this resolution;
3. Elects, in conformity with Article 2 of the Statutes, the following thirty Member States to be
members of the Council for 1977-1978:

Algeria Federal Republic Senegal

Argentina of Germany Uganda
Belgium Ghana Union of Soviet Socialist
Brazil India Republics
China Indonesia United Kingdom
Colombia Iran of Great Britain
Congo Japan and Northern Ireland
Cuba Morocco United States of America
Egypt Netherlands Upper Volta
France Nigeria Yugoslavia
German Democratic Norway Zaire;
Republic Peru

4. Instructs the Council to guide, in conformity with its Statutes, the planning and implementation of
the General Information Programme in the interests of the development of education, culture,
science and technology in order to:
(a) promote co-operation between Member States in the context of this programme;

55
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

5 General Information Programme

(b) ensure the continuity and the development of action undertaken in the context of the UNISIST
programme, recommending inter alia that this title be appropriately used;
(c) promote the concept of the over-all planning of national information systems (NATIS) and
encourage appropriate forms of action to assist Member States in planning and developing such
systems so that they may participate actively in international co-operation, paying special
attention to:
(i) increasing the essential contribution of libraries to the development of education, science
and culture;
(ii) promoting the development of archives services, particularly as a tool for administrative
efficiency and as a factor in the preservation and presentation of the cultural heritage and
of national identity;
5. Authorizes the Director-General to facilitate the implementation of the General Information
Programme, by seeing that activities are integrated with a view to:
(a) promoting the formulation of policies and plans,
(b) promoting the establishment and application of methods and norms,
(c) contributing to the development of information infrastructures and to the application of modern
techniques of data collection, processing, transfer and reproduction,
(d) promoting the training and education of information specialists and information users,
with particular attention to the needs of the developing countries, especially the problems of transfer of
information and data from the technologically advanced countries to the developing nations;
6. Authorizes the Director-General to set up an Advisory Committee of experts and specialists in the
disciplines and professions concerned, selected in such a way as to ensure equitable geographical
representation;
7. Considers that the General Information Programme should form a separate chapter within Part II
(Programme Operations and Services) of Unesco’s Programme and Budget;
8. Instructs the Director-General to take the necessary measures to ensure that the General Information
Programme, particularly through the development of projects begun under the UNISIST
programme, provides a conceptual framework for information systems devised by the agencies
of the United Nations and in particular for Unesco’s information activities as a whole.

Annex. Statutes of the Intergovernmental Council for the General Information Programme

Article I their representatives on the Council shall pref-

erably be experts in the fields covered by the
An Intergovernmental Council for the General information programme of Unesco and chosen
Information Programme, hereafter called the Coun- from among those persons who are playing a
cil, is hereby established within the United Nations major part in the planning or implementation of
Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. the various aspects of national information
policies and in the implementation of the activi-
Article 2 ties related to the programme in the said Member
1. The Council shall be composed of thirty Member States.
States of the United Nations Educational, Scien-
tific and Cultural Organization, elected for two Article 3
years by the General Conference at each of its The Council shall meet in plenary session at least
ordinary sessions, taking due account of equitable once and not more than twice every two years.
geographical distribution, of the need to ensure Extraordinary sessions may be convened under
appropriate rotation, of the representativeness conditions specified in the Rules of Procedure.
of the States from the point of view of the various Each member of the Council shall have one vote,
problems raised by information activities in the but it may send as many experts or advisers as it
various continents and of the importance of their deems necessary to sessions of the Council.
contribution to the information programme of The Council shall adopt its own Rules of Pro-
Unesco . cedure.
2. Members of the Council shall be immediately
eligible for re-election. Article 4
3. The Council may make recommendations con-
cerning its own membership to the General 1. The Council shall be responsible for:
Conference. (a) guiding the conception and planning of the
4. The persons appointed by Member States as General Information Programme of Unesco,

56
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

5 General Information Programme

in particular by putting forward recommen- 3. The chairman of the advisory committee estab-
dations on the Medium-Term Plan and its lished by the Director-General for the over-all
revision and on the content of future pro- information programme of Unesco may take part,
grammes and budgets to be submitted to the without the right to vote, in all meetings of the
General Conference; Council and of its ad hoc committees.
(b) studying proposals concerning developments 4. Representatives of the International Council of
and modifications of the Programme; Scientific Unions, the International Council on
(c) recommending priorities among the various Archives, the International Federation of Library
activities or groups of activities constituting Associations, the International Federation for
that Programme; Documentation and the International Organ-
(d) reviewing the results achieved and defining ization for Standardization may take part,
the basic areas requiring international co- without the right to vote, in all meetings of the
operation; Council and its ad hoc committees.
(e) encouraging and assisting Member States to 5. The Council shall determine the conditions under
participate in the General Information Pro- which other international governmental or non-
gramme of Unesco and to co-ordinate their governmental organizations shall be invited to
activities to that end. attend its meetings without the right to vote.
The Council shall carry out its functions, in
particular with regard to the intergovernmental Article 8
UNISIST programme, in conformity with the
provisions of Article 4 of the Statutes of 1. The Secretariat of the Council shall be provided
the UNISIST Steering Committee, annexed to by the Director-General of Unesco, who shall
17C/Resolution 2.131, that Committee being place at the Council’s disposal the staff and other
superseded by this Council. means required for its operation.
In carrying out its functions, the Council shall, 2. The Secretariat shall provide the necessary ser-
whenever necessary, attempt to take into account vices for the sessions of the Council and meetings
other international information programmes. of its Bureau and ad hoc committees.
3. The Secretariat shall take any day-to-day
Article 5
measures required in order to co-ordinate the
execution of the General Information Programme;
1. The Council may set up ad hoc committees for the it shall fix the date of the Council’s sessions in
study of specific problems related to its activities, accordance with the Bureau’s instructions, and
as described in paragraph 1 of Article 4. Mem- shall take all steps required to convene such
bership of such ad hoc committees shall also be sessions.
open to Member States of Unesco which are not 4. The Secretariat shall assemble all suggestions and
represented in the Council. comments made by Member States of Unesco and
2. The Council may delegate to any such ad hoc the international organizations concerned, with
committee the powers that it may need in regard regard to the General Information Programme as a
to the problem for which it has been set up. whole and the formulation of specific projects, and
shall prepare them for examination by the Council.
Article 6
Article 9
At the beginning of its first session, the Council 1. Member States shall bear the expense of partici-
shall elect a chairman, three vice-chairmen, a pation of their representatives in sessions of the
rapporteur and two other members; these shall Council and subsidiary organs. The running
form the Council’s Bureau. expenses of the Council and its subsidiary organs
The Bureau shall discharge such duties as the shall be financed from funds appropriated for
Council may lay upon it. this purpose by the General Conference of the
Meetings of the Bureau may be convened between United Nations Educational, Scientific and
meetings of the Council at the request of the Cultural Organization.
Council itself, of the Director-General of Unesco 2. Voluntary contributions may be accepted and
or of any one member of the said Bureau. established as trust funds in accordance with the
4. The Council shall elect a new Bureau whenever Financial Regulations of the United Nations
its own membership is changed by the General Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization
Conference in accordance with Article 2 above. and administered by the Director-General of that
Organization. The Council shall make recommen-
Article 7 dations to the Director-General on the allocation
of such contributions for international projects
1. Representatives of Member States and Associate under the Programme.
Members of Unesco which are not members of
the Council may attend meetings of the Council
Article 10
and of its ad hoc committees as observers.
2. Representatives of the United Nations and other The Council shall submit reports on its activities to
organizations of the United Nations system may the General Conference of the United Nations
take part, without the right to vote, in all meetings Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization at
of the Council and of its ad hoc committees. each of its ordinary sessions.

57
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

6 Copyright, statistics and programme services

6 Copyright, statistics and programme services1

6.1 International standards and copyright

6.11 International standards

6.111 The General Conference

Authorizes the Director-General to provide, in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution and
of the Regulations and Rules applicable, the services necessary: for the formulation, adoption
and revision of international standard-setting instruments as decided by the General Conference;
for the carrying out of procedures for the control of the application of such instruments and for
securing greater observance of human rights in the fields of competence of Unesco, including,
in particular, services for participating in the co-ordination of standard-setting activities of
international organizations within and outside of the United Nations system; for implementing
the procedure laid down by the Executive Board at its 77th session for handling communications
addressed to Unesco on specific cases involving human rights in Unesco’s fields of competence;
and for implementing, in co-operation with appropriate organizations within the United Nations
system, the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights, the International
Covenant on Civil and Political Rights and the Universal Declaration of Human Rights.

6.112 The General Conference,

Noting that Unesco has, since 1970 and particularly since the eighteenth session of its General
Conference, undertaken the preparation of an increasing number of conventions, recommen-
dations, declarations and other standard-setting instruments,
Noting that, as a result, the competent authorities of Member States are finding it increasingly difficult
to study and give effect to them,
Noting that the varying needs of Member States and the extreme diversity of circumstances make it
necessary to take into account a wide range of factors,
Noting that, as a result, in some cases, the texts proposed are so voluminous and complex as to be
unwieldy, and that they contain an unfortunate juxtaposition of general principles and specific
measures which detracts from their effectiveness,
Endorsing the Executive Board’s observation No. 36 in document 19C/6, ‘Recommendations of the
Executive Board on the Draft Programme and Budget for 1977-1978’, according to which, in the
field of normative action, quality rather than quantity should be stressed,
Reiterating the need recognized by the Executive Board at its 100th session to continue the search for
ways of improving the Organization’s normative action,
1. Deems it necessary that, when drafts are prepared and at all subsequent stages of the work, greater
account should be taken of the legal aspects of the drafting of an instrument;
2. Invites the Director-General:
(a) to propose, in agreement with the Executive Board, a series of criteria likely to ensure that the
instrument as proposed receives the widest attention and to report to the General Conference at
its twentieth session;
(b) to study the possibility of changing the conception and layout of draft recommendations with a
view to adapting them better to their true purpose, in particular by making a clear distinction
between the corpus of definitions and principles of universal scope on the one hand and, on the
other, the observations and specifications as to the methods, material and personnel most suitable
for ensuring their application;
3. Invites the Director-General, with a view to reconciling the constraints under which the Secretariat
works with the best interests of Member States, to initiate the study of a flexible arrangement
which would make it possible, in particular, to devote to the consideration of each of the texts

1. Resolutions adopted on the report of Programme Commission III at the twenty-seventh and twenty-eighth plenary meetings,
on 22 November 1976.

58
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

6 Copyright, statistics and programme services

submitted an amount of time commensurate with the complexity of its subject matter and its
degree of urgency;
4. Appeals to Member States to assist in the application and observance of existing instruments, and
by so doing, to facilitate the tasks of the Director-General.

6.113 The General Conference,

Recalling the statement in its Constitution that Unesco was founded in order ‘to further universal
respect for justice, for the rule of law and for the human rights and fundamental freedoms which
are affirmed for the peoples of the world, without distinction of race, sex, language or religion, by
the Charter of the United Nations’,
Considering that, to this end, the Organization has set itself the task of developing co-operation and
understanding between nations in education, science, culture and communication,
Reaffirming Unesco’s universal calling, respectful of the plurality of the economic systems, social
structures and cultural values of the States of which it is composed,
Recalling that in the fields of its competence Unesco must, in particular by study of the historical,
philosophical, sociological and legal conditions on which human rights are dependent, seek to
promote and safeguard civil and political rights as well as economic, social and cultural rights,
which are interdependent both in theory and in practice,
Taking note of 98 EX/Decisions 9.4,9.5 and 9.6 and of 99 EX/Decisions 9.4 and 9.5, adopted by the
Executive Board at its 98th and 99th sessions respectively,
Anxious to ensure that the Organization is in a position to discharge to the full its responsibilities in the
field of human rights, as they emerge from the principles underlying its Constitution,
Invites the Executive Board and the Director-General to study the procedures which should be followed
in the examination of cases and questions which might be submitted to Unesco concerning the
exercise of human rights in the spheres of its competence, in order to make its action more
effective.

6.114 The General Conference,

Considering that Article VIII of the Constitution provides that each Member State shall submit to the
Organization, at such times and in such manner as shall be determined by the General Conference,
reports ‘on the action taken upon the recommendations and conventions referred to in
Article IV, paragraph 4’, of the Constitution,
Considering that, according to Article 16 of the Rules of Procedure concerning Recommendations to
Member States and International Conventions covered by the terms of Article IV, paragraph 4,
of the Constitution, these reports are special reports, and that an initial special report relating
to any convention or recommendation adopted shall be transmitted not less than two months
prior to the first ordinary session of the General Conference following that at which such
recommendation or convention was adopted,
Recalling the terms of resolution 50 adopted at its tenth session,
Noting that the General Conference at its nineteenth session has adopted the following instruments:
Recommendation on the Development of Adult Education; Recommendation concerning the
International Exchange of Cultural Property; Recommendation concerning the Safeguarding
and Contemporary Role of Historic Areas; Recommendation on Participation by the People at
Large in Cultural Life and their Contribution to it; Recommendation on the Legal Protection
of Translators and Translations and the Practical Means to Improve the Status of Translators;
Recommendation concerning the International Standardization of Statistics on Radio and
Television,
1. Reminds Member States of their obligation to transmit to it, at least two months before the opening
of its twentieth session, initial special reports on the action taken by them upon these instruments,
and to include in these reports information on the matters specified in paragraph 4 of resol-
ution 50 referred to above;

59
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

6 Copyright, statistics and programme services

II

Recalling the decision taken at its fifteenth session, concerning the reproduction of the information
contained in the initial special reports submitted by Member States (1 SC/Resolutions, Part C, II,
paragraph 24),
2. Authorizes the Director-General to continue to reproduce only such information in the initial
special reports submitted by Member States as relates to subparagraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of
paragraph 4 of the aforesaid resolution 50.

6.115 The General Conference elects in accordance with Article 3(2) of the Protocol instituting a Conciliation
and Good Offices Commission to be responsible for seeking the settlement of any disputes which may
arise between States Parties to the Convention against Discrimination in Education, the following
persons to be members of the said Commission for a term of six years each: Mr Ismael Antonio Vargas
Bonilla (Costa Roca); Mr Vincent Austin Depascuale (Malta); Mr Halim Ibrahim Grais (Egypt);
Mr Joseph A. Lauwerys (United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland).

6.12 Copyright and neighbouring rights

6.121 The General Conference

Authorizes the Director-General to apply the existing multilateral conventions of concern to Unesco
on copyright and on the protection of performers, producers of phonograms and broadcasting
organizations, and also to assist Member States in preparing or revising their domestic legislation
on these matters, in order that intellectual creativity, an essential factor in the development of
human knowledge, may be able, thanks to effective and adequate protection, to play an even
greater part as a source of knowledge and progress; and to study ways of applying copyright
which take account of changing communication techniques and the establishment of a new
international economic order.

6.122 The General Conference

Authorizes the Director-General to continue and to expand the services of the International Copyright
Information Centre, especially in order to give developing countries easier access to works
likely to be of use in furthering education, science and culture.

6.123 The GeneraI Conference,

Recalling resolution 6.17, adopted at its eighteenth session, concerning the possible convening of an
international conference in 1975-1976 to prepare and adopt an international instrument designed
to avoid the double taxation of copyright royalties remitted from one country to another,
I. Decides that an international conference of States shall be convened in 1977, jointly with the World
Intellectual Property Organization, to prepare and adopt the said instrument;
2. Authorizes the Executive Board, acting in accordance with these terms of reference:
(a) to decide which States and which organizations should be invited to this intergovernmental
conference;
(b) to arrange the date and place of the conference in consultation with the Director-General;
(c) in agreement with the Director-General, to draw up the provisional agenda and rules of procedure
of the conference;
3. Requests the Director-General to take any other measures necessary for the preparation and
organization of the conference;
4. Authorizes the Executive Board, if appropriate in the light of the findings of the Committee of
Governmental Experts provided for in the above-mentioned resolution 6.17, to refrain from
carrying out this decision;
5. Also requests the second committee of governmental experts on the double taxation of copyright
royalties to consider the possible elaboration of a model bilateral agreement designed to avoid
the double taxation of copyright royalties remitted from one country to another.

60
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

6 Copyright, statistics and programme services

6.2 Statistics

6.21 The General Conference

Authorizes the Director-General to continue to carry out the programme for the collection, analysis
and publication of statistics, for the improvement and standardization of statistics, and for
assisting Member States in the development of their statistical services within the Organization’s
fields of competence.

6.22 The General Conference,

Bearing in mind the provisions of the Rules of Procedure concerning Recommendations to Member
States and International Conventions covered by the terms of Article IV, paragraph 4, of the
Constitution,
Having examined the preliminary study of the Director-General on the desirability of adopting an
international instrument concerning the international standardization of statistics on science
and technology (19C/37),
1. Deems it desirable that an international instrument be drawn up for this purpose;
2. Decides that this instrument shall take the form of a recommendation to Member States within the
meaning of Article IV, paragraph 4, of the Constitution;
3. Authorizes the Director-General to convene under Article 10, paragraph 4, of the Rules, a special
committee, which will be instructed to prepare a draft recommendation on the subject for
submission to the General Conference at its twentieth session.

6.23 The General Conference,

Bearing in mind the Rules of Procedure concerning Recommendations to Member States and Inter-
national Conventions covered by the terms of Article IV, paragraph 4, of the Constitution,
Having examined the preliminary study of the Director-General on the technical and legal aspects of
revising the Recommendation concerning the International Standardization of Educational
Statistics, adopted by the General Conference at its tenth session, in 1958 (19C/36),
1. Considers it desirable that the said recommendation be revised;
2. Authorizes the Director-General to prepare a draft revised recommendation for submission to the
General Conference at its twentieth session.

6.3 Computer and documentation systems

6.31 The General Conference

Authorizes the Director-General to continue to carry out and develop the operations of the computer
and documentation systems with a view to providing information and documentation services
to Member States and in support of the Organization’s management and programme activities.

6.32 The General Conference,

Having examined document 19C/43,
I. Considers the creation of the Office of Computer and Documentation Systems to be in accordance
with its 18C/Resolution 42.1, as it is likely to facilitate the circulation of information among all
the sectors of the Secretariat;
2. Notes with satisfaction the way in which the transfer of activities to the new equipment has taken
place;
3. Approves the gradual increase in the new Office’s activities in support of the programme;
4. Invites the Director-General to report to the Executive Board in 1978 on developments in the
situation as regards computer and documentation systems.

61
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

6 Copyright, statistics and programme services

6.4 Public information

6.41 The General Conference

Authorizes the Director-General to provide a public information service to promote international
understanding, human rights, the maintenance of a just and lasting peace and the establishment
of a new international economic order by informing the general public more effectively about
the aims, ideals, efforts and achievements of the Organization. This will be done, in particular,
by producing publications-including Unesco Features, the Unesco Chronicle and the Unesco
Courier-by encouraging the establishment of Unesco Clubs and associations in Member States,
by continuing the Unesco Coupon Scheme and by celebrating the anniversaries of great person-
alities and important historic events.

6.5 Publications policy and its application

6.51 The General Conference,

Having examined document 19C/41,
Noting that the publications policy of the Organization is based on various resolutions of the General
Conference and decisions of the Executive Board, in particular resolution 7.1 adopted by the
General Conference at its eighteenth session,
Taking into account experience gained through the application of these resolutions and decisions,
which has been described in the summary report on the application of publications policy
contained in document 19C/41,
Considering the need to bring up to date, to adapt to developments in publishing techniques, and to
incorporate and synthesize these different texts in a single document which will, as from the
present session, supersede previous resolutions and decisions,
I. Adopts the annexed Directives on Unesco’s Publications Policy; and
2. Invites the Director-General to take appropriate steps to apply these Directives.

Annex. Directives on Unesco’s publications policy

1. In publishing books, periodicals or any other (b) provide assistance, in the form of services
material, Unesco’s aims are: or subventions, for works published by indi-
(a) to disseminate information as to its aims and viduals or organizations outside Unesco
activities; which can be held to assist in the implemen-
(b) to facilitate the exchange of information tation of the Organization’s publications
between specialists; programme;
(c) to make known to those concerned, by the (c) study and consider the production of all
most appropriate means, the results of other types of publication, existing or likely
studies or investigations undertaken by the to be introduced, apart from printed matter.
Organization; 3. Publications should serve the purposes of the
(d) to publish and distribute manuscripts com- Organization as defined in the Constitution
missioned by the Secretariat and intended and especially in its Preamble, particularly the
for a non-specialist public, on important promotion of international peace and the
topical themes connected with Unesco’s common welfare of mankind and the strength-
activities. ening of friendship and understanding among
2. To achieve these aims, Unesco may also: peoples. Their content should he determined
(a) act as a literary agent with responsibility mainly by the programme adopted by the General
for disseminating the intellectual property Conference and the major themes selected by it.
in its possession by the transfer of rights 4. Unesco’s publications fall into the following
to public or private bodies and entities categories:
concerned with the publication of books or (a) information material;
periodicals and with the dissemination of (b) specialized studies;
information and knowledge through any (c) studies on particular topics for the general
other form of graphic expression; public;

62
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

6 Copyright, statistics and programme services

(d) books on general subjects for the general should be representative of all the geographical
public; and cultural regions and all the social systems
(e) works of reference; of the world, including countries which have
(f) scientific maps; recently achieved independence.
(g) specialized periodicals; 12. The Organization’s official information material
(h) periodicals for the general public. may be published in the official languages,
5. The dynamic nature of the Organization, the either in separate versions or in a multi-lingual
intensification of scientific progress in an era version. Publications to be distributed through
of constant change, and the need for flexibility the usual channels for distribution and sale,
in disseminating information throughout the either directly or in co-operation with private
world as rapidly, efficiently and economically publishers, should be issued in English, French
as possible-all these suggest that consideration and Spanish, depending on their content and
will have to be given to the use of other forms the needs of the public for which they are
of publication and graphic media in the near intended. Technical studies should be carried
future. One of Unesco’s duties is to observe out in order to find ways of cutting production
attentively the use of innovative and econ- costs for all the language versions of certain
omically viable methods of disseminating infor- publications, particularly periodicals.
mation and the findings of research in education, 13. Unesco, co-operating with public or private
science and culture, and where necessary, to bodies responsible for the translation and pro-
contribute, through its experience, to the use duction of its publications and answerable for
of such methods. their accuracy, should make every effort to
6. When a work is proposed for publication, care encourage the publication of works in lesser-
should be taken, in view of the production known languages or in countries which require
techniques to be used and the final result aimed considerable assistance in the form of training
at, to ascertain that it is the most suitable and manuals or research material.
the most effective instrument for serving the 14. Assistance under the Participation Programme
Organization’s purposes and that it meets a should be given first and foremost to developing
public need. countries and, in addition to the granting of
7. Before deciding to undertake a publication, it funds, should include such technical assistance
should be established that it could not be pro- as is necessary for translation, production and
duced more appropriately and with equal or distribution.
greater efficiency by a Member State, a non- 15. The transfer of copyright to outside publishers
governmental organization or a private pub- can considerably increase the distribution of
lisher and that it does not duplicate some other Unesco publications throughout the world. The
work already published outside Unesco. greatest facilities for the transfer of copyright
8. Care should be taken that the content of Unesco’s should be granted to publishers in developing
publications covers the greatest possible number countries and to non-profit-making institutions,
of countries and cultures. The publication of and also in the case of languages in which few
monographs either on the way in which a works are published.
country has solved certain problems or on local 16. Unesco’s publications should be brought out
situations may be justified when the subject solely under the Organization’s imprint or, in
dealt with has a direct bearing on the implemen- the case of a contractual arrangement with an
tation of certain programmes approved by the outside publisher, under the imprint of that
General Conference and when such monographs publisher, due mention being made of Unesco’s
are part of a specific plan drawn up by the role in and contribution to the preparation of
Secretariat and are published in an established the book and of the Organization’s copyright.
series. 17. In publications prepared by the Secretariat, no
9. Publications should be based on the principle mention should be made of a programme unit
of mutual respect between Member States and or staff member as authors of such publications,
between the Organization and Member States. except in such cases as are set out by the
They should in no way impair the spirit of inter- Director-General.
national understanding and co-operation or run 18. The books and periodicals which Unesco in-
counter to decisions adopted by Unesco or tends to publish during a budgetary period
any other organization of the United Nations should be listed in the Draft Publications Plan
system. (Appendix I to the C/5 document). Before
10. Every publication, except those which express submission to the General Conference, the
the official views of the Organization, should Draft Publications Plan should be examined
contain an appropriate prefatory statement setting by the Publications Board and approved by the
forth the reasons why the Organization decided Director-General.
to produce that publication and disclaiming re- 19. The Organization should conform to the general
sponsibility on the part of the Organization for rules of book production and distribution and
the views expressed by the author, the facts to the necessity to adapt this policy to the needs
stated or the opinions voiced with regard to of Member States, particularly those with the
those facts. greatest cultural, educational and scientific needs.
11. Authors of original texts of works should be 20. The success of the publishing programme de-
selected on as broad a basis as possible. They pends on financial support from the Publications

63
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

6 Copyright, statistics and programme services

Fund, the aims of which are to ensure and the effectiveness of the publications in helping
encourage the promotion and distribution of to attain the Organization’s principal objectives.
Unesco’s books on the broadest possible basis. 21. In carrying out its publications programme, the
From the economic viewpoint, the publications Secretariat should co-operate closely in all
policy is not determined by the profit motive, Member States with the National Commissions,
but the principle of self-financing must be intergovernmental and non-governmental or-
constantly borne in mind, as evidence of good ganizations, specialist professional associations
management and an indication that books are active in the fields of Unesco’s competence and
being distributed as widely as possible. The organizations representing the book publishing
results, of course, must not be assessed in and distribution industries.
monetary terms alone, but also in terms of

6.52 The General Conference,

Taking account of the importance of Unesco’s publishing activities for the achievement of the Organ-
ization’s objectives and for the success of the projects undertaken in the execution of its
programme,
Considering that the implementation of the publications programme has a marked impact on the
activities carried out by Unesco, both within the Member States and at the regional and inter-
national levels,
Aware of the need to promote the co-operation of Member States and their National Commissions
with Unesco in the field of publications, both at the planning stage and at the operational stage
of the related activities,
Recognizing that it is incumbent upon the Organization to encourage and help to promote the publi-
cation of works in the less widely used languages, thus providing greater support for various
languages and cultures and contributing to international co-operation and the success of activities
undertaken in Unesco’s fields of competence;
Desiring to take positive steps towards democratization in the execution of the Organization’s
programme,
Invites the Director-General:
(a) to study the possibility of giving greater prominence in the execution of the programme to the
translation and publication of Unesco books and periodicals, etc., in languages less widely used
than the Organization’s working languages;
(b) to study ways of associating Member States more closely with Unesco’s publications policy and
to report to the General Conference at its twentieth session on his conclusions.

6.53 The General Conference,

Considering that through the publication of books and periodicals Unesco has served effectively as a
literary agent with responsibility for disseminating the intellectual property in its possession
and, further, has studied and considered the production of all other types of publication, but
has not on the other hand provided any substantial assistance for works published by individuals
or organizations outside Unesco,
Emphasizing the role of publications in the implementation of Unesco’s programme as a whole and
the need to apply a publications policy that takes account of the specific requirements of the
various programme sectors,
Noting that the importance of programmes relating to education is reflected quantitatively in the
proportion of books and periodicals devoted to the Education Sector listed in the Draft Publi-
cations Plan (19C/5, Appendix I),
Recalling that the inner force which is of the very essence of education tends to find expression, where
standard-setting is concerned, in accordance with the political, social and cultural situations
peculiar to the various countries and that this specific nature of situations calls for a wide
variety of contributions,
Emphasizing the need for the exchange of information to be extended to take in contributions from
specialists whose language is not one of those used by Unesco, and for a broader dialogue among
the various cultures to be thus established,
Invites the Director-General, in consultation with the Executive Board, to investigate means of making
available the necessary funds by eliminating certain republications and not publishing works
containing the findings of research already conducted by specialized scientific institutions.

64
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

7 Co-operation for development and external relations

7 Co-operation for development and external relations1

7.1 Country approach and regional co-operation
7.11 The General Conference
Authorizes the Director-General to continue his efforts to ensure a coherent country and regional
approach in Unesco’s co-operation with Member States in the Organization’s fields of
competence, taking into account:
(a) the regular programme resources;
(b) the national and regional programmes assisted by the United Nations Development Pro-
gramme (UNDP);
(c) other programmes financed by extra-budgetary resources other than UNDP;
and to make efforts, in association with the Member States concerned, to harmonize bilateral
and multilateral action within its fields of competence.

7.12 The General Conference,

Recalling resolution 6.71 on European co-operation adopted by the General Conference of Unesco
at its eighteenth session (Paris, 1974),
Taking into consideration the results of the Conference on Security and Co-operation in Europe as set
out in the Conference’s Final Act,
Having regard to the need for wide-ranging co-operation in Europe in the fields of Unesco’s competence,
in full conformity with the principles of international law and pursuant to the provisions of the
Final Act of the Helsinki Conference,
Considering that such regional co-operation, alongside unilateral and bilateral measures and other
activities, is an integral part of international cultural co-operation and so contributes to the
strengthening of world peace and security, to the promotion of the fundamental rights and to the
social and economic progress and well-being of all peoples,
Recognizing the importance of the activities already undertaken by Unesco in Europe, by means of
regional conferences of ministers, the activities of its European centres, and the activities of the
National Commissions for Unesco,
Considering that such co-operation, based on mutual appreciation of the cultural values of every
country, has a contribution to make to an atmosphere of peace and understanding and hence
to the strengthening of security and détente in Europe,
Recalling decision 9.3 on this subject taken by the Executive Board at it 99th session,
1. Notes with satisfaction the will expressed by Member States of the European region to promote,
each in its relations with all the others, increasingly close co-operation in education, science and
culture and to evaluate the results obtained;
2. Emphasizes the part which Unesco may be called upon to play in implementing the relevant
provisions of the Final Act of the Helsinki Conference in order to contribute to the development
of regional co-operation within its fields of competence, in conformity with the spirit and the
letter of the Final Act;
3. Recommends that Member States of the European region:
(a) extend co-operation by all suitable means and in all suitable forms, if necessary on the basis of
agreements and arrangements;
(b) continue the regional activities provided for in Unesco’s Programme and Budget for 1977-1978
on the basis of mutually accepted proposals, with the widest possible participation of all those
engaged in educational, scientific and cultural activities, youth activities, etc.;
(c) submit suggestions to the Director-General in due course and by common agreement, for
news forms of European co-operation to be included in the Draft Programme and Budget
for 1979-1980, so as to contribute to the implementation of the provisions of the Final Act of
the Helsinki Conference;

I. Resolutions adopted on thereport of Programme Commission III at the twenty-seventh and twenty-eighth plenary meetings,
on 22 November 1976.

65
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

7 Co-operation for development and external relations

4. Invites the Director-General:

(a) to take the necessary steps for, and to give particular attention to, the implementation of
European co-operation projects and activities concerned with the contribution which Unesco
could make to the fulfilment of the relevant provisions of the Final Act of the Helsinki
Conference, which the Member States of the European region have agreed should be included
in the Draft Programme for 1977-1978;
(b) to prepare a report on Unesco’s contribution to the implementation of the relevant provisions
of the Final Act of the Helsinki Conference, which he might submit to the Belgrade meeting
in 1977 provided for in the Final Act, should this meeting invite him to do so;
(c) to encourage and support the initiatives which Member States and their National Commissions
might take to develop European co-operation, at both regional and subregional levels, in the
fields of Unesco’s competence, and in accordance with the provisions of the Final Act of the
Helsinki Conference.

7.2 Operational support services

7.21 The General Conference
Authorizes the Director-General to take all necessary measures to ensure the timely and efficient
execution of operational projects in Member States within Unesco’s fields of competence, to be
financed either from the Organization’s regular budget or from extra-budgetary sources.

7.22 The General Conference,

Taking account of the widespread desire of Member States for greater decentralization of Unesco’s
activities, and the steps the Director-General has already taken in this regard,
1. Recommends to the Director-General, as part of such a policy of decentralization:
(a) that he consult to an increasing degree with Member States, their National Commissions and,
where appropriate, with competent international non-governmental organizations, with a view
to obtaining greater involvement in the formulation of Unesco’s programmes and the evaluation
of its programme activities;
(b) that he involve to a growing extent Member States and their National Commissions in the
implementation of Unesco’s programme activities, by subcontracting or other suitable methods
of execution;
(c) that he continue to reinforce the regional offices and centres, and to staff them with the necessary
personnel within the limits of the over-all staff ceiling, particularly by a policy of redistribution
of staff, in order to permit these offices and centres to respond better to the needs of Member
States;
(d) that, in the selection of experts and consultants for Unesco projects within a region, use be made
of experts available within the region itself, to the fullest extent possible;
2. Appeals to Member States to respond promptly to all consultations entered into with them by
the Director-General.

7.3 Co-operation with international governmental and non-governmental

organizations and programmes
7.31 The General Conference
Authorizes the Director-General:
(a) to continue to co-ordinate Unesco’s activities with those of the other agencies and programmes
of the United Nations system and of other international, regional or national bodies, with a
view to achieving concerted action and, in particular, to devising sectoral approaches and
strategies for speeding up development and improving international co-operation, more
especially by the establishment of a new international economic order; to making contact with
international, regional or national financing bodies, both governmental and non-governmental;
and to collaborating with them so as to strengthen operational activities in the Member States;

66
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

7 Co-operation for development and external relations

(b) to develop co-operation between Unesco and the competent international non-governmental
organizations, by associating them regularly in the preparation and execution of the programme.

7.32 The General Conference,

Recalling the Directives concerning Unesco’s Relations with International Non-Governmental
Organizations adopted at its eleventh session and amended at its fourteenth session, particularly
with regard to Article VI.7 concerning subventions,
1. Decides that the total amount of subventions to the international non-governmental organizations
for each programme chapter shall not exceed the following amounts:
$
Chapter 1. Education 202,000
Chapter 2. Natural Sciences and their Application to Development 523,800
Chapter 3. Social Sciences and their Applications 495,000
Chapter 4. Culture and Communication 1,133,000
Chapter 5. General Information Programme 102,800
Chapter 6. Copyright, Statistics and Programme Services 38,700
TOTAL 2,495,300

2. Requests the Director-General to entrust competent international non-governmental organizations,

to the extent compatible with efficient programme execution, with specific tasks, under
contractual arrangements, for carrying out certain activities approved by the General Conference.

7.33 The General Conference,

Having examined the sexennial report presented by the Executive Board on international non-
governmental organizations in categories A and B (19C/38),
Recalling Article X1(4) of the Constitution concerning ‘arrangements for consultation and co-operation
with non-governmental international organizations’,
1. Expresses its satisfaction with the concise presentation of the document and with the comments
and evaluation it contains;
2. Further expresses its satisfaction with the contribution made to Unesco’s activities by the inter-
national non-governmental organizations in categories A and B as a whole;
3. Notes that the subventions granted to the 44 international non-governmental organizations during
the period under review have enabled them to make ‘a particularly valuable contribution to the
achievement of Unesco’s objectives as defined in its Constitution and to the implementation of
an important part of its programme’, in accordance with Directive VI.1 governing such
subventions;
4. Further notes that contracts made with international non-governmental organizations during the
period have been an effective instrument for the execution of the programme of Unesco;
5. Is of the opinion that the international non-governmental organizations should be subject to a
careful and individual examination in the light of the Directives concerning Unesco’s relations
with international non-governmental organizations;
6. Considers that Unesco should continue to grant subventions to the international non-governmental
organizations, the sum of which should not decrease, and that such subventions as they may
receive should be subject to a careful and individual examination in the light of the Directives
governing their granting;
7. Requests that the policy of concluding contracts with competent international non-governmental
organizations for the execution of the programme should be continued and developed but
without any reduction in the subventions which they are already receiving;
8. Thanks the international non-governmental organizations for the effective way in which they have
used their resources and facilities for associating the various scientific, cultural and educational
communities they represent with the implementation of Unesco’s programme, and for informing
their members about the programmes and activities of Unesco;
9. Invites the international non-governmental organizations which are consulted by the Director-
General with regard to the preparation of the draft programme and budget to reply more
promptly and in greater numbers;

67
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

7 Co-operation for development and external relations

10. Expresses the hope that the international non-governmental organizations as a whole will
increasingly reflect the diversity of all the fields of intellectual activity linked with Unesco’s
action, a diversity characteristic of the present situation in the world, and will play a more
active part in the execution of Unesco’s major programmes;
11. Reiterates its hope that the international non-governmental organizations will intensify their efforts
to achieve a wider geographical coverage as regards both their membership and their activities;
12. Invites the Director-General to continue to study measures for promoting a wider geographical
extension of the international non-governmental organizations;
13. Invites the Director-General to associate the international non-governmental organizations even
more closely, in their fields of competence, with the execution of certain aspects of Unesco’s
programme, taking care that in addition to respecting the principles laid down in the Consti-
tution and established standards, they follow a line of conduct which is in conformity with the
resolutions of the General Conference concerning them;
14. Invites the Director-General to study the criteria governing the granting of subventions and to
report to the Executive Board before the twentieth session of the General Conference.

7.34 The General Conference,

Recalling resolution 2758 (XXVI) adopted by the United Nations General Assembly on 25 October 1971
to ‘restore all its rights to the People’s Republic of China in the United Nations and to expel
forthwith the representatives of Chiang Kai-shek from the place which they unlawfully occupy
at the United Nations and in all the organizations related to it’,
Recalling at the same time resolution 6.51 adopted by the General Conference of Unesco at its
eighteenth session on the question of international non-governmental organizations maintaining
relations with Unesco and having bodies or elements linked with Chiang Kai-shek and illegally
usurping the name of China,
Noting with satisfaction that some international non-governmental organizations, in pursuance of the
relevant resolutions of Unesco, have already excluded bodies or elements linked with the Chiang
clique,
Noting with concern that bodies or elements linked with the Chiang clique and illegally usurping the
name of China, or using other names, continue to conduct illegal activities within certain inter-
national non-governmental organizations maintaining relations with Unesco,
I. Reaffirms, therefore, l8c/Resolution 6.51 and requests all the international non-governmental
organizations which maintain relations with Unesco and retain bodies or elements linked with
the Chiang clique and having illegally usurped the name of China, or using any other names,
to take measures to exclude these bodies or elements immediately and to break off all relations
with them;
2. Invites the Director-General:
(a) to communicate this resolution to all international non-governmental organizations maintaining
relations with Unesco;
(b) to request the international non-governmental organizations concerned to inform him of the
action they have taken to comply with this resolution;
(c) to take any other measures he deems necessary to urge the international non-governmental
organizations concerned to take action in pursuance of this resolution;
(d) to submit a report on this subject to the Executive Board at its 103rd session.

7.4 Co-operation with National Commissions

7.41 The General Conference,

Bearing in mind the varied organization and functioning patterns of National Commissions and the
right of each country to make such arrangements as suit its particular conditions,
Considering the importance of National Commissions as advisory, liaison, executive and information
bodies at the national, regional and international level and, in particular, in the relations between
Member States and between them and the Secretariat, and considering further the part they play
with regard to innovation in the fields of the Organization’s programme,

68
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

7 Co-operation for development and external relations

1. Invites Member States:

(a) to give full effect to Article VII of the Constitution regarding the establishment of National
Commissions, by ensuring wide representation within those Commissions of governmental
authorities, national professional organizations, university institutions, organized workers’
groups, trade unions and non-governmental organizations active in the fields of education,
science, culture and communication, and concerned with social and economic development and
the promotion of human rights;
(b) to make increasing use, at all levels, of the National Commissions in the formulation, implemen-
tation and evaluation of Unesco’s programme;
(c) to provide their National Commissions with adequate permanent staff, financial resources and
authority to enable them to perform their functions efficiently and effectiveIy so as to increase
their participation in the activities of the Organization;
(d) to improve the links between their National Commissions and their permanent delegations to
Unesco;
2. Authorizes the Director-General:
(a) to assist by all possible means, at the request of Member States, in the establishment and devel-
opment of the National Commissions with the aim of increasing the efficiency with which they
exercise their responsibilities as advisory, liaison, executive and information bodies, as well as
of increasing their participation in the preparation, implementation and evaluation of Unesco’s
programme;
(b) in consultation with National Commissions, to prepare a draft charter of National Commissions
to be submitted through the Executive Board to the General Conference at its twentieth session
for approval.

7.42 The General Conference,

Recalling that National Commissions constitute a unique instrument envisaged by Unesco’s Consti-
tution with a view, amongst other functions, to promoting collaboration within and between
Member States in education, natural sciences, social sciences, culture and communication,
Bearing in mind the importance of National Commissions as advisory, liaison, information and
execution bodies at the national, regional and international IeveIs,
Noting that the recommendations of subregional and regional meetings and conferences of National
Commissions provide concrete and well thought out measures for action reflecting the views of
leading educationists, scientists and cultural and communication experts and of the academic
community throughout the countries of the region,
Recognizing that the Director-General has considerably increased allocations for co-operation with
National Commissions,
1. Urges Member States and the Director-General to promote and intensify activities aimed at the
implementation of the recommendations of the recent subregional, regional and interregional
meetings and conferences of National Commissions;
2. Calls upon Member States to examine earnestly the recommendations made at such meetings and
conferences and to increase appropriately the resources allocated to the National Commissions
in terms of finances and staff support so as to be able to give effect to the recommendations
addressed to them;
3. Invites the Director-General in the future programmes and budgets to reflect the recommendations
of these meetings and conferences pertaining to each sector of Unesco in the respective draft
resolutions and work plans of the different sectors, to the maximum extent practicable;
4. Requests the Director-General to strengthen further the ties of co-operation between National
Commissions and the regional centres and offices of Unesco;
5. Invites the Director-General to endeavour, within the framework of the present programme and
budget, to implement the recommendations arrived at in subregional, regional and interregional
meetings and conferences of National Commissions.

69
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

7 Co-operation for development and external relations

7.5 Participation programme

7.51 The General Conference

Authorizes the Director-General to participate in the activities of Member States at national, regional
or international level, in accordance with the following principles and conditions:

A. Principles
1. All Member States are eligible for assistance under this programme in the fields specified in the
programme approved by the General Conference.
2. Aid may be granted only upon a written request to the Director-General by a Member State, or a
group of Member States, or by an intergovernmental organization.
3. Aid may be granted to:
(a) Member States or Associate Members;
(b) non-self-governing territories or trust territories upon the written request of the Member State
responsible for the conduct of the territory’s international relations;
(c) national, international or regional non-governmental institutions in Unesco’s fields of compe-
tence, on condition that the application is submitted to the Director-General on behalf of the
national institution by the government of the Member State upon whose territory it is situated
and on behalf of the international or regional institution by the government or governments of
one or several Member States concerned;
(d) intergovernmental organizations, where the aid requested relates to activities of direct interest
to several Member States and is closely connected with the programme of Unesco;
(e) the Organization of African Unity, where the aid requested relates to activities of direct interest
to the African liberation movements recognized by the Organization of African Unity and where
that aid is closely connected with the programme of Unesco;
(f) the League of Arab States, where the aid requested relates to activities of direct interest to the
Palestine Liberation Organization recognized by the League of Arab States, and where that aid is
closely connected with the programme of Unesco.
4. Aid will be extended only on the basis of a written agreement between Unesco and the government
or governments or the intergovernmental organization concerned. Such an agreement may also
be made with a National Commission for Unesco when duly empowered by the government
of the requesting Member State or Associate Member. The agreement will specify the form and
manner of the aid, and will incorporate by reference the conditions of participation listed in
Section B below, together with such other conditions as may be mutually agreed upon.
5. Aid may take the form of the provision of specialists or of fellowships; it may also take the form of
equipment and documentation. In the case of seminars, meetings or conferences aid may also
take the form of translation and interpretation services, travel of participants, or consultant and
other services.
6. Aid may also be extended to specific projects in the form of a financial participation, provided that:
(a) the amount is not in excess of U.S.$15,000;
(b) the Director-General decides that such assistance is the most effective means of implementing
Unesco’s programme in the fields specified by the General Conference;
(c) appropriate financial estimates of the proposed projects are supplied.
7. In selecting requests to be granted under this programme, the Director-General shall be guided by:
(a) the prospects that the assistance will facilitate the active participation of the recipient in Unesco’s
programme and will contribute to multinational co-operation and promote experimental and
innovative work;
(b) the desirability of achieving an equitable geographical distribution of assistance provided under
this programme.
B. Conditions
8. Aid will be granted upon acceptance of the following conditions by the Member State or organ-
ization concerned:
(a) It shall assume full financial and administrative responsibility for implementing the plans and
programmes to which aid is rendered.

70
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

7 Co-operation for development and external relations

(b) The Member State or organization concerned shall, in the case of a financial participation,
submit a statement to the Director-General at the close of the project indicating that the funds
have been used for the implementation of the project, and shall return to Unesco any funds not
used for project purposes.
(c) It shall pay, where aid is granted in the form of fellowships, the cost of passports, visas, medical
examination and the salary of the fellow while he is abroad. It shall guarantee the employment of
the fellow, upon his return, in the field for which he was trained.
(d) It shall maintain and insure against all risks any property supplied by Unesco from the time of
its arrival at the point of delivery. Unless and until Unesco specifically agrees otherwise in
writing, all such property shall remain the property of Unesco.
(e) It shall be responsible for dealing with any claims which may be brought by third parties against
Unesco, against its personnel, or against other persons performing services under this resolution,
and shall hold Unesco and the above-named persons harmless in case of any claims or liabilities
resulting from operations under this resolution, except where it is agreed by Unesco and the
Member State concerned that such claims or liabilities arise from the gross negligence or wilful
misconduct of such persons.
(f) It shall grant to participation programme personnel who are officials of Unesco the privileges
and immunities set out in Articles VI and VII of the Convention on the Privileges and Immunities
of the Specialized Agencies; it shall grant to participation programme personnel who are not
officials of Unesco the privileges and immunities provided for in paragraph 3 of Annex IV to
the above-mentioned Convention; the remuneration of such personnel shall not be subject to
taxation and they shall be immune from all immigration restrictions and alien registration. NO
restriction shall be imposed on the rights of entry and sojourn of any persons mentioned in this
sub-paragraph or of any persons invited to attend meetings, seminars, conferences or training
courses; further, no restriction shall be imposed upon the right of departure of such persons
except as a consequence of acts or omissions unconnected with the Unesco Participation
Programme.
9. Where the Member State requests the provision of operational assistance (‘UNESCOPAS’)
personnel to carry out a participation programme project, the Director-General may grant such
exemption from the application of provisions of this resolution as may be necessary.

7.7 General provision for operational activities

7.71 The General Conference,

Conscious of the need to respond more readily to urgent requests for technical assistance from Member
States, particularly from newly independent States, for the planning and initiation of operational
activities in strategic areas which are closely related to social and economic development, where
such assistance is not immediately available within existing multilateral and bilateral aid
programmes,
Noting the opinion expressed by the Executive Board at its 98th session to the effect that the estab-
lishment of a reserve to meet urgent requests from Member States for assistance is desirable
(98EX/Decision 4.2, paragraph 41),
1. Authorizes the Director-General to establish, within the regular budget, a general provision
of $100,000, which may be replenished by extra-budgetary resources whenever possible, to meet
urgent requests from Member States for technical assistance for operational activities;
2. Requests the Director-General to report on the use of this provision in his biennial Report on the
Activities of the Organization to the General Conference and to the Executive Board.

71
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

IV Budget

8.1 Appropriation resolution for 1977-l978l

8.11 The General Conference resolves that:

I. REGULAR PROGRAMME

A. Appropriation
(a) For the financial period 1977-1978 the amount of $224,413,000 is hereby appropriated for the
purposes indicated in the appropriation table, as follows:
Appropriation line Amount

$ $ $ $
Part I. General policy
1. General Conference 1,616,OOO
2. Executive Board 4,097,000
3. Directorate 689,000
4. External Audit 211,000
5. Joint Inspection 195,000
6. Contribution to the International Civil
Service Commission 335,000
Total (Part I) 7,143,000
Part II. Programme operations and services
1. Education 43,676,OOO
IA. International Bureau of Education 2,528,OOO
2. Natural sciences and their application to
development 25,723,OOO
3. Social sciences and their applications 11,917,000
4. Culture and communication 20,711,OOO
5. General information programme 5,256,OOO
6. Copyright, statistics and programme
services 19,333,ooo
7. Co-operation for development and external
relations 16,753,OOO
7A. General provision for operational activities 125,000
Total (Part II) 146,022,OOO
Part III. Programme support and administration 20,831,OOO

1. Resolution adopted at the thirty-fifth plenary meeting, on 27 November 1976.

72
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Budget

Appropriation line Amount

$ $ $ $
Part IV. Publications, conferences, languages and
documents services
1. Office of the Unesco Press 3806,000
2. Bureau of Conferences, Languages and
Documents 14,093,000
Total (Part IV) 17,899,OOO
Part V. Common services 16,811,OOO
Sub-total (Parts I to V) 208,706,OOO
Part VI. Appropriation reserve 13,440,000
Part VII. Capital expenditure 5,754,000
Sub-total (Parts I to VII) 227,900,OOO
Part VIII. Provision for currency fluctuation (3,487,OOO)
Total appropriation 224,413,OOO

(b) Obligations may be incurred up to the total so appropriated, in accordance with resolutions of
the General Conference and the regulations of the Organization, it being understood:
(i) That the appropriation reserve under Part VI of the budget may be used-after all possi-
bilities of transfers within Parts I to V of the budget have been exhausted, and providing
that the Executive Board has given its approval-only for the purpose of meeting: increases
arising in the course of the biennium, in accordance with the decisions of the General
Conference, in staff costs included under Parts I to V of the budget; increases arising in
the course of the biennium in the costs of goods and services budgeted for under Parts I
to IV of the budget.
Any sum used under this authorization shall be transferred from this part of the budget
to the appropriation lines concerned.
(ii) That the provisions under Parts I toVI1 of the appropriation table referred to under (a)above
will be reduced by the Director-General in the course of the execution of the budget to
liquidate the minus adjustment under Part VIII of the appropriation table. If the United
Nations operational rate of exchange between the United States dollar and the French franc
gives more French francs than in the rate used (i.e. 4.90 French francs) for the establishment
of the total appropriation, the sums saved under Parts I to VII shall be transferred by the
Director-General to Part VIII.
If the operational rate of exchange gives fewer French francs than in the rate used, the
Director-General may transfer any funds accrued under Part VIII to cover the shortfalls
under Parts I to VII.
However, under no circumstances shall funds in Part VIII be available for transfer for
other purposes, notwithstanding the provisions under (c) and (d) below.
(c) Subject to paragraph (d) below, transfers between appropriation lines may be made by the
Director-General with the approval of the Executive Board, except that in urgent and special
circumstances the Director-General may make transfers between appropriation lines, informing
the members of the Executive Board in writing, at the session following such action, of the details
of the transfers and the reasons therefor.
(d) The Director-General is authorized to make transfers between appropriation lines in respect
of common staff costs, if the actual needs under these costs in an appropriation line exceed the
provision therefor. He shall inform the Executive Board at its following session of the details
of any transfers made under this authorization.
(e) The Director-General is authorized, with the approval of the Executive Board, to add to the
appropriation approved in paragraph (a) above expenditure relating to the administrative and
operational services for execution of the United Nations Development Programme’s projects
to the extent that the volume of the projects proves larger than anticipated and that the additional
services in support thereof can be financed from the contributions from the United Nations
Development Programme to Unesco for agency overhead costs for 1977-1978 in excess of the

73
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Budget

amount specified in Note 1, paragraph (iii), to this resolution. However, if the volume of projects
and of services in support thereof proves less than anticipated, the Director-General is authorized,
with the approval of the Executive Board, to take appropriate measures to reduce the appro-
priation approved under paragraph (a) above.
(f) The Director-General is authorized, with the approval of the Executive Board, to add to the
appropriation approved under paragraph (a) above, funds from donations and special contri-
butions for activities within the 1977-1978 Approved Programme.
(g) The total number of established posts at Headquarters and in the Field chargeable to the
appropriation in paragraph (a) above shall not exceed 2,462 for 1977 and 2,475 for 1978 (see
Note 2 below). The Director-General may, however, establish additional posts on a temporary
basis beyond this total, if he is satisfied that they are essential for the execution of the programme
and for the good administration of the Organization and do not require transfers of funds to be
approved by the Executive Board.

B. Miscellaneous Income

(h) For purposes of assessing the contributions of Member States, an estimate of $8,113,000 for
Miscellaneous Income (see Note 1 below) is approved for 1977-1978.

C. Assessment on Member States

(i) The assessment of the contributions of Member States in accordance with Financial Regu-
lations 5.1 and 5.2 shall therefore be $216,300,000.

D. Supplementary Estimates

(j) Unforeseen and unavoidable expenses arising in the course of the financial period, for which no
sums have been provided in the budget appropriations and for which no transfers within the
budget are deemed by the Executive Board to be possible, shall be the subject of supplementary
estimates in accordance with Financial Regulations 3.8 and 3.9.

II. UNITED NATIONS DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME

(k) The Director-General is authorized:

(i) to co-operate with the United Nations Development Programme in accordance with the
directives of the General Assembly of the United Nations and the procedures and decisions
of the Governing Council of the United Nations Development Programme, and in particular
to participate, as executing agency or in co-operation with another executing agency, in the
impIementation of projects;
(ii) to receive moneys and other resources which may be made available to Unesco by the
United Nations Development Programme for the purpose of participating, as executing
agency, in the implementation of UNDP projects;
(iii) to incur obligations for such projects, subject to the financial and administrative rules and
regulations of the United Nations Development Programme and of Unesco, as appropriate.

III. OTHER FUNDS

(1) The Director-General may, in accordance with the Financial Regulations, receive funds from
Member States and international, regional or national organizations, both governmental and
non-governmental, for the purpose of paying, at their request, salaries and allowances of
personnel, fellowships, grants, equipment and other related expenses, in carrying out certain
activities which are consistent with the aims, policies and activities of the Organization.

74
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Budget

NOTE 1. The total of Miscellaneous Income is estimated on the following basis:

$ $
(i) Miscellaneous Income
Refunds of previous years’ expenditures 162,592
Service charge from the Coupon Fund 50,000
Contributions from Associate Members (1977-1978) less contribution from
Namibia (1974) 16,692
Transfer from Publications Fund 20,000
Interest on investments and exchange adjustments (net) 210,000
Other receipts 13,124
Sub-total (i) 472,408
(ii) Contributions of new Member States for 1975-1976 69,403
(iii) Contributions from the United Nations Development Programme for agency overhead
costs for 1977-1978 10,178,OOO
Less: Repayment to UNDP for overdrawal of overhead costs, 1960-1971 893,099
Sub-total (iii) 9,284,901
(iv) Shortfall in actual receipts of Miscellaneous Income under the estimates
for 1973-1974 (1,713,712)
GRAND TOTAL 8,113,OOO

NOTE 2. The figures of 2,462 and 2,475 are derived as follows:

1977 1978
Part I. General policy
General Conference 2 2
Secretariat of the Executive Board and of the General Conference 8 8
Arabic and Chinese language services for the Executive Board 24 24
Directorate 4 4
Total (Part I) - - 38 - 38
Part II. Programme operations and services
Education (including the International Bureau of Education) 545 546
Natural sciences and their application to development 273 274
Social sciences and their applications 105 105
Culture and communication 176 177
General information programme 47 48
Copyright, statistics and programme services 257 259
Co-operation for development and external relations 282 282
Total (Part II) 1,685 -1,691
Part III. Programme support and administration 344 345
Part IV. Publications, conferences, languages and documents services
Office of the Unesco Press 70 70
Bureau of Conferences, Languages and Documents 223 229
Total (Part IV) 2 9 3 2 9 9
Part V. Common services 7 7
Total number of posts budgeted 2,367 2,380
Plus 4 per cent of the number of posts budgeted, providing a margin for
meeting programme requirements 95 95
GRAND TOTAL 2,462 2,475

It is to be noted that these figures do not include temporary posts, experts with UNESCOPAS status, maintenance
staff, or established posts chargeable to extra-budgetary funds-e.g. posts under the Public Liaison Fund, the
Publications and Auditory and Visual Material Fund, etc.-and that under this provision the Director-General may
authorize the temporary substitution of one post for another which is vacant.

8.2 Supplementary estimates for 1975-1976l

8.21 The General Conference,
Having examined the supplementary estimates for 1975-1976 prepared by the Director-General in
accordance with Financial Regulation 3.8 to meet the cost of $7,100,000 due to depreciation in

1. Resolution adopted on the Report of the Administrative Commission at the twenty-second plenary meeting, on
8 November 1976.

75
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Budget

the value of the United States dollar (19C/121) and the extra costs of its current session after
taking account of voluntary contributions therefor,
Noting that, in accordance with Financial Regulation 3.9, the Executive Board has given its provisional
approval to the supplementary estimates (100 EX/Decision 8.1 and document 19C/92 Add.)
which it has transmitted for the favourable consideration of the Conference,
1. Gives its final approval to the supplementary estimates, totalling $7,100,000 broken down as
follows:

Appropriation line Amount

$
OPERATING BUDGET
Part I. General policy
1. General Conference 656,700
2. Executive Board 117,600
3. Director-General 3 1,600
4. External audit (8,300)
5. Joint inspection

Part II. Programme operations and services

1. Education 979,000
1A. International Bureau of Education 178,000
2. Natural sciences and their application to development 739,800
3. Social sciences, humanities and culture 495,700
4. Communication 864,400
5. Inter-sectoral programmes on human rights and peace and on population 18,000
6. International standards, relations and programmes 585,700

Part III. General administration and programme supporting services 788,200

Part IV. Publications, conferences, languages and documents services

1. Office of the Unesco Press 97,700
2. Bureau of Conferences, Languages and Documents 662,200

Part V. Common services 674,600

Part VI. Appropriation reserve

INVESTMENT BUDGET
Part VII. Capital expenditure 219,100
TOTAL 7,100,000

2. Decides that, within the terms of Financial Regulation 5.1, the supplementary estimates shall be
financed by contributions from Member States in accordance with the scale of assessment
established by the General Conference at its eighteenth session in resolution 21 .11;
3. Urges Member States, in view of the critical cash shortage of the Organization, to remit their
assessed contributions immediately upon receipt of the notification from the Director-General.

76
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

V General resolutions

9 Establishment of a new international economic order

and Second Development Decade
9.1 Unesco’s contribution to the establishment of a new
international economic order1

9.11 The General Conference,

Recalling resolutions 3201 (S-VI) and 3202 (S-VI), adopted by the General Assembly of the United
Nations on 1 May 1974, containing the Declaration and Programme of Action on the Estab-
lishment of a New International Economic Order, and resolution 3281 (XXIX) of
12 December 1974, containing the Charter of Economic Rights and Duties of States,
Recalling resolutions 3362 (S-VII) and 3506 (XXX) adopted by the General Assembly of the United
Nations, in which the General Assembly recommended that concerted measures be taken in
certain important fields to serve as a basis and framework for the work of the competent bodies
and organizations of the United Nations with a view to facilitating the solution of the problems
facing the world,
Recalling resolution 12.1 adopted by the General Conference at its eighteenth session, concerning
the measures that Unesco should take to make its full and entire contribution to the estab-
lishment of a new international economic order,
Considering that a new international economic order should lead to a new human order based on
freedom, justice and equity, removal of inequality among nations and peoples, mutual under-
standing, co-operation in mankind’s major common tasks, and the participation of everyone in
welfare, education, knowledge and culture,
Reaffirming the need to organize international economic relations on an equitable basis, and stressing
Unesco’s role in defining the cultural, educational and scientific aspects of a new international
economic order,
Stressing that it is essential to eliminate aggression in all its forms, foreign occupation, racial discrimi-
nation, particularly apartheid, and all forms of dependence and subjugation, interference in
internal affairs, domination and exploitation,
Bearing in mind the Medium-Term Plan (19C/4) and the biennial programme (19C/5), as well as the
booklet Moving Towards Change and the comments of the Executive Board contained in
document 19C/15,
Stressing the relationship between the measures to be taken for the establishment of a new international
economic order and the objectives of the Second Development Decade and, in particular, the

1. Resolution adopted on the proposal of the Drafting and Negotiation Group at the thirtieth plenary meeting, on
24 November 1976.

77
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

General resolutions

relationship between the reorientation of Unesco’s programmes and the mid-decade evaluation
of the results of the Second Development Decade in the context of a new international economic
order,
Convinced that:
the establishment of a new international economic order,
the establishment of a just peace guaranteeing, on all continents and for all countries, security,
respect for human rights, individual freedom and the dignity of the individual,
the economic and social development of the developing countries which preserves their cultural
identity, eliminates poverty, malnutrition and illiteracy and guarantes their population a
better standard of living, accordingly necessitating self-reliance,
respect for the national independence and sovereignty of all countries,
equality and democratic relations between nations excluding all forms of domination and
discrimination and based on mutual trust and solidarity,
respect for the right of peoples under colonial or racial domination or under foreign occupation
to self-determination and independence,
a halt to the arms race and a genuine, complete and supervised disarmament, the way to which
should be opened by implementation and extension of the policy of relaxation of inter-
national tensions, and which would release considerable resources that could be used in
the service of development and for peaceful purposes,
all go together and are indissolubly linked,
Considering that a new international economic order should be a factor in speeding up the progress of
the developing countries in all fields,
Recognizing that a new international economic order should contribute to the mutual enrichment of
the various types of civilizations and the fuller development of man,
Affirming that the development of education, science and culture constitutes an essential element in
the general conception and implementation of a new international economic order,
Considering that Unesco’s contribution to the establishment of a new international economic order
must take place at three levels:
(a) promotion of reflexion,
(b) the dissemination of knowledge,
(c) activities in the various fields of Unesco’s competence,
Stressing particularly Unesco’s role in bringing about intellectual and moral conditions conducive to
respect for human rights and fundamental freedoms, peace, development and social justice, and
in achieving harmony between man and his environment,
Emphasizing the fact that Unesco’s Medium-Term Plan reflects, inter alia, the principle of the cultural
identity of all peoples, respect for cultural pluralism and the right of each country to choose
freely the path that corresponds most closely to its aspirations and objectives,
Noting with satisfaction that a large number of recommendations contained in resolution 12.1 adopted
by the General Conference at its eighteenth session have been taken into account in the Medium-
Term Plan and the programme for the 1977-1978 biennium, but expressing also the hope that
these will be followed by effective implementation,
1. Takes note of the suggestions submitted by the Director-General concerning the restructuring of
the economic and social sectors of the United Nations system;
2. Expresses its conviction that international efforts and more particularly those of Unesco, directed
to the establishment of a new international economic order should be commensurate with the
problem itself, involving among other things continuing, systematic reflection on the major
sociocultural movements taking place both in the industrialized and in the developing countries;
3. Invites the Director-General to continue the action undertaken to give effect to resolution 12.1,
adopted by the General Conference at its eighteenth session, taking into account the directives
contained in the present resolution as well as the resources made available to the Organization;
4. Requests the Executive Board and the Director-General to intensify efforts aimed at assisting the
developing countries to:
have broader access to scientific knowledge;
achieve the national implantation of science;
promote scientific research adapted to their own requirements;

78
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

General resolutions

develop science policies taking their national requirements and aspirations into account;
receive, adapt and integrate the transfer of technology;
develop endogenous technologies adapted to their needs;
5. Requests the Executive Board and the Director-General to help Member States to solve the problem
of the emigration of specialists from the developing countries, paying attention to the reper-
cussions of this emigration on the economies of the countries concerned;
6. Invites to this end the Executive Board and the Director-General to help the developing countries:
to define their educational strategies at the various levels;
to develop their own laboratories and research and higher educational institutions;
to place their students and research workers in the research and higher education institutions of
the best-equipped countries;
7. Invites the Executive Board and the Director-General to determine methods that are likely to
promote and strengthen international scientific co-operation, to encourage fundamental research
and to develop the social sciences;
8. Invites the Director-General to continue to ensure Unesco’s participation in the effort of reflection
undertaken within the United Nations with a view to reinforcing the part played by United
Nations bodies with regard to international economic co-operation and the promotion of
development;
9. Invites the Executive Board and the Director-General to pay particular attention to programmes
especially designed:
(a) to bring out the social and ethical values of the different cultures and civilizations, so that they
may be fully reflected in the establishment of a new international economic order;
(b) to use the major mass communication media, including the most advanced communication
techniques, to promote cultural diversity and originality, in order to avoid uniformity and
encourage innovations;
(c) to encourage people-and particularly young people-in all Member States to study and discuss
the major problems of our time, such as those relating to peace, the material use of resources and
their equitable sharing among all peoples, the elimination of hunger and ignorance, respect for
human rights and for the dignity of the individual, and the reign of justice and equality for all
countries and all regions of the world;
20. Requests the Director-General to report periodically to the Executive Board on the implementation
of this resolution and to prepare a comprehensive report for the twentieth session of the General
Conference, together with the comments and observations of the Executive Board.

9.2 The Second Development Decade1

9.21 The General Conference,
Reaffirming its full support for the programme defined in the resolutions grouped together under
‘9-Evaluation of the Results of the First Development Decade in Unesco’s Fields of Competence
and Draft Programme of the Organization for the Second Decade’, adopted at its sixteenth
session,
Recalling resolution 12.1 entitled ‘Unesco’s Contribution to the Establishment of a New International
Economic Order’, adopted at its eighteenth session,
Noting with concern that despite the efforts made, the disparities in all fields between the developed and
the developing countries are constantly growing instead of being gradually reduced,
Recognizing the existence of a diversity of development paths, the choice of which can be made by
nations only under conditions of true sovereignty, genuine independence and the inalienable
right of peoples to settle their own destiny,
Convinced that the progress still to be made during the second half of the Second Development Decade
will depend at one and the same time on the mobilization of their own capability and potentiality
devoted to development, on the transfer of resources, in terms of quality and quantity, that the

1. Resolution adopted on the proposal of the Drafting and Negotiation Group at the twenty-ninth plenary meeting, on
23 November 1976.

79
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

General resolutions

international community will supply to the developing countries, and on the will of Member
States to increase co-operation among themselves, particularly at the regional level and between
developing countries,
Aware of the need to frame co-operation policies for development so that they will combat poverty and
destitution in all their aspects in accordance with the different needs of countries and groups of
countries, by according priority to the most disadvantaged groups, including the least developed
countries, landlocked or island countries, countries afflicted by natural disasters, and, within
individual countries, in accordance with the different needs of particularly vulnerable sections
of the population, such as women, country-dwellers, young people and children, and taking
into account the areas of concern whose importance has emerged with the evolution of the world
situation since the proclamation of the Second Development Decade and which are linked to
development problems, such as food, energy, the environment, and human settlements and
population, as well as the effects of operations of transnational corporations on the process of
development,
Recalling the importance in the implementation of the International Development Strategy for the
Second United Nations Development Decade of increasing the availability of extrabudgetary
funds for programmes within Unesco’s fields of competence,
Noting that, after years of intensive effort, there remain glaring inequalities between countries with
regard to education, science, technology and communication, and that economic development
has not in all cases resulted in harmonious social development,
Recognizing the specific role that Unesco should play in mobilizing human resources in order to further
social and cultural change within the context of the establishment of a new international
economic order and in guiding public opinion towards a greater awareness of the need for
integrated development, so that the new concept of development with man at its centre may
guide the whole development process,
Noting the many works on the Second Development Decade published by the United Nations and its
various organs and by the Specialized Agencies of the United Nations system pursuant to
decisions and resolutions of the General Assembly of the United Nations and the Economic and
Social Council, in particular resolution 3517 (XXX) adopted by the General Assembly of the
United Nations at its thirtieth session, inviting the Specialized Agencies to revise their objectives
as appropriate, while recognizing that the objectives defined in 1970 remain valid but require a
certain change of emphasis, of a qualitative nature,
Having examined the document entitled ‘Second Development Decade-Report of the Director-
General on the Progress Achieved at Mid-Decade’ (19C/72, Parts I and II), the Draft Medium-
Term Plan for 1977-1982 (19C/4), the Draft Programme and Budget for 1977-1978 (19C/5) and
the report of the Executive Board (19C/72 Add.),
Desirous of devoting all necessary efforts to the preparation of the Third Development Decade, the
success of which will depend on the thoroughness brought to its conception and planning,
Bearing in mind that the qualitative reorientation of objectives should reflect the promotion of a new
international economic order,
Conscious of the need to tie this reorientation into the preparatory work for the Third Development
Decade,
Drawing attention to the recommendations of the meeting of experts on the mid-term evaluation of the
Second Development Decade as well as the observations of the Director-General, with particular
reference to the following measures:
(a) the democratization of education, innovating along new lines combining formal and non-formal
systems and information networks of various kinds, with greater emphasis on cultural identity,
(b) the forging of closer links between educational systems and economic aspects such as employ-
ment, lower unit cost, endogenous products and low cost technologies,
(c) the strengthening of mechanisms for exchange of development-significant scientific and techno-
logical information as a key component in the process of transfer and adaptation of technologies
appropriate to the needs of developing countries,
(d) the urgent execution of a world programme for development research and the application of
science and technology to solving the problems of the arid and tropical areas,
(e) the application of computer science and technology and information to development,

80
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

General resolutions

(f) increased research and development in regard to non-polluting and non-conventional energy
sources,
(g} the strengthening of the social sciences to bring their progress into harmony with progress in
science and technology in order that human values may be more effectively taken into account
in development,
(h) the stepping up of research, education and information on population, and on the inter-
relationship between man and his environment, with a view to improving the quality of life in
human settlements,
(i) the allocation of one of the highest priorities, in the formulation of economic and social policies,
to implementation of the recommendations of the World Conference on International Women’s
Year which mainly concern the social sciences, in particular as regards the participation of
women in development,
(j) the enhancing of the ability of each individual people to make use of its human and natural
resources in ways which respect its own cultural identity in laying the foundations of a new
international economic order,
(k) the preservation and presentation of the cultural heritage,
(1) the stimulation of artistic, intellectual and other cultural creativity by individuals, groups and
regions, including those affected by social exclusion phenomena,
1. Congratulates the Director-General on his precise and comprehensive assessment, presented in
document 19C/72, Part II, and on his proposals for the revision of the objectives for the second
half of the Second Development Decade in document 19C/72, Part I;
2. Decides that Unesco will continue its efforts to attain the objectives of the International Devel-
opment Strategy for the United Nations Second Development Decade;
3. Recommends Member States:
(a) to reinforce awareness of development problems at the national, regional and internationallevels,
particularly on behalf of the various groups of the most disadvantaged countries;
(b) to strengthen their co-operation at the international and regional levels in the fields of education,
science and technology, the social sciences, culture and communication, in order to promote
equality and expansion of opportunity and to eliminate the obstacles to progress, and to take
into account in their development plans and projects the practical implications of their support
to international development programmes;
(c) to intensify likewise their efforts to further and strengthen peace and security, leading to the
diversion of more resources for development;
(d) to reorient policies in order to better associate women, children and underprivileged sectors of
the population, especially rural populations, in the development process, and to undertake
development activities designed to satisfy the basic needs of these sectors of the population;
(e) in the case of the developed countries, to adapt their policies with a view to achieving a more
equitable distribution of wealth among nations;
(f) to increase efforts on the part of both developing and developed countries in moving towards a
new international economic order;
(g) to make increased efforts to help all Member States to improve their own development potential;
(h) to provide increased means to Unesco for its implementation of projects relevant to development;
4. Invites the Executive Board and the Director-General:
(a) to bear in mind that development activities yield best results within the framework of achieving
the objectives of progress, peace and human rights;
(b) to make a special effort to ensure the effective and rapid execution of the programmes corre-
sponding to objectives which are of special importance to the second half of the Second Devel-
opment Decade, placing emphasis on programmes in the 19C/4 document which aim at improving
the situation of disadvantaged populations through education, science, culture and communi-
cation, in connexion with the qualitative reorientation of the objectives of the Second Devel-
opment Decade;
(c) to give special attention to programmes directly linked with the building of a new international
economic order, namely those whose purpose is:
(i) to construct the scientific and technological foundations which will enable every country to
make better use of its natural resources;

81
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

General resolutions

(ii) to broaden the scope of education and direct its course so that the people of each country
will be fitted to see to their own development;
(iii) to develop communications and information systems corresponding to the needs, aspir-
ations and rights of individuals, societies and the international community, correcting
existing disparities;
(iv) to contribute to the strengthening of social science research institutions, particularly in the
developing countries, so that their political, economic and social options may increasingly
be based on appropriate knowledge;
(4) to take suitable initiatives in harmony with other competent international organizations,
especially on problems of development, environment, human settlements, population and
food-subjects which were not adequately covered by the resolutions adopted by the General
Conference in 1970;
(4) to seek budgetary and extrabudgetary resources in order to promote the devising, application
and evaluation of development strategies and techniques within Unesco’s fields of competence;
(f) to take account of the resolutions of the General Assembly of the United Nations and the
Economic and Social Council, especially those related to a new international economic order
and to the Second Development Decade, and to submit to the General Conference the programme
actions of the Organization relevant to the implementation of a Third Decade, in accordance
with the calendar of sessions of the General Assembly of the United Nations and the Economic
and Social Council (those sessions at which the International Strategy and Objectives for a Third
Decade could be adopted);
(g) to review periodically the progress achieved and to submit to the General Conference, at its
twenty-second session, a special report on the results of the Second Decade.

10 Special measures on behalf of the developing

countries and, in particular, of the least
developed among them1
10.1 The General Conference,
Recalling resolutions 3036 (XXVII), 3168 (XXVIII) and 3174 (XXVIII) of the United Nations General
Assembly, concerning action in favour of the least developed among the developing countries,
Recalling resolution 10.1, paragraph 7(a) and (b), adopted by the General Conference of Unesco at its
eighteenth session,
Recalling the Manila Declaration and Programme of Action adopted by the Third Ministerial Meeting
of the Group of 77,
Considering that the economic situation of the least-developed Member States is a matter for grave
concern,
Considering the conclusions of the meeting of senior officials of ministries of education in the twenty-five
least-developed countries, held in Paris from 8 to 16 September 1975, under the auspices of
Unesco,
1. Invites the Director-General to give higher priority to requests from the least-developed Member
States in carrying out projects under the regular programme and, more particularly, under the
participation programme for 1977-1978;
2. Invites the Director-General to endeavour, in carrying out the programme, to make the biggest
possible savings in staff costs and in executing the work plans, so as to be able to furnish
increased aid to the developing countries and more particularly to those which have been
classified as being among the least developed.

1. Resolution adopted at the thirty-third plenary meeting, on 27 November 1976.

82
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

General resolutions

11 New ways and means of mustering

additional financial resources for
Unesco’s programme1
11.1 The General Conference,
Recalling resolution 6.62 adopted at its eighteenth session, which invited the Director-General, in
consultation with Member States and the Executive Board, ‘to find and propose new ways and
means of mustering sufficient financial resources’,
Having examined the report and the proposals which the Director-General has submitted to it in
pursuance of this resolution (19C/40) as well as the comments of the Executive Board on this
report (19C/40 Add.),
Fully conscious of the vital importance of the methods of financing for the institutional development
of the Organization and its programmes,
Aware of the need for very close interrelationship between budgetary and extrabudgetary resources
for a harmonious and balanced growth of the programme,

I
I. Invites the Director-General:
(a) to strengthen and extend the scope of measures taken in order to enable the Organization to
play a greater role in mobilizing resources for co-operation in respect of programmes within its
field of competence ;
(b) to identify clearly within Unesco’s Regular Programme the nature and volume of funds devoted
to development assistance;
(c) to examine, in consultation with the Executive Board, the possibility of establishing as of 1979
a Revolving Fund replenished as necessary from the regular budget to finance the adminis-
trative and overhead costs of funds-in-trust projects;
(d) to study, in the context of the new approach of the medium-term plan and in agreement with
the Member States concerned, the possibilities of associating Unesco more closely with both
the preparation and the execution of national plans in the Organization’s spheres of competence,
with a view to making better use of national financial and human resources and finding additional
means from international and regional sources of financing;
(e) to report to the General Conference at its twentieth session on the implementation of this
resolution;
II

Having also studiedthe draft resolution submitted by a Working Group of Programme Commission III
(19C/PRG.III/DR.8),
Noting that the suggestions made in paragraphs (c), (d) and (f) of that draft, to which amendments had
been submitted in Commission, are not yet ripe for the General Conference to take a decision
on them at its present session,
2. Invites the Director-General
(a) to consult Member States on these suggestions,
(b) taking into account the replies received from Member States and the discussions which have
taken place at its nineteenth session, to prepare, in consultation with the Executive Board, a new
report containing proposals on which the General Conference might take a decision at its
twentieth session.

1. Resolution adopted on the report of Programme Commission III at the twenty-eighth plenary meeting, on
22 November 1976.

83
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

General resolutions

12 Unesco’s contribution to peace and its tasks

with respect to the promotion of human
rights and the elimination of colonialism
and racialism; long-term programme of
measures whereby Unesco can contribute
to the strengthening of peace1
12.1 The General Conference,
I
Referring to the provisions of Article I of Unesco’s Constitution, which defines the Organization’s
tasks with regard to the strengthening of peace and international security and respect for human
rights and fundamental freedoms for all,
Recalling the resolutions concerning Unesco’s contribution to the cause of peace and the struggle
against colonialism and racialism, which it adopted at its eleventh (1960), thirteenth (1964),
fifteenth (1968), sixteenth (1970), seventeenth (1972) and eighteenth (1974) sessions,
Considering that the political climate now established is leading to the relaxation of international
tension, which is conducive to more effective achievement of the aims and tasks set for Unesco
under its Constitution and as a result of decisions of the General Conference,
Stressing that the policy of relaxing international tension implies a genuine turning away from
confrontation and unstable equilibrium towards greater peaceful co-operation among all States,
irrespective of their social and economic systems,
Acknowledging the important part played in this encouraging process by the provisions of the Final
Act of the Conference on Security and Co-operation in Europe, relating to Unesco’s fields of
competence,
Bearing in mind the great efforts made by the Group of Non-Aligned Countries, the Organization of
African Unity (OAU) and other groups to reduce tensions, on the basis of equality, co-operation
and respect for the sovereignty, independence and territorial integrity of States,
Noting likewise that relaxation of international tension and peaceful co-operation, and the efforts
aimed at establishing a new international economic order, open up new prospects for the
satisfactory solution of the problems of development and social progress, and for the guaranteeing
and protection of human rights,
Aware that colonialism, neo-colonialism, racialism in all its forms and manifestations, apartheid, and
the policy of aggression and interference in the domestic affairs of States are serious obstacles to
the exercise of man’s right to lead his life in dignity and freedom,
Affirming that the efforts undertaken by Unesco in its fields of competence for the liberation of the
peoples still subject to colonialism, neo-colonialism and foreign occupation represent an
important contribution to the establishment of peace throughout the world,
Taking note with satisfaction of the report of the Director-General on the implementation of resol-
ution 11.1 adopted by the General Conference at its eighteenth session and entitled ‘Unesco’s
Contribution to Peace and its Tasks with Respect to the Promotion of Human Rights and the
Elimination of Colonialism and Racialism’,
Stressing the importance of a greater contribution by Unesco to the cause of peace and the relaxation
of international tension through specific forms of cultural and scientific co-operation among
States,
Taking into account Unesco’s long experience which has convincingly shown that the more active the
contribution the Organization makes, within its fields of competence, to the solution of contem-
porary problems by seeking international security and peace, and by promoting the struggle for
the elimination of colonialism and its consequences, and respect for human rights and funda-
mental freedoms, the greater its moral authority,

1. Resolution adopted on the proposal of the Drafting and Negotiation Group at the thirty-sixth and thirty-eighth plenary
meetings, on 29 and 30 November 1976.

84
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

General resolutions

Considering that Unesco, in accordance with its Constitution, is called upon to play a yet more active
part in ensuring that cultural exchanges and the wider and freer dissemination of information
serve, to a still greater degree, the cause of peace, mutual understanding and the strengthening
of trust and friendship between nations,
1. Urges Member States:
(a) to contribute to the easing of regional and international political tensions in every possible way;
(b) actively to support any moves towards strengthening peace, promoting and safeguarding funda-
mental human rights and freedoms, solving the problems of disarmament, putting an end to
military occupations, ensuring the independence, sovereignty and territorial integrity of States
and non-interference in the domestic affairs of States, and combating colonialism, racialism and
apartheid;
(c) to ratify the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights and the Inter-
national Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, and to take all necessary steps for their
application;
2. Invites the Director-General, under the short- and medium-term programmes, to promote studies
and research on the following questions:
(a) the strengthening of peace and the promotion of international understanding, as well as the
resulting circumstances conducive to the broadening of co-operation in education, science,
culture and communication;
(b) the contribution that can be made by Unesco, in its fields of competence, to knowledge of the
problems of disarmament, and to their solution, by employing all possible ways of making world
opinion alive to these problems;
(c) violations of the independence, sovereignty and territorial integrity of States and the struggle
against foreign occupation, colonialism, racialism and apartheid, whose inhuman theory and
practice are a flagrant violation of human rights and freedoms, a threat to the progress of
mankind and a serious danger to international peace;
(d) the links which exist between a just and lasting peace and a satisfactory solution of the problems
of development at the national, regional and world levels;
(e) the means of guaranteeing more effectively basic human rights and freedoms, including the
basic rights to life and to security, which are inseparable in the final analysis from a just and
lasting peace;
3. Invites the Director-General to report on the implementation of paragraph 2 of this resolution to
the General Conference at its twentieth session;

II

Recalling the statement in its Constitution that Unesco was founded ‘in order to further universal
respect for justice, for the rule of law and for the human rights and fundamental freedoms which
are affirmed for the peoples of the world, without distinction of race, sex, language or religion,
by the Charter of the United Nations’,
Considering that, to this end, the Organization has set itself the task of developing co-operation and
understanding between nations in education, science, culture and communication,
Considering that Unesco’s mission in relation to human rights has been confirmed throughout its
existence and reaffirmed by the Draft Medium-Term Plan, which gives it very great importance,
Recalling that, in the fields of its competence, Unesco must, in particular by study of the historical,
philosophical, sociological and legal conditions on which human rights are dependent, seek to
promote and safeguard civil and political rights as well as economic, social and cultural rights,
which are interdependent both in theory and in practice,
Noting with anxiety that the situation as regards the effective, widespread application of the principles
of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and the various instruments relating to those
rights adopted by the United Nations is at present far from satisfactory, as can be seen from the
policy of apartheid, racialism, colonialism, social and national oppression and other forms
of discrimination,
Noting, in particular, that violations of human rights in Unesco’s fields of competence are increasingly
frequent and are the subject of numerous complaints sent to the Organization,

85
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

General resolutions

Noting that, in his Introduction to the General Policy Debate (19C/INF.12), the Director-General
asked, with reference to the problems of human rights, that he might in future be given, within
Unesco’s spheres of competence, the necessary moral means to enable him to act more effectively
in safeguarding human rights,
4. Reaffirms the principle that respect for human rights and fundamental freedoms is an essential
prerequisite for all development and for a new international economic order;
5. Condemns violations of human rights, in whatever part of the world they may occur;
6. Requests the Director-General to see that special measures are taken in the Organization’s fields of
competence with regard to violations of human rights in regions of the world under foreign
occupation and domination;
7. Expresses the hope that the bodies within the United Nations system will, each in its fields of
competence, continue their activity to promote human rights and effective and universal respect
for those rights;
8. Draws attention to the terms of Articles 55 and 56 of the United Nations Charter;
9. Recalls that Unesco is not an international judicial body and that, in conformity with paragraph 3
of Article I of its Constitution, it must avoid any interference in the domestic affairs of Member
States;
IO. Invites the Executive Board and the Director-General:
(a) to examine with particular attention the genera! situation with regard to respect for human rights
throughout the world, in Unesco’s fields of competence;
(b) to study the procedures which should be followed in the examination of cases and questions
which might be submitted to Unesco concerning the exercise of human rights in the spheres to
which its competence extends, in order to make its action more effective;
(c) to continue to establish, with a view to the implementation of subparagraphs (a) and (b), close
co-operation and co-ordination with the relevant United Nations organs so as to take advantage
of their work and the lessons that can be learnt from them in this field;
(d) to report on the implementation of Part II of this resolution to the General Conference at its
twentieth session;
III

Solemnly proclaiming that colonialism, neo-colonialism, and racialism in all its forms and mani-
festations, are incompatible with the fundamental aims of Unesco,
Considering that the policy of apartheid is a crime against the conscience and dignity of man, unani-
mously censured by the whole international community,
Considering that there can be no just and lasting peace, nor can the necessary conditions for the
establishment of a new international economic order exist, until all forms of discrimination,
domination and oppression have been eliminated in relationships between men and between
peoples,
Recognizing the legitimacy of the struggles being waged by peoples subjected to all forms of domination
to secure their right to self-determination and independence,
Recalling the provisions of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, the International Covenant
on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights and the International Covenant on Civil and Political
Rights, and the Geneva Conventions of 1949 concerning human rights in occupied territories
and the protection of civilian persons in time of war,
Expressing its solidarity with the struggle upon which the African peoples have embarked in order to
recover their national identity, dignity, sovereignty and independence,
Noting with satisfaction that the success of the national liberation struggles and the accession to
independence of many countries previously under colonial domination have opened the way
to the complete elimination of colonialism, neo-colonialism, racial discrimination and
apartheid,
RecalIing the objectives and tasks assigned to Unesco under the Decade for Action to Combat Racism
and Racial Discrimination,
Bearing in mind the International Convention on the Suppression and Punishment of the Crime of
Apartheid, adopted with a large majority by the General Assembly of the United Nations at its
twenty-eighth session,

86
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

General resolutions

Stressing the moral obligation for all States, individually and collectively, particularly within the
framework of Unesco, to contribute by all the means available to them to furthering the attain-
ment of these objectives, in close co-operation with the representatives of those peoples which
are the victims of colonialism, neo-colonialism, racialism and apartheid, and with those of the
liberation movements recognized by the Organization of African Unity,
Reaffirming that the creation of Bantustans is a measure essentially designed to destroy the territorial
integrity of the country, in flagrant violation of the principles enshrined in the United Nations
Charter, and that the granting of so-called independence to Transkei is an inadmissible
illustration of this,
Reaffirming that apartheid seriously hinders the development of education, science, culture and
communication in the regions where it is practised,
Noting with acute concern that certain States continue to maintain relations with the present Govern-
ment of South Africa, particularly in the military, nuclear, scientific and technological fields, in
defiance of the resolutions of the United Nations,
II. Reaffirms the inalienable and imprescriptible right of the people of Namibia, at present under
illegal occupation, to self-determination, independence and national sovereignty;
12. Expresses its profound indignation at, and condemnation of, the persecutions and massacres of
the people of Zimbabwe and the attacks against neighbouring States, committed by the racist
and illegal regime in Salisbury;
13. Invites Member States to respect and to uphold the right to self-determination and independence
of the peoples still subject to any form of domination;
14. Takes note with satisfaction of the report of the Director-General entitled ‘Unesco’s Contribution
to Peace and its Tasks with Respect to the Promotion of Human Rights and the Elimination of
Colonialism and Racialism’ (19C/13), particularly as regards assistance, within Unesco’s fields
of competence, to liberation movements recognized by the Organization of African Unity and
to the peoples of liberated regions and as regards information and research activities concerning
racialism and apartheid;
15. Stresses the contribution which Unesco can make to alerting world public opinion to the problems
of apartheid, racialism, colonialism and neo-colonialism, to the analysis and clarification of the
historical and sociopolitical origins of these phenomena and to the study of new forms of domi-
nation, inter-ethnic relations and the assimilation of minority groups;
16. Invites the Director-General to accord special importance in the 1977-1978 programme to these
assistance, information and research activities, for example by granting increased aid, in Unesco’s
fields of competence, to the liberation movements recognized by the Organization of African
Unity;
17. Appeals to Member States to provide Unesco, directly or indirectly, with additional assistance in
financial or other form, so as to enable it to carry out these tasks more effectively;
Z8. Requests all governments and all organizations to refrain from any relations with the institutions
or authorities of the Bantustans, in particular Transkei, and to refuse to recognize them in any
way whatsoever;
29. Invites the Director-General, in consultation with the Executive Board, to take the necessary
measures to cease all collaboration with any non-governmental organizations participating in
any way in the policy of the Government of the Republic of South Africa, Rhodesia or any other
territory where the policy of apartheid and racial discrimination subsists;
20. Invites the Director-General to report to it at its twentieth session on the application of Part III
of this resolution.

12.2 Cultural and scientific co-operation on the basis of mutual equality

and interest as an important factor in strengthening peace,
friendship and reciprocal understanding among peoples
12.21 At its thirty-fourth plenary meeting, on 26 November 1976, the General Conference resolved, on the
report of Programme Commission II, to defer consideration of the draft resolution contained in
document 19C/111 until its twentieth session.

87
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

General resolutions

13 Role of Unesco in generating a climate of public

opinion conducive to the halting of the arms race
and the transition to disarmament1
13.1 The General Conference,
Mindful of the provisions of Article I of the Constitution of Unesco, which defines the Organization’s
responsibilities in the matter of strengthening peace and international security,
Noting with satisfaction that the period of the ‘cold war’ is receding further and further into the past
and that the relaxation of international tension which has replaced it is opening up new
prospects for the further strengthening of relations between all peoples and all States throughout
the world,
Recalling resolution 11 .l adopted at its eighteenth session, which emphasized the fact that the new
world atmosphere brought about by the relaxation of tension made it possible to enhance the
effectiveness of Unesco in carrying out its constitutional tasks,
Observing nevertheless that a serious obstacle to the strengthening of peace is constituted by the
continuing arms race, which absorbs billions of dollars, places a terrible burden on the economy
of States, prevents enormous sums from being used for peaceful, constructive purposes, adversely
affects the struggle of peoples for their national and social emancipation, and hinders the
solving of many socio-economic problems,
Stressing therefore that the primary task facing the whole world community today is to intensify the
struggle to halt the growing arms race, with its threat to peace, and to adopt the principle of
reducing accumulated weapon stocks, and of disarmament, on the understandingthat disarma-
ment can in no way prejudice the sacred right of peoples to strive to recover and defend their
national independence,
Expressing its conviction that the achievement of the above-mentioned aims would be assisted by the
conclusion of international agreements on a total and world-wide cessation of the testing of
atomic weapons, on the banning and destruction of chemical weapons, on the banning of the
production of new forms or systems of mass-destruction weapons and also of interference with
the natural environment for military or other hostile purposes,
Convincedthat military détente is also essential because of the great number of problems facing mankind
at the present stage of our historical development and far exceeding, in their scale, the confines
of national boundaries, so that their solution demands the collective application of man’s
combined experience, knowledge and resources,
Noting that Unesco’s terms of reference have a direct bearing on many of these problems, e.g. the
fight against illiteracy, study of the rational use of the resources of the earth and of the world’s
oceans for the benefit of mankind, protection of the environment and various aspects of social,
cultural and economic development,
Considering that Unesco, by virtue of its experience and its world-wide authority, which it fully deserves,
can and should make an effective contribution towards solving this vital problem of our day by
generating a climate of public opinion conducive to the halting of the arms race, the reduction
of accumulated weapon stocks, the systematic diminution of military expenditure and the
transition to disarmament,
Bearing in mind that this will enable mankind to release vast material and intellectual resources for
purposes of socio-economic and cultural progress and will notably accelerate the process of
establishing and consolidating equitable political and economic relations between the countries
of the world,
Recalling the relevant passages of resolution 12 of the fifth Summit Conference of Non-Aligned
Countries (Colombo) which are not in contradiction with the present resolution,
Invites the Director-General:
(a) in implementing Unesco’s programme for 1977-1978, to bear in mind the special importance
of the problems of disarmament;

1. Resolution adopted at the thirty-third plenary meeting, on 26 November 1976.

88
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

General resolutions

(b) to ensure wider publication, in Unesco’s periodicals, of articles and material dealing with the
necessity to halt the arms race and take measures to achieve disarmament;
(c) to carry out preparatory work for the organization of international research on the themes:
‘Disarmament and the Elimination of Illiteracy’ and ‘Disarmament and the Cultural Progress
of Mankind’;
(d) to make provision in future programmes for the holding, in Unesco’s fields of competence, of
various symposia for educators, scientists and cultural workers on the themes of disarmament,
for bringing out special publications on these matters and also for making wide use of other
possibilities of influencing public opinion in favour of halting the arms race and making the
transition to disarmament;
(e) to report to the General Conference at its twentieth session on the implementation of this
resolution.

14 Measures taken by the Organization pursuant

to resolution 11.31 adopted by the 1General
Conference at its eighteenth session
14.1 The General Conference,
Recalling that, in accordance with the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, everyone has the
right to life, liberty and security of person and no one shall be subjected to arbitrary arrest,
detention or exile or subjected to torture or to cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment or
punishment,
Reaffirming its complete confidence in the continuation of the measures taken by the Director-General
with a view to ensuring the fullest understanding of, and respect for, human rights throughout
the world, and the importance that the programme and activities of Unesco should always
place on the special role falling to the Organization in the promotion and defence of those
rights in the fields of education, science, culture and communication,
Recalling particularly resolution 11.31 adopted by the General Conference of Unesco at its eighteenth
session, as well as resolution 3448 adopted by the United Nations General Assembly at its
thirtieth session,
Taking note of the declaration of the Chilean Government announcing the liberation of political
prisoners,
Noting at the same time that the situation in Chile, as reflected in the reports submitted to the
thirty-first session of the United Nations General Assembly, continues to give rise to the gravest
anxiety,
I. Urges once again the Chilean authorities to take the necessary measures, without delay, to restore
and safeguard the human rights set forth in the Universal Declaration, particularly as regards
Unesco’s sphere of competence;
2. Approves the Director-General’s report on the measures taken by the Organization pursuant to
resolution 11.31 adopted by the General Conference at its eighteenth session;
3. Requests the Director-General to continue to take such measures within his competence as he
may deem most appropriate to secure respect for human rights in Chile, or in any other
Member State where there might be serious reasons to believe that human rights are
violated, and to consult the Executive Board and the General Conference whenever he considers
it necessary.

1. Resolution adopted on the proposal of the Drafting and Negotiation Group at the thirty-seventh plenary meeting, on
29 November 1976.

89
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

General resolutions

15 Educational and cultural institutions in

the occupied Arab territories1
15.1 The General Conference,
Considering that, at its eighteenth session, after examining document 18C/16 entitled ‘Report by the
Director-General on the Situation of the National Education and the Cultural Life of
Peoples in the Occupied Arab Territories’, the General Conference adopted resolution 13.1
which:
‘1. Invites the Director-General to exercise full supervision of the operation of educational
and cultural institutions in the occupied Arab territories, and to co-operate with the
Arab States concerned and with the Palestine Liberation Organization with a view to
providing the populations in the occupied Arab territories with every means of enjoying
their rights to education and culture so as to preserve their national identity;
‘2. Urgently appeals to Israel to refrain from any act that has the effect of hindering the popu-
lations of the occupied Arab territories in the exercise of their rights to national education
and cultural life, and invites it to allow the Director-General of Unesco to carry out the
task referred to in the foregoing paragraph;
‘3. Invites the Director-General to report to the Executive Board on the implementation of
this resolution’,
Considering that, after studying a report of the Director-General, who had not been able to implement
this resolution owing to the opposition of the Israeli authorities, the Executive Board adopted
99 EX/Decision 9.2 in which it:
‘4. Reiterates to the Israeli occupation authorities the urgent appeal made by the eighteenth
session of the General Conference and solemnly requests them to comply as a matter
of urgency with 18C/Resolution 13.1, in the spirit of the Charter of the United Nations,
the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, and the Unesco Constitution;
‘5. Invites the Director-General to pursue his efforts to ensure the effective implementation
of this resolution and to intensify, for this purpose, all useful contacts both with the States
involved and with the Palestine Liberation Organization;
‘6. Decides to place the matter before the General Conference at its nineteenth session;
‘7. Thanks the Director-General for his efforts and requests him to report on educational and
cultural institutions in the occupied Arab territories to the General Conference at its
nineteenth session’,
Considering that the Director-General, in document 19C/73, expresses his regret that, despite his
repeated requests, the necessary facilities were not granted for a mission to be sent to the area
at a time which would have enabled him to submit an appropriate report to the General
Conference,
Noting that, after a period of refusal, the Israeli authorities have just signified their agreement to
admit the fact-finding mission proposed by the Director-General,
Noting with concern information received from various sources to the effect that the populations of
the Arab territories occupied by Israel are not fully enjoying their inalienable rights to education
and cultural life in accordance with their natural aspirations and their national identity,
Reaffirming that access to national education and culture is one of the fundamental human rights
which are enshrined in the United Nations Charter and the Constitution of Unesco,
Recalling that the military occupation of territories by foreign troops represents a permanent threat
to peace and human rights,
Condemning as contrary to human rights and fundamental freedoms all violations, resulting from
Israeli occupation, of the rights of the populations living in all the occupied Arab territories
to national education and cultural life, and particularly the policy of systematic cultural
assimilation,

1. Resolution adopted on the report of Programme Commission III at the twenty-eighth plenary meeting, on
22 November 1976.

90
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

General resolutions

I. Invites the Director-General to implement as soon as possible his decision to send a fact-finding
mission to the Arab territories occupied by Israel, whose terms of reference would be:
(a) to collect on-the-spot information on:
(i) the general conditions under which the right to education is ensured and instruction
provided in the occupied Arab territories, with particular reference to curriculum content;
the nature, origin and content of the textbooks used; the numbers, origin, situation and
qualifications of teachers; the number and state of educational premises, together with
the school enrolment trend;
(ii) conditions of cultural life and, in particular, cultural and artistic means of expression
and self-fulfilment ensured for the populations of these territories; freedom in the matter
of religious instruction and access to places of worship; freedom of access to external
sources of culture and, in particular, to varied sources of information;
(iii) generally speaking, all factors permitting an assessment of the extent to which the popu-
lations of the occupied territories enjoy their natural right to an education and culture
which accord with their national identity;
(b) to study and submit suggestions on activities that Unesco might undertake, in its fields of
competence, to assist the populations concerned;
2. Makes a final urgent appeal to Israel finally to co-operate in normalizing this situation and in so
doing cease to incur general disapproval for its intolerable defiance of the community of nations;
3. Invites the Director-General to follow and supervise very closely the operation of educational and
cultural institutions in the occupied Arab territories, obtaining as much information as possible,
particularly
(a) from the Palestine Liberation Organization,
(b) from the Arab States concerned,
(c) from the Israeli occupation authorities,
with a view to guaranteeing the populations of the occupied Arab territories their rights to
education and cultural life in such a way as to preserve their national identity;
4. Again thanks the Director-General for his efforts and requests him to keep the Executive Board
informed of the results achieved.

16 Unesco’s contribution towards improving

the status of women1
16.1 The General Conference,
Recalling resolution 16.1 adopted at its eighteenth session,
Noting the Executive Board’s 97 EX/Decision 3.1.1, Section A, I, regarding the report of the Special
Committee’s in-depth study on topic (i), ‘Unesco’s Contribution Towards Improving the
Status of Women’,
Noting document 19C/112 which transmits 100 EX/Decision 4.3, adopted by the Executive Board at
its 100th session, regarding document 100 EX/l 1, ‘Statement of Major Impacts, Achievements,
Difficulties and Shortfalls for each Continuing Programme Activity in 1975-1976’, and
especially Section 1.14.111 of that document, ‘Realization of Equality of Educational Oppor-
tunities for Girls and Women’ and Section 3.17.11, ‘Promotion of Studies and Practical Measures
for the Improvement of the Status of Women’,
Noting the United Nations Joint Inter-Agency Programme for the Integration of Women in Develop-
ment and the activities of the United Nations Commission on the Status of Women,
Reaffirming the important contributions which Unesco should make in its special areas of competence
to improve the status of women, to increase the participation of women in the process of
economic, social and cultural development, and to bring about a more equitable participation
by women in the benefits resulting from economic, social and cultural development,

1. Resolution adopted on the report of Programme Commission I at the thirty-first plenary meeting, on 25 November 1976.

91
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

General resolutions

Believing that efforts to promote the contribution of women to the process of development can only
succeed if women’s concerns are integrated with other programmes, and convinced that the
contribution of women to the development process in all countries, like the planning and
implementation of the development process itself, requires a unified interdisciplinary approach,
Believing that systematic and periodic follow-up by Member States and the Secretariat would
contribute to achieving the goals of improving the status of women, and of increasing their
participation in economic, social and cultural development,
Recognizing the impressive variety and number of activities which have been undertaken by Unesco
in this important area, and noting that most of the activities are concentrated in the education
sector,
Believing that increased use should be made of Unesco’s considerable intellectual and approved
programme resources in all sectors, and especially in education, social science, culture and
communication, to address problems involving the status of women and their contribution
to development,
1. Invites the Director-General:
(a) to intensify his efforts to strengthen Unesco’s activities in this area by means of the necessary
programme staff and financial resources, within the over-all programme levels approved by
the General Conference, and especially by drawing more on the capacities and capabilities of
the Social Sciences and their Applications and Culture and Communication sectors, in
addition to the Education sector;
(b) to consider setting up, within the Secretariat, an Inter-Sectoral Committee to co-ordinate
efforts related to women in all four programme sectors, and to stimulate future additional
efforts aimed at improvements in the status of women and in their contribution to the process
of development, and, further, to consider calling on an ad hoc advisory committee of experts
to assist periodically in these tasks;
(c) to seek ways to expand programmes on women financed from extrabudgetary funds in 1977-1978,
particularly in the Social Sciences and their Applications, Science, and Culture and Communi-
cation sectors in addition to the Education sector;
(d) in addition to executing specific projects addressed to women’s activities, to include within
all project documents for both regular budget and extrabudgetary activities an impact
statement of how the project is expected to affect women as both participants and beneficiaries,
in line with resolution 27 adopted at the International Women’s Year Conference in Mexico City;
(e) to present at biennial intervals a brief summary report to the Executive Board on Unesco’s
experience and results obtained in this important area, giving special attention to assessing the
actual changes that may be taking place in the status of women as a result of Unesco’s activities;
(f) to present at future sessions of the General Conference, through 1986, a special report describing
progress made by Unesco in attaining the goals of the Decade for Women in its areas of
competence;
2. Invites Member States to make special reports at future sessions of the General Conference,
through 1986, describing the progress made in their countries in attaining the goals of the
Decade for Women.

92
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

VI Constitutional and legal questions

17 Amendments to the Constitution and the Rules

of Procedure of the General Conference1
17.1 The General Conference
I. Decides to amend Article V, paragraph I, of the Constitution as follows: the word ‘forty’ is
replaced by ‘forty-five’;
2. Accordingly decides to modify as follows the allocation of seats for the purpose of election to the
Executive Board, as established in resolution 11.1 adopted by the General Conference at its
fifteenth session, confirmed by resolution 13 adopted at its sixteenth session and modified by
resolution 13.1 adopted at its seventeenth session:
the number of seats in electoral group III is increased from seven to eight;
the number of seats in electoral group IV is increased from six to seven;
the number of seats in electoral group V is increased from thirteen to sixteen.

17.2 The General Conference

I. Decides to amend Article V, paragraph 4, of the Constitution as follows:
‘4 (a) In the event of the death or resignation of a member of the Executive Board, his
replacement for the remainder of his term shall be appointed by the Executive Board
on the nomination of the Government of the State the former member represented.
‘(b) The Government making the nomination and the Executive Board shall have regard
to the factors set forth in paragraph 2 of this Article.
‘(c) When exceptional circumstances arise, which, in the considered opinion of the
represented State, make it indispensable for its representative to be replaced, even if he
does not tender his resignation, measures shall be taken in accordance with the pro-
visions of sub-paragraph (a) above.
2. Decides to amend Rule 98 of its Rules of Procedure as follows:
‘1. In the event of the death or resignation of a member of the Executive Board, his
replacement for the remainder of his term shall be appointed by the Executive Board
on the nomination of the Government of the State the former member represented.
-2. The Government making the nomination and the Executive Board shall have regard
to the factors set forth in Article V, Section A, paragraph 2, of the Constitution.
3. When exceptional circumstances arise, which, in the considered opinion of the
represented State, make it indispensable for its representative to be replaced, even if he
does not tender his resignation, measures shall be taken in accordance with the
provisions of paragraph 1 above.’

1. Resolutions adopted on the report of the Legal Committee at the twenty-third plenary meeting, on 8 November 1976.

93
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

VII Financial questions1

18 Financial reports
Report of the External Auditor, and financial report of the Director-General on the accounts of Unesco
for the two-year financial period ended 31 December 1974

18.1 The General Conference,

Having examined document 19C/48,
Receives and accepts the report of the External Auditor, together with the audited financial
statements on the accounts of Unesco for the two-year financial period ended 31 December 1974.

Auditor’s report and financial report of the Director-General in respect of the interim accounts of
Unesco closed on 31 December 1975 for the two-year financial period ending 31 December 1976

18.2 The General Conference,

Having examined document 19C/49 and Addendum,
Receives and accepts the report of the External Auditor, together with the audited financial
statements on the interim accounts of Unesco as at 31 December 1975 for the financial period
ending 31 December 1976.

Auditor’s report, financial report of the Director-General and financial statements in respect of the
United Nations Development Programme as at 31 December 1974

18.3 The General Conference,

Noting that the Executive Board has approved the report of the External Auditor together with the
audited financial statements relating to the United Nations Development Programme as at
31 December 1974 (19C/55),
Receives this report and these financial statements.

Auditor’s report, financial report of the Director-General and financial statements in respect of the
United Nations Development Programme as at 31 December 1975

18.4 The General Conference,

Having examined document 19C/50 and Addendum,
1. Receives and approves the report of the External Auditor together with the audited financial
statements relating to funds of the United Nations Development Programme as at
3 1 December 1975;

1. Resolutions adopted on the report of the Administrative Commission at the twenty-sixth and thirty-first plenary meetings,
on 20 and 25 November 1976.

94
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Financial questions

2. Authorizes the Executive Board to approve, on its behalf, the report of the External Auditor
together with the audited financial statements relating to the United Nations Development
Programme as at 31 December 1976;
3. Requests the Director-General to ensure that, in operational projects, recourse is had wherever
possible to local expertise in order to reduce expenditure on experts’ services and so make more
money available for training and equipment.

19 Contributions of Member States

19.1 Scale of assessments

19.11 The General Conference,

Considering that the scale of assessments for Member States of Unesco has always been based on
the United Nations scale of assessments, suitably adjusted to take into account the difference in
membership between the two organizations,
Noting the establishment within the United Nations of a minimum rate of 0.02 per cent and a
maximum rate of 25 per cent,
Resolves that:
(a) the scale of assessments for Member States of Unesco for the financial period 1977-1978 shall
be calculated on the basis of the scale of assessments adopted by the thirty-first session of the
United Nations General Assembly for 1977-1979, with the same maximum and minimum
rates and suitable adjustment of all the other rates to take into account the difference in
membership between Unesco and the United Nations;
(b) the percentage rate of assessment for the Socialist Republic of Viet Nam for 1977-1978 shall
be 0.02 in the Unesco scale;
(c) Member States of Unesco as of 31 October 1976 shall be included in the scale of assessments
on the following basis:
(i) Member States of Unesco which are included in the United Nations scale of assessments:
on the basis of their percentages in this scale;
(ii) Member States of Unesco which are members of the United Nations but are not included
in the United Nations scale of assessments: on the basis of the percentages assigned to
them by the United Nations General Assembly;
(iii) Member States of Unesco which are not members of the United Nations: on the basis of
their theoretical probable percentages in the United Nations scale;
(d) new members depositing their instruments of ratification after 31 October 1976 shall be
assessed for the years 1977 and 1978 as follows:
(i) in the case of members of the United Nations included in the United Nations scale of
assessments: on the basis of their percentage in that scale;
(ii) in the case of members of the United Nations not included in the United Nations scale of
assessments: on the basis of the percentages assigned to them by the United Nations
General Assembly;
(iii) in the case of non-members of the United Nations: on the basis of their theoretical probable
percentages in the United Nations scale;
(e) the contributions of new members shall be further adjusted as necessary to take into account
the date on which they become members, in accordance with the following formula:
(i) 100 per cent of the annual sum due if they become members before the close of the first
quarter of the year;
(ii) 80 per cent of the annual sum due if they become members during the second quarter;
(iii) 60 per cent of the annual sum due if they become members during the third quarter;
(iv) 40 per cent of the annual sum due if they become members during the fourth quarter;
(f) the contributions of Associate Members shall be fixed at 60 per cent of the minimum
percentage assessment of Member States and these contributions shall be accounted for as
miscellaneous income;

95
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Financial questions

(g) all percentages shall be rounded off to two places of decimals;

(h) the contributions of Associate Members which become Member States during the year 1977
or 1978 shall be calculated in accordance with the formula set forth in paragraph 8 of
resolution 18 adopted by the General Conference at its twelfth session (1962).

19.2 Currency of contributions

19.31 The General Conference,

Considering that, in accordance with Financial Regulation 5.6, contributions to the budget and
advances to the Working Capital Fund shall be assessed in United States dollars and paid in
a currency or currencies to be determined by the General Conference,
Considering nevertheless that it is desirable that Member States should, to the widest possible
extent, enjoy the privilege of paying their contributions in the currency of their choice,
Decides that for the years 1977 and 1978:
(a) contributions of Member States to the budget and advances to the Working Capital Fund
shall be payable at their choice in United States dollars, pounds sterling or French francs;
(b) the Director-General is authorized, on request, to accept payment in the national currency of
a Member State if he considers that there is a foreseeable need of a substantial amount of that
currency in the remaining months of the calendar year;
(c) in accepting national currencies as provided in (b) above, the Director-General, in consultation
with the Member State concerned, shall determine that part of the contribution which can be
accepted in the national currency;
(d) in order to ensure that contributions paid in national currencies will be usable by the
Organization, the Director-General is authorized to fix a time-limit for payment, after which
contributions would become payable in one of the currencies mentioned in (a) above;
(e) acceptance of currencies other than the United States dollar is subject to the following
conditions laid down by the General Conference at its thirteenth session:
(i) currencies so accepted must be usable, without further negotiation, within the exchange
regulations of the country concerned, for meeting all expenditures incurred by Unesco
within that country;
(ii) the rate of exchange to be applied shall be the most favourable rate which Unesco can
obtain for the conversion of the currency in question into dollars at the date at which the
contribution is credited to the bank accounts of the Organization;
(iii) if, at any time within the twelve months following the payment of a contribution in a
non-United States currency, there should occur a reduction in the exchange value or a
devaluation of such currency in terms of United States dollars, the Member State concerned
may be required, upon notification, to make an adjustment payment to cover the exchange
loss;
(f) in the event of acceptance of currencies other than the United States dollar, any differences
due to variations in the rates of exchange which do not exceed $50 and which relate to the
last payment for the biennium in question shall be posted to exchange profit and loss account.

19.3 Collection of contributions

19.31 The General Conference,

Having examined the report of the Director-General on the collection of contributions and advances
to the Working Capital Fund (19C/53 and Add.),
Mindful of the relevant paragraphs of resolution No. 1 adopted by the Conference of Ministers of
Education of African Member States organized by Unesco with the co-operation of the
Organization of African Unity and the Economic Commission for Africa, in Lagos (27 January
to 4 February 1976),
1. Notes that, although the individual efforts of many Member States have enabled the Director-
General to meet the Organization’s financial obligations since the beginning of the current
biennium, the cash position nevertheless remains precarious owing to the size of the arrears of
contributions:

96
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Financial questions

2. Expresses to the Director-General its appreciation of the approaches which he is continuing to

make to Member States with a view to improving the cash position, and recommends that
Member States which have already made loans postpone the dates for repayment thereof if the
Organization’s cash position does not improve;
3. Expresses its gratitude to Member States which have speeded up the payment of their contri-
butions and to those which, in response to the Director-General’s appeal, have granted, or
announced their intention of granting, interest-free loans to the Organization to cover, on a
temporary basis, part of its cash requirements;
4. Declares that the non-payment of contributions is a violation of the obligations devolving upon
Member States under the Constitution and the Financial Regulations of the Organization and
considers that it would, moreover, be gravely detrimental to harmonious international
co-operation to yield to the temptation to use it as a means of swaying the Organization’s
decisions;
5. Urgently appeals to those Member States that are behind with their contributions to pay their
arrears without delay, including the balance of their contributions for 1976;
6. Calls upon all Member States to take the necessary steps to ensure that their contributions are
paid in full at as early a date as possible during the financial period 1977-1978;
7. Authorizes the Director-General, when it becomes necessary, to negotiate and contract short-term
loans with lenders of his choice to enable the Organization to meet its financial commitments
during 1977-1978, should the anticipated treasury situation of the Organization so dictate;
8. Recommends that the Director-General accept, in accordance with the provisions of Article IX,
paragraph 3, of the Constitution, any gifts intended to finance expenditure for the execution
of the programme for 1977-1978, as approved by the General Conference, should recourse
to such gifts be necessitated by exceptional circumstances.

19.32 The General Conference,

Having examined the request from the Commissioner for Namibia, acting on behalf of the Council
for Namibia and the Secretary-General of the United Nations, for a waiver of the assessment of
Namibia as Associate Member of Unesco until such time as it accedes to independence,
Noting that Namibia has already been assessed for the years 1974, 1975 and 1976 for a total of
$20,516,
1. Decides to cancel the assessments of Namibia for 1975 and 1976 and to offset the assessment
for 1974 already brought to account against the miscellaneous income of the Organization
for the financial period 1977-1978;
2. Decides furthermore to suspend the assessment of Namibia as from the year 1977 until such time
as it accedes to independence;
3. Requests the Director-General to inform the Commissioner for Namibia and the Secretary-
General of the United Nations of the above actions.

20 Working Capital Fund-level and administration

20.1 The General Conference,
Having considered the report of the Director-General on the level and administration of the Working
Capital Fund (19C/54),
Resolves that:
(a) the authorized level of the Working Capital Fund for 1977-1978 is fixed at $16,8OO,000,
representing approximately 7.5 per cent of the total appropriation voted by the General
Conference at its nineteenth session, and the amounts to be advanced by Member States shall
be calculated according to the percentages attributed to them in the scale of assessments
for 1977-1978;
(b) the Fund shall normally be held in United States dollars, but the Director-General shall have
the right, with the agreement of the Executive Board, to alter the currency or currencies in
which the Fund is held in such a manner as he deems necessary to ensure the stability of the Fund;

97
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Financial questions

(c) income derived from the investment of the Working Capital Fund shall be credited to Miscel-
laneous Income;
(d) the Director-General is authorized to advance from the Working Capital Fund, in accordance
with Financial Regulation 5.1, such sums as may be necessary to finance budgetary appropri-
ations pending the receipt of contributions; sums so advanced shall be reimbursed as soon as
receipts from contributions are available for that purpose;
(e) the Director-General is authorized to advance during 1977-1978 sums not exceeding $500,000 to
finance self-liquidating expenditures, including those arising in connexion with Trust Funds and
Special Accounts; such advances are made pending receipt of income from Trust Funds, Special
Accounts, international agencies and other extrabudgetary sources; sums so advanced shall be
reimbursed as soon as possible;
(f) the Director-General is authorized, with the prior approval of the Executive Board, to advance
during 1977-1978 from the Working Capital Fund sums in total not exceeding $200,000 to meet
expenses arising from requests made by the United Nations related to emergencies connected
with the maintenance of peace and security;
(g) the Director-General shall report to the twentieth session of the General Conference the
circumstances in which advances were made under paragraph (f) above and, provided that the
Executive Board has satisfied itself that these amounts cannot be reimbursed from savings
within the current budget, shall include in the Appropriation Resolution provision for the
reimbursement to the Working Capital Fund of such advances;
(h) within the limits of these available resources, and after providing for the needs which may arise
under clauses (d), (e) and (f) of this resolution, the Director-General is authorized to advance
during 1977-1978 funds required to finance the construction of Headquarters buildings and
unamortized expenditure on remodelling of existing premises, so as to reduce to a minimum
any loans from banks or other commercial sources for this purpose.

20.2 Fund to assist Member States in acquiring educational and scientific material necessary for technological
development

20.21 The General Conference,

Having noted the results achieved by the implementation of resolution 22.2 adopted at its eighteenth
session concerning the operation of the Fund to assist Member States in acquiring educational
and scientific material necessary for technological development,
Authorizes the Director-General to make further allocations in 1977-1978 of coupons payable in
local currencies, within the limits of a total sum of $600,000.

21 External audit
21.1 Proposals by the Director-General concerning the appointment or reappointment of the External Auditor

21.11 The General Conference,

Recalling Article 12 of the Financial Regulations of the Organization,
Noting that the Financial Regulations stipulate that the External Auditor shall be the Auditor-General
of a Member State or an officer holding the equivalent title,
Recognizing the high quality of the services rendered by the Comptroller and Auditor-General of the
United Kingdom,
Decides to reappoint the Comptroller and Auditor-General of the United Kingdom as External
Auditor to the Organization for a further period of six years starting from the audit of the
accounts for the 1977-1978 budgetary period.

98
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Financial questions

22 Amendment to the Financial Regulations1

22. The General Conference,
Having examined the recommendation of the Executive Board concerning the amendment to
Financial Regulation 3.9,
Considering the views expressed by delegates at the eighth and eighteenth meetings of its Administrative
Commission,
Recalling action taken at previous sessions of the General Conference concerning amendments to the
Financial Regulations in general and to Regulation 3.9 in particular,
I. Decides to amend Financial Regulation 3.9 to read as follows:
‘Supplementary estimates to a total of 7.5 per cent of the appropriation for the financial period
may be approved provisionally by the Executive Board, after it is satisfied that all possibilities of
savings and of transfers within Parts I to VI of the Budget have been exhausted, and shall be
reported to the General Conference for final approval. Supplementary estimates in excess
of 7.5 per cent of the appropriation for the financial period shall be reviewed by the Executive
Board and submitted to the General Conference with such recommendations as the Board may
consider desirable.‘;
2. Invites the Director-General, in consultation with the Executive Board, to study the procedures for
considering amendments to the Financial Regulations, including the processing of supplementary
estimates, and to draw up proposals for adoption by the General Conference at its twentieth
session.

1. Resolution adopted at the twenty-sixth plenary meeting, on 20 November 1976.

99
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

VIII Staff questions1

23 Staff regulations and staff rules

23.1 The General Conference,
Having examined the report of the Director-General on the subject of amendments to the Unesco Staff
Rules (19C/57),
Takes note of the amendments made since the eighteenth session of the General Conference.

24 Administrative Tribunal: action taken upon

expiry of the period of jurisdiction
24.1 The General Conference,
Having noted document 19C/58 and Addendum,
Requests the Director-General to arrange for the extension of the jurisdiction of the Administrative
Tribunal of the International Labour Organisation in respect of cases arising under Staff
Regulation 11.2 in the period from 1 January 1977 to 31 December 1982.

25 Recruitment and renewal of the staff

25.1 Long-term over-all plan for the recruitment and renewal of the staff: study and application of the
General Conference decisions affecting all aspects and problems of staff policy

25.11 The General Conference,

Having examined document 19C/59,
Noting with satisfaction the quality of the Director-General’s report on the general long-term plan for
the selection and renewal of the staff,
Recalling that the main objective of the plan is to improve staff management and to increase the
efficiency of the Secretariat,
Noting with regret that the recruitment part of the over-all plan has not been fully implemented,

I
2. Invites the Director-General:
(a) to revise the long-term recruitment plan in the light of the relevant decisions of the General
Conference and to keep it regularly up to date thereafter;

1. Resolutions adopted on the report of the Administrative Commission at the twenty-sixth plenary meeting, on
20 November 1976.

100
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Staff questions

(b) to inform Member States of vacant posts sufficiently in advance to give them time to prepare
their candidatures;
(c) to accelerate the implementation of this plan as a matter of priority with a view ta achieving as
soon as possible an equitable geographical distribution of staff in the Secretariat;
(d) to continue to adapt the structure of the Secretariat to the requirements of the approved
programme, allowing for the gradual decentralization of activities but without running counter
to the universality of the Organization’s mission;
(e) to pursue and strengthen the policy of rotation of personnel between Headquarters and the
Field Offices;
(f) to pursue and strengthen close collaboration with Member States, and particularly with those
which are unrepresented or under-represented, so as to enable them to submit suitable
candidates at the appropriate time;
(g) to devote special attention to the planning and implementation of an enlarged programme of
staff training and, in particular, to resume the junior professional trainee programme that has
been suspended during the present biennium for economy reasons;
(h) not to extend the contracts of officials beyond retirement age, except in quite exceptional
circumstances;
(i) to take the appropriate measures to ensure greater participation of staff at all levels both in
defining tasks and in preparing, working out and implementing the programme;
(j) to strengthen the social services of the Secretariat at Headquarters in co-operation with the
competent authorities of the host country, with a view to a humanization of relationships
within the Secretariat;

II

Further recalling the World Plan of Action adopted by the World Conference of the International
Women’s Year, and in particular its recommendations for national and international action to
achieve an equitable representation of women in public office and in political and decision-
making bodies in general,
Considering that the organizations of the United Nations family, not least Unesco, should set an
example in this respect,
2. Requests Member States again, and as a matter of urgency, to assist the Director-General by
submitting considerably increased numbers of women candidates for vacant high-level posts;
3. Invites the Director-General to continue his efforts to achieve an equitable distribution of men
and women in the Secretariat at all professional levels and to submit, in the course of the United
Nations Decade for Women now in progress, regular reports to the General Conference on the
results of his efforts.

26 Geographical distribution of the staff

26.1 The General Conference,
Recalling the provisions of Article VI, paragraph 4, of Unesco’s Constitution which states that,
subject to the paramount consideration of securing the highest standards of integrity, efficiency
and technical competence, appointment to the staff should be on as wide a geographical basis
as possible,
Considering that respect for the principle of the equitable geographical distribution of staff is not only
an important factor in the efficiency of the work of the Secretariat, but also a contribution to
closer and more just international co-operation in conformity with the need to establish a new
international economic order,
Recalling 16C/Resolution 24,17C/Resolutions 21 and 22.1 and more particularly 18C/Resolution 26.1,
Bearing in mind 99 EX/Decision 8.8, in which the Executive Board expressed the opinion that the
raising of the lowest quota from 2-3 to 3-5 would be conducive to a more equitable geographical
distribution of posts,

101
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Staff questions

Considering that rotation and mobility of staff are conducive to improving the efficiency and appro-
priateness of the work of the Secretariat,
Stressing the obligations of the staff under the Staff Regulations, and in particular Regulation 1.1 in
Chapter I which stipulates that ‘Members of the Secretariat are international civil servants
whose responsibilities are not national but exclusively international. By accepting appointment,
they undertake to discharge their functions and to regulate their conduct with the interests of the
Organization only in view’,
I. Thanks the Director-General for the efforts he has made, in spite of adverse conditions, to improve
the effectiveness of the Secretariat and the geographical distribution of staff;

2. Decides to raise the lowest quotas from 2-3 to 3-5 and to modify the other quotas in consequence;
3. Invites the Director-General to take the necessary steps to apply this decision progressively, taking
into account the situation of the developing countries whose present quota is higher than 3-5 (and
which are, in fact, under-represented);
4. Further invites the Director-General:
(a) to submit to the Executive Board a study of a formula which would make it possible to calculate
and evaluate geographical distribution on the basis of all relevant factors, including the fact of
membership of the Organization, contribution to the budget, population and the cultural
diversity of Member States;
(b) to take the necessary steps to continue to ensure the appointment of staff on a broad and
equitable geographical and cultural basis, giving preference, first, to candidates from
unrepresented or under-represented Member States and, second, to candidates from under-
represented regions, and during the 1977-1978 period to avoid appointing, save in exceptional
circumstances, staff from those countries whose considerable over-representation is an obstacle
to the improvement of geographical distribution within the Secretariat as a whole;
(c) to study also the possibility of increasing the number of Secretariat posts which are subject to
geographical distribution, on the basis of current staffing levels;

II

5. Invites the Director-General to undertake a suitable renewal of staff in order to take into account
new programme requirements and the need for equitablegeographical and cultural distribution;
6. Invites Member States, in their relations with the staff of Unesco, to refrain from any action,
measure or decision that is incompatible with the obligations deriving from the Constitution;
7. Places its trust in the Director-General not only to remind Secretariat officials of their obligations
under the Staff Regulations, but also to take disciplinary or other appropriate steps should these
obligations not be observed;
8. Invites the Director-General to report to the General Conference, at its twentieth session, on the
implementation of this resolution.

27 International Civil Service Commission: measures

taken by the Director-General to provide
for the participation of Unesco in the work
of the Commission
27.1 The General Conference,
Having examined the report (19C/62) of the Director-General on the measures taken to provide for the
participation of Unesco in the work of the International Civil Service Commission,
Having taken note of the explanations given by the Director-General on the contents of the reports of
the Commission submitted to the United Nations General Assembly in 1975 and 1976,

102
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Staff questions

Aware that the recommendations addressed by the Commission to the General Assembly may lead to
a number of changes in the conditions of service of staff in the Professional category and above
in the United Nations and in the Specialized Agencies which adhere to the common system of
salaries and allowances,
I. Authorizes the Director-General to apply to the Unesco staff any measures that may be adopted by
the General Assembly of the United Nations, such application to take effect on the date or dates
set by the General Assembly;
2. Invites the Director-General to report to the Executive Board at its 102nd session on any measures
taken in application of this resolution.

Salaries, allowances and other benefits of staff

28.1 Professional category and above

28.11 The General Conference,

Having examined the report of the Director-General on the salaries and allowances of staff in the
Professional category and above (19C/63 and Corr. 1 and 2),
1. Takes note of the changes which have occurred since the eighteenth session in relation to salaries and
allowances, post adjustment classification at Headquarters and pensionable remuneration;
2. Further notes the interim changes in the post adjustment system for staff without dependents
introduced on 1 January 1976 following the decision of the United Nations General Assembly
at its thirtieth session.

28.2 General Service staff

28.21 The General Conference,

Having examined the report (19C/64) of the Director-General on:
(a) the changes made to the salaries of staff in the General Service category,
(b) the study relative to the maximum salary levels for General Service staff,
(c) the possibility of replacing the index at present used for adjusting salaries by one more suitable,
(d) the family allowances of General Service staff at Headquarters,
(e) the possible changes in the administrative provisions applying to the technical group of the
General Service category,
1. Notes that, since 1 January 1975, in accordance with the movement of the relative wage index,
four pensionable adjustments, each of 4per cent, have been made on 1 August and 1 October 1975
and on 1 February and 1 June 1976 to the General Service salaries;
2. Notes that the method for establishing General Service salaries approved at its eighteenth session
has reduced (a) the progression of maximum salaries, and (b) the salary levels for the upper
grades of the scale when compared with the previous method used;
3. Invites the Director-General to conduct a ‘best prevailing rate’ survey in Paris in early 1978 on the
same basis as the 1974 survey and to collect data on the maximum salaries of such upper grades
as can be identified in outside firms, unless the International Civil Service Commission has
by 1978 adopted a methodology for collecting data and establishing the General Service salary
scales, in which case the Commission will collect such data and make recommendations as to
the salary scales;
4. Authorizes the Director-General to continue:
(a) to apply the present index for making adjustments to the salaries of staff in the General Service
category at Headquarters;
(b) to make pensionable adjustments to General Service salary scales in the manner decided by
the Executive Board at its 89th session (89 EX/Decision 8.8.2) and by the General Conference
at its eighteenth session (18C/Resolution 28.3.3.(b)
5. Authorizes the Director-General to increase, with effect from 1 January 1977, for eligible staff:
(a) the allowance for a dependent spouse from 2,400 French francs to 3,400 French francs a year;

103
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Staff questions

(b) the allowance in respect of the first child of a staff member with no spouse from 3,800 French
francs to 4,800 French francs a year;
6. Invites the Director-General to continue his study undertaken on the administrative provisions
governing staff in the technical group of the General Service category;
7. Authorizes the Executive Board to consider and, if it deems it appropriate, to approve on behalf
of the General Conference before its twentieth session any proposal made by the Director-
General under the preceding paragraph.

29 Pensions
29.1 United Nations Joint Staff Pension Fund

29.11 The General Conference

Takes note of the status of the operation of the United Nations Joint Staff Pension Fund, as indicated
in the annual report of the Joint Staff Pension Board for 1974 and as reported to the Conference
by the Director-General (19C/65).

29.2 Unesco Staff Pension Committee: election of representatives of Member States for 1977-1978

29.21 The General Conference,

Appoints the following representatives of Member States to the Unesco Staff Pension Committee for
the years 1977-1978:
As members: As alternates:
1. Belgium 1. German Democratic Republic
2. Ecuador 2. India
3. Togo 3. Saudi Arabia

30 Medical Benefits Fund: position of the Fund

The GeneraI Conference,
Having examined the report of the Director-General (19C/lOl),
Having noted the comments and observations of the Executive Board on the said report (19C/lOl Add.),
Being aware of the very serious financial situation in which the Fund finds itself,
Recognizing that adequate health care is an indispensable element of the over-all social welfare
protection of the staff of the Organization,
Aware of the need to find the best solution to ensure to the staff such health protection,

I. Notes the findings of the Director-General with regard to the possible transfer of responsibilities
from the Medical Benefits Fund to an outside system;
2. Agrees with the conclusion formulated by the Director-General in paragraph 16 of
document 19C/lOl concerning an arrangement with the public social security system in the
host country;
3. Considers further that, for the reasons stated by the Director-General in paragraphs 25 to 29 of
document 19C/lOl, underwriting the risk through a commercial company is not the better or
more appropriate solution to the Fund’s financial difficulties;
Being of the opinion that medical care should form part of an integrated system of social security for
all the staff of the organizations of the United Nations with a common system of salaries and
allowances,

104
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Staff questions

4. Invites the Director-General to activate consideration of this question through the co-ordinating
organs of the United Nations system and to report on developments to a future session of the
General Conference;
II

Being conscious of the need to take urgent measures in order to avoid default by the Fund in its
obligations,
5. Requests the Director-General to take all necessary action to ensure all possible and reasonable
economies in the benefits provided by the Fund;
6. Authorizes the Director-General:
(a) to restore as from 1 January 1977 the contributions by associate participants in accordance
with the formula applicable at Unesco on 31 December 1970;
(b) to increase as from 1 January 1977 the current rates of contributions by 25 per cent as follows:
Number of protected persons Rate of contribution
1.625 per cent
1 2.125 per cent
2 2.625 per cent
3 3.000 per cent
4 or more 3.375 per cent.
Additional rate for each
participant or protected
person over 60years of age 0.250 per cent.

III

Having noted paragraphs 57 to 60 of document 19C/lOl,

7. Authorizes the Director-General to modify, with effect from 1 January 1977, Article 4.1.1 of the
Rules of the Fund regarding qualification for associate participation so that the requirement
of uninterrupted participation should apply only to the last five years preceding retirement and
not to the whole ten-year qualifying period as is now the case.

105
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

IX Headquarters questions1

31 Headquarters premises-extended
medium-term solution
31.1 The General Conference,
Recalling the provisions of its 16C/Resolution 34, 17C/Resolution 25 and 18C/Resolution 31.1,
Having examined the measures taken by the Director-General to ensure the implementation of the
above-mentioned resolutions (19C/69),
Having examined the Report of the Headquarters Committee (19C/68, Section I, and 19C/68 Add.)
and the recommendations contained therein,

1. Notes that the second parcel of land was freed and placed at the Organization’s disposal on
30 April 1976;
2. Notes the steps taken by the Director-General to reduce the duration of the construction work in
order to ensure that the whole building is completed and brought into service in October 1977;
3. Concludes that, unless there is a further deterioration in the economic situation or unexpected
claims are made by the contractors, the steps taken by the Director-General should make it
possible to complete the whole operation without exceeding the revised appropriation of
96,942,OOO French francs approved by the General Conference at its eighteenth session,
despite the financial effects of the delay in obtaining vacant possession of the second parcel
of land;
4. Authorizes the Director-General, however, should the budget provided not prove sufficient to cover
further unforeseeable rises in the cost of labour and materials and claims made by the contractors
or failures on their behalf to observe the terms of the contract, to submit for the approval of
the Executive Board, on the basis of a recommendation of the Headquarters Committee adopted
by a two-thirds majority, requests for additional funds to a total not exceeding 10 per cent of
the amount of the appropriation referred to in paragraph 3 of this resolution;

II

Recalling the privileges and immunities enjoyed by the Organization in virtue of the Agreement
concluded between it and the French Government on 2 July 1954, and particularly Articles 15
and 16 of the said Agreement, which were applied for the building of the Permanent Head-
quarters of Unesco by a letter from the Ministry of Foreign Affairs dated 14 October 1954,

1. Resolutions adopted on the report of the Administrative Commission at the twenty-sixth plenary meeting, on
20 November 1976.

106
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Headquarters questions

5. Notes with satisfaction the measures taken by the Director-General to ensure the financing of the
building, with the aid of the French Government, and the favourable conditions applying to
the loans granted by the Caisse des Dépôts et Consignations;
6. Invites the Director-General to obtain, if necessary, the additional funds required to finance the
whole operation by applying the methods listed in Section II of the aforesaid 16C/Resol-
ution 34;
7. Authorizes the Director-General if need be to negotiate further loans to cover the additional
expenditure referred to in paragraph 4 of this resolution;
8. Invites the Director-General to include in future draft budgets the funds required to cover amort-
ization of the cost of the project;
9. Recalls that all funds earmarked in future investment budgets for the amortization of the cost of
construction of the sixth building shall be reserved exclusively for that purpose, whatever the
rate of implementation of the project.

32 Headquarters premises-long-term solution

32.1 The General Conference,
Recalling the provisions of 18C/Resolution 33.1,
Having considered the report by the Director-General (19C/71) and the report of the Headquarters
Committee (19C/68, Section III),
1. Approves the conclusions reached in these two documents;
2. Authorizes the Director-General to continue with the French authorities the consultations provided
for in the above-mentioned resolution;
3. Invites the French Government to continue the search for long-term solutions which fulfil the
conditions and criteria set out in the above-mentioned reports and to inform the Director-
General of the solutions possible.

33 Headquarters Committee
33.1 Terms of reference of the Headquarters Committee

33.11 The General Conference,

Having examinedthe Report of the Headquarters Committee (19C/68, Section VII, and 19C/68 Add.),
Recalling the provisions of Rule 42 of its Rules of Procedure,
I. Decides to prolong the existence of the Headquarters Committeecomposed of twenty-one members,
until the end of the twentieth session of the General Conference;
2. Decides that the Committee shall meet whenever necessary, at the request of the Director-General
or on the initiative of its Chairman, in order:
(a) to examine the reports which the Director-General will present to it on the execution of the
extended medium-term solution, the progress of the construction and the artistic decoration of
the sixth building, the financing of the project and the financial situation of the undertaking;
(b) to formulate, by a two-thirds majority, recommendations regarding requests for additional
funds which may be submitted by the Director-General for the approval of the Executive
Board, in accordance with the provisions of 19C/Resolution 31.1, paragraph 4;
(c) to examine any new proposals that may be made by the French Government with respect to the
long-term solution of the problem of premises, and the reports submitted to it by the Director-
General on this subject;
(d) to examine the draft programme of work for the conservation of buildings and plant which the
Director-General may propose for 1979-1980;
(e) to advise the Director-General on all other matters concerning the Headquarters buildings,
submitted to it by the Director-General or a member of the Committee;

107
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Headquarters questions

3. Invites the Headquarters Committee to report to the General Conference, at its twentieth session,
on what has been done in connexion with the work outlined above;
4. Invites the Director-General to report to the Headquarters Committee and subsequently to the
General Conference, at its twentieth session, on the implementation of the resolutions concerning
the Headquarters.

33.2 Expression of thanks to the Headquarters Committee

33.21 The General Conference,

Recalling that, by resolution 34.11 adopted at its eighteenth session, it laid down the terms of reference
of the Headquarters Committee for 1975-1976,
1. Takes note with satisfaction of the report of the Headquarters Committee (19C/68 and Add.);
2. Thanks the Headquarters Committee for the excellent work which it has done;
3. Thanks the Director-General and the competent services of the Secretariat for their active and
valuable collaboration in the Committee’s work.

108
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

X Reports by Member States

34 Initial special reports submitted by Member States

on the action taken by them on the Recommendations
adopted by the General
1
Conference at its
eighteenth session
34.1 The General Conference,
Having considered the initial special reports submitted by Member States on action taken by them on
the Recommendation concerning Education for International Understanding, Co-operation
and Peace and Education Relating to Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms, the Revised
Recommendation concerning Technical and Vocational Education, and the Recommendation
on the Status of Scientific Researchers, adopted by the General Conference at its eighteenth
session (19C/19 and Add., 19C/20 and Addenda 1 and 2, 19C/21 and Addenda 1 and 2),
Having noted the report of the Legal Committee relating to these special reports (19C/128),
Recalling that, under Article 18 of the Rules of Procedure concerning Recommendations to Member
States and International Conventions covered by the terms of Article IV, paragraph 4, of the
Constitution, the General Conference, after considering the special reports, ‘shall embody its
comments on the action taken by Member States in pursuance of a convention or recommen-
dation in one or more general reports, which the Conference shall prepare at such times as it may
deem appropriate’,
Recalling the terms of resolution 50, adopted at its tenth session,
I. Adopts the General Report (19C/128, Annex II) embodying its comments on the action taken by
Member States on the Recommendations adopted by it at its eighteenth session;
2. Decides that this General Report shall be transmittedto Member States, to the united Nations, and to
National Commissions, in accordance with Article 19 of the aforementioned Rules of Procedure.

Annex. General report on the initial reports submitted by Member States

on the action taken by them on the Recommendations adopted by the
General Conference at its eighteenth session2

Introduction manner as shall be determined by the General

Conference, reports . . . on the action taken
1. Article VIII of the Constitution of Unesco re- upon the recommendations and conventions re-
quires that ‘each Member State shall submit to ferred to in Article IV, paragraph 4’. Accord-
the Organization, at such times and in such ing to the latter, each of the Member States
1. Resolution adopted on the report of the Legal Committee at the thirty-third plenary meeting, on 26 November 1976.
2. Report prepared by the General Conference at its nineteenth session in accordance with Article 18 of the Rules of Procedure
concerning Recommendations to Member States and International Conventions covered by the terms of Article IV,
paragraph 4, of the Constitution.

109
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Reports by Member Stares

shall submit recommendations or conventions 14 January 1975. In that letter, the Director-
adopted by the General Conference to its com- General recalled the provisions of Article IV,
petent authorities within a period of one year paragraph 4, of the Constitution which makes it
from the close of the session of the General obligatory for Member States to submit the
Conference at which they were adopted. Recommendations to their ‘competent auth-
2. Article 16 of the Rules of Procedure concerning orities’ within a specified period, as well as the
Recommendations to Member States and Inter- definition of the term ‘competent authorities’
national Conventions covered by the terms of adopted by the General Conference at its twelfth
Article IV, paragraph 4, of the Constitution session on the basis of the opinion given by the
states that the reports called for by the Consti- Legal Committee.
tution shall be ‘special’ reports, and that initial 7. In order to make it easier for Member States to
special reports relating to any convention or prepare the initial special reports, the General
recommendation adopted shall be transmitted Conference, at its thirteenth session, had in-
not less than two months prior to the first ordi- structed the Director-General to prepare for the
nary session of the General Conference following benefit of Member States a document bringing
that at which such recommendation or conven- together ‘the various provisions of the Consti-
tion was adopted. These Rules of Procedure tution and the regulations applicable, together
also stipulate in Articles 17 and 18 that, at that with the other suggestions that the General
session, the General Conference shall consider Conference itself has found it necessary to for-
these initial special reports and embody its com- mulate, at its earlier sessions, concerning the
ments in one or more general reports, which it shall submission of conventions and recommendations
prepare at such times as it may deem appropriate. to the competent authorities’. In accordance
3. In application of the foregoing provisions, the with the instructions of the General Conference,
General Conference was called upon to consider, the document prepared by the Director-General
at its nineteenth session, the initial special re- pursuant to this decision was duly brought up
ports submitted by Member States on the action to date and transmitted to Member States by
taken by them on the Recommendation concern- the circular letter mentioned in paragraph 6
ing Education for International Understanding, above. This document is entitled ‘Memorandum
Co-operation and Peace and Education Relating concerning the Obligation to Submit Conven-
to Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms, tions and Recommendations adopted by the
the Revised Recommendation concerning Tech- General Conference to the “Competent Auth-
nical and Vocational Education, and the Rec- orities” and the Submission of Initial Special
ommendation on the Status of Scientific Re- Reports on the Action taken upon these Conven-
searchers, adopted by the General Conference tions and Recommendations’.
at its eighteenth session (l8c/Resolution 36). 8. Member States were subsequently invited by
4. In accordance with the provisions of Rule 32.2 circular letter (CL/2501) dated 5 April 1976,
of the Rules of Procedure of the General to send within the allotted time, i.e. before
Conference, the functions of the Legal Com- 26 August 1976, initial special reports on the
mittee include the examination of these initial action taken by them upon the Recommen-
special reports. The Committee had before it dations adopted by the General Conference at
documents 19C/19, 19C/20, 19C/21, 19C/19 its eighteenth session. By circular letter CL/2526
Add., 19C/20 Add., 19C/20 Add. 2, 19C/21 dated 5 August 1976, the Director-General re-
Add. and 19C/21 Add. 2, which, pursuant to newed his invitation to Member States to send
the authorization given by the General Confer- him the special reports on the Recommendations
ence at its fifteenth session and repeated at its in question before 26 August 1976, so that he
eighteenth session (15C/Resolutions, Part C, II, could communicate them in good time to the
paragraph 24, and l5C/Resolution 36, Part II, General Conference.
paragraph 2), reproduced only such information 9. The General Conference notes that, as at
as relates to subparagraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) 20 October 1976, initial special reports on the
of paragraph 4 of resolution 50 adopted at its Recommendation concerning Education for In-
tenth session (see paragraph 14 below). ternational Understanding, Co-operation and
5. Acting on the report of the Legal Committee Peace and Education Relating to Human Rights
(19C/128), the General Conference, pursuant to and Fundamental Freedoms, on the Revised
Article 18 of the Rules of Procedure concerning Recommendation concerning Technical and Vo-
Recommendations to Member States and Inter- cational Education, and on the Recommen-
national Conventions covered by the terms of dation on the Status of Scientific Researchers
Article IV, paragraph 4, of the Constitution, has had been received by the Secretariat from 26,
embodied in this General Report the comments 26 and 24 Member States, respectively. Pass-
given hereunder. ages of these reports indicating the action taken
by the Member States concerned on these
Comments of the General Conference Recommendations have been reproduced in
documents 19C/19, 19C/20, 19C/21, 19C/19
6. Certified true copies of the Recommendations Add., 19C/20 Add,, 19C/20 Add. 2, 19C/21
adopted by the General Conference at its Add. and 19C/21 Add. 2.
eighteenth session were transmitted to Member 10. These figures show that, in spite of the stress the
States by a circular letter (CL/2417) dated General Conference laid at its eighteenth session

110
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Reports by Member States

on the importance of the reports procedure and are concerned, the General Conference notes
the decisive part which this procedure should that the majority of reporting States endeavoured
play in the supervision of the application of the to comply with the suggestions made by the
standards established by the conventions and rec- General Conference at its tenth session. In res-
ommendations adopted by the General Confer- olution 50 adopted at that session, Member
ence, a substantial majority of Member States States were invited, when submitting an initial
have still not transmitted to the Organization special report, to include in that report, as far as
the reports required by the Constitution and the possible, information on the following:
Rules of Procedure. The General Conference ‘(a) whether the convention or recommendation
regrets this state of affairs and points out that has been submitted to the competent
the Member States which have not submitted national authority or authorities in accord-
initial special reports have, by their omis- ance with Article IV, paragraph 4, of the
sion, withheld from the General Conference in- Constitution and Article 1 of the Rules of
formation on whether or not the Member Procedure concerning Recommendations to
States concerned have discharged their consti- Member States and International Conven-
tutional obligation to submit the Recommen- tions;
dations adopted by the General Conference at (b) the name of the competent authority or
its eighteenth session to their ‘competent auth- authorities in the reporting State;
orities’, or whether they discharged this obli- (c) whether such authority or authorities have
gation within the prescribed time-limit. taken any steps to give effect to the conven-
11. The General Conference notes in this connexion tion or recommendation;
that, in accordance with the request made by the (d) the nature of such steps.’
Legal Committee at the eighteenth session of the 15. With regard to subparagraph (a), the General
General Conference, the Director-General car- Conference recalls that, at its twelfth session, on
ried out a study on the means of ensuring that an the report of its Reports Committee, it approved
increasingly large number of initial special re- (12C/Resolutions, Part C, General Report, para-
ports on the action taken by Member States on graph 19) the opinion expressed by its Legal
conventions and recommendations would be Committee concerning the interpretation of
transmitted to the General Conference and could the words ‘competent authorities’ employed in
be considered by the Legal Committee. The Article IV, paragraph 4, of the Constitution and
General Conference having decided at its nine- repeated in the above-mentioned resolution 50.
teenth session to have wider-ranging studies car- This opinion was expressed as follows: ‘The com-
ried out on various aspects of the Organization’s petent authorities, in the meaning of Article IV,
future normative action, the Legal Committee paragraph 4, of the Constitution, are those em-
decided to defer examination of this study, and powered, under the Constitution or the laws of
the General Conference, at the Committee’s each Member State, to enact the laws, issue the
suggestion, invited the Director-General and regulations or take any other measures necessary
the Executive Board to take the study in to give effect to conventions or recommendations.
document 19C/99 into consideration during the It is for the government of each Member State
broader study to be carried out. to specify and to indicate those authorities which
12. The General Conference, at its twelfth session, are competent in respect of each convention and
had already stressed the great importance of ‘all recommendation .’ (12C/Resolutions , Part D ,
Member States fulfilling the twofold obligation Annex III, Fourth Report of the Legal Com-
laid on them by the Constitution with regard to mittee, paragraph 53.)
conventions and recommendations adopted by 16. At its thirteenth session, the General Conference
the General Conference: first, the obligation to further stipulated that ‘a distinction should, in
submit these instruments to the competent auth- this context, be drawn between the authorities
orities within a year from the close of the Gen- which are competent to “enact” laws or “issue”
eral Conference and, second, the obligation to regulations, on the one hand, and the govern-
report on the action taken upon these instru- ment departments responsible for studying or
ments’ (12C/Resolutions, Part C, General Re- preparing the laws or regulations which may be
port, paragraph 14). enacted or issued by those authorities and for
13. The General Conference, at its eleventh session, submitting appropriate proposals to them, on
had already defined, inter alia, the role of these the other. The definition adopted by the Gen-
provisions of the Constitution: ‘Essentially in- eral Conference at its previous session shows
deed it is the operation of these two provisions clearly that the constitutional obligation laid
of the Constitution which, on the one hand, en- down in Article IV, paragraph 4, relates to the
sures the widest possible implementation and former and not to the latter.’ (13C/Resolutions,
application of the instruments adopted and, on Part C, General Report, paragraph 18.)
the other hand, enables the General Conference 17. The General Conference also feels it desirable to
-and hence Member States themselves-to assess point out once again that the obligation to sub-
the effectiveness of the Organization’s regulatory mit the instruments adopted by the General
action in the past and to determine the direction Conference to the ‘competent authorities’ is in-
of its future regulatory action.’ (11 C/Resolutions, cumbent on all Member States and, conse-
Part C, General Report, paragraph 10.) quently, on those among those States which have
14. So far as the form and substance of the reports been unable to declare themselves in favour of

111
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Reports by Member States

the adoption of the instrument concerned, even 21. The General Conference further notes that some
though they might consider it desirable not to reporting Member States, though not specifi-
ratify or accept a convention or give effect to the cally replying to the questions set out in resol-
provisions of a recommendation (14C/Resol- ution 50 and referred to in paragraph 14 above,
utions, Part A, Section X, Annex, General Re- included in their reports detailed accounts of the
port, paragraph 17). situation in their countries with regard to the
18. The General Conference, at its twelfth session, subject of the recommendations. While acknow-
drew attention to the distinction to be drawn ledging the value of these accounts, the General
between the obligation to submit an instrument Conference again requests that, in future, Mem-
to the competent authorities, on the one hand, ber States should endeavour to include pre-
and the ratification of a convention or the appli- cise information, in their initial special re-
cation of a recommendation, on the other. The ports, on the points mentioned in resolution 50
submission to the competent authorities does (cf. 13C/Resolutions, Part C, General Report,
not imply that conventions should necessarily be paragraph 15).
ratified or that recommendations should be ap- 22. In concluding these comments, and as the nor-
plied in their entirety. On the other hand, it mative action of the Organization as a means of
is incumbent on Member States to submit all achieving its fundamental objectives is progress-
recommendations and conventions without ex- ively increasing, the General Conference once
ception to the competent authorities, even if more underlines the importance it attaches to
measures of ratification or acceptance are not Member States fulfilling their constitutional obli-
contemplated in a particular case (12C/Resol- gations as regards the submission of inter-
utions, Part C, General Report, paragraph 18). national instruments to the competent auth-
19. Although ‘submission is a general obligation orities and the procedure of reporting on the
imposed by the Constitution, this obligation action taken.
does not mean that the ratification or acceptance 23. In accordance with the provisions of Article 19
of a convention or the application of a rec- of the Rules of Procedure concerning Rec-
ommendation must be proposed to the ‘com- ommendations to Member States and Inter-
petent authorities’; the governments enjoy full national Conventions covered by the terms of
freedom, in this matter, with regard to the Article IV, paragraph 4, of the Constitution,
nature of the proposals they deem fit to make this General Report will be transmitted, by the
(14C/Resolutions, Part A, Section X, Annex, Director-General of Unesco, to the Member
General Report, paragraph 19). States of the Organization, to the United Nations
20. The General Conference notes that not all the and to the National Commissions of Member
reports contain all the indications given in the States.
foregoing comments.

112
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

XI Methods of work of the Organization

35 Relationship between the Medium-Term Plan

and the biennial programme and budget,
and time-table to be followed in 1977-1978
for the preparation of the Draft Programme
and Budget and, if necessary, of a document relating
to the adjustments to be made
to the Medium-Term Plan1
35.1 The General Conference,
Having examined document 19C/88, containing the recommendations of the Executive Board
concerning the relationship between the Medium-Term Plan and the biennial programme and
budget and the time-table to be followed in 1977-1978 for the preparation of the Draft
Programme and Budget (document 2OC/5) and, if necessary, of a document relating to the
adjustments to be made to the Medium-Term Plan (document 2OC/4),
Considering that programming by objectives necessarily raises the question of the relationship between
the structure of the Medium-Term Plan and that of the biennial programme and budget, and
that the possibility of presenting document 2OC/5 by objectives should be studied in detail,
Believing that document 2OC/5 should be clear and readily usable,
1. Instructs the Executive Board to re-examine this question at its 102nd session on the basis of a
specimen chapter and other documents prepared by the Director-General and to formulate
appropriate directives for the Director-General in preparing document 2OC/5;
2. Confirms that, as stipulated in 18C/Resolution 10.1, paragraph 23(a)(v), document 2OC/4 should
contain only proposed adjustments to the Medium-Term Plan that have been formulated in the
light of the evolution of world problems and the continuing evaluation or assessment of ongoing
programmes;
3. Emphasizes the particular importance of developing the methods by which this evaluation or
assessment should be carried out and recommends that, to assist in the assessment or evaluation
of efforts, each programme activity include, to the fullest extent possible, appropriate indicators
illustrating the type of expected impact, as well as a definition of criteria by which qualitative
and, when possible, quantitative judgements can be made on achievements of the programme
activity;
4. Invites the Executive Board and the Director-General to take the time-table annexed to this
resolution into account in the preparation of the Draft Programme and Budget for 1979-1980
(document 2OC/5) and of proposals for adjustments to the Medium-Term Plan (document 2OC/4);
1. Resolution adopted, on the recommendation of the joint meeting of the Programme Commissions and the Administrative
Commission, at the thirty-seventh plenary meeting, on 29 November 1976.

113
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Methods of work of the Organization

5. Recommends that, in the course of the preparation of document 2OC/S, the Director-General
conduct a further consultation by questionnaire of Member States, Associate Members and
non-governmental organizations in Category A, taking into account the opinions expressed on
this subject by the Executive Board at its 100th session, as set out in document 19C/88;
6. Further suggests that the Director-General carry out appropriate consultations with the organ-
izations of the United Nations system with a view to concerted planning of programmes of
common interest, in accordance with the recommendations of the Economic and Social Council.

Annex. Time-table for the preparation in 1977-1978 of possible adjustments to the

Medium-Term Plan for 1977-1982 (2OC/4) and of the Draft Programme and
Budget for 1979-1980 (2OC/5)

1 March 1977 Dispatch of questionnaire to Member States,

Associate Members and international non-governmental
organizations in Category A concerning the preparation of the
Programme and Budget for 1979-1980.
25 April 1977 Executive Board discusses the new structure of
(opening of the 102nd session document 2OC/5, in the light of General Conference decisions,
of the Executive Board) particularly concerning the relationship between C/4 and
C/5 documents.
15 June 1977 First deadline for receipt of replies to the questionnaire from
Member States, Associate Members and international
non-governmental organizations.
12 August 1977 Circulation of documents 103 EX/4 concerning adjustments
to the Medium-Term Plan and 103 EX/5 containing (a) an
analytical summary of the replies from Member States,
Associate Members and international non-governmental
organizations to the questionnaire and (b) the preliminary
proposals of the Director-General concerning the programme
and budget for 1979-1980.
12 September 1977 Executive Board considers documents 103 EX/4 and 103 EX/5.
(opening of the 103rd session
of the Executive Board)
30 September 1977 Final date for receipt from Member States,
Associate Members and international non-governmental
organizations of replies to the questionnaire.
15 March 1978 Circulation to Member States, Associate Members and members
of the Executive Board of any adjustments proposed to the
Medium-Term Plan for 1977-1982 (2OC/4) and of the
Draft Programme and Budget for 1979-1980 (2OC/5).
25 April 1978 Executive Board examines documents 2OC/4 and 2OC/5
(opening of the 104th session and prepares recommendations thereon.
of the Executive Board)
Mid-June 1978 Dispatch to Member States and Associate Members
of the recommendations of the Executive
Board concerning documents 2OC/4 and 2OC/5.
Mid-September 1978 Executive Board makes final recommendations
(opening of the 105th session on the proposed budget for 1979-1980.
of the Executive Board)
24 October 1978 Opening of the twentieth session of the General Conference.

114
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Methods of work of the Organization

36 Harmonization of the planning cycles

and the budget cycles of the organizations
of the United Nations system1
36.1 The General Conference,
I. Places on record its support in principle for the harmonization of the medium-term planning cycles
and the budget cycles of the organizations of the United Nations system, particularly within the
framework of joint action with a view to making a suitable contribution to the introduction of a
new international economic order;
2. Invites the Director-General, in consultation with these organizations, to make further study of a
solution entailing the adoption by Unesco, from 1984 onwards, of biennial programmes and
budgets beginning in an even year, and the choice of the 1984-1989 period as the common
medium-term planning cycle for the major organizations of the United Nations system, and to
report on this matter to the General Conference, at its twentieth session, after having informed
the Executive Board;
3. Emphasizes that, in any changes made in the time-table of sessions of the General Conference in
consequence of these measures, all due attention should be paid, as regards the duration of the
terms of office of members of the Executive Board and of the Director-General, to the need for
ensuring the continuity and effectiveness of the Organization’s work.

37 Definition of regions with a view to the execution

by the Organization of regional activities2
37.1 The General Conference
Decides to take all appropriate measures to complete the list of Member States empowered to
participate in the regional activities of the Organization as it emerges from 13C/Resolution 5.91
and 18C/Resolution 46.1, taking into account the principles set forth in those resolutions and
on the basis of the proposals of the Member States already included in each of the various
regions.3, 4

I. Resolution adopted, on the recommendation of the joint meeting of the Programme Commissions and the Administrative
Commission, at the thirty-seventh plenary meeting, on 29 November 1976.
2. Resolution adopted on the report of Programme Commission III at the twenty-second plenary meeting, on 8 November 1976.
3. At the twenty-seventh plenary meeting, on 22 November 1976, the following statements were made on this subject (see
19C/VR/27 prov.):
‘The President: The first item for our consideration today is the communication by the President of the results of his
consultations with the regional groups.
‘Ladies and gentlemen, I wish to refer to the decision taken by this Conference at its twenty-second meeting concerning
item 45 of the agenda (Definition of regions with a view to the execution by the Organization of regional activities) and to
inform the distinguished delegates that, in line with that decision, ten Member States have indicated to the Director-General
the specific region in the activities of which they wish to participate, the relevant document being 19C/47 Add.
[see footnote 41. These are the cases, as you know, of Member States which had been admitted to Unesco since the eighteenth
session, or Members on whose participation in regional activities the eighteenth session could not reach a final decision, or
Members who have asked to participate additionally in activities in a region other than that in which they are now included.
‘I have carried out consultations with the various regional groups concerned, using in each case the procedures suitable to
the particular structure of each group, in order to ascertain their respective views on the matter of the above-mentioned
applications of Member States to be included in their regional activities. I can assure you, ladies and gentlemen, that the
task was not an easy one. On the other hand, I am very grateful to all the members of the different groups for their
co-operation in my consultations with them. As a result of these consultations, I have come to the conclusion that the
African, the Arab and the Latin American groups have no objection to admitting in their midst the Member States which
have applied to join them for the purpose of participating in regional activities provided for by Unesco programmes. In the
case of the European group, there was no objection from a majority of members of that group in connexion with the
admission of Israel into their group. The Asia and Oceania group has indicated to me that it welcomes both Papua New
Guinea and the Seychelles. With regard to the Seychelles, however, some members of the group were of the view that the
Seychelles would be more acceptable in the Asia and Oceania group if this Member State did not at the same time become a
member of the African group.
‘I take it, therefore, ladies and gentlemen, that it is the good will of the General Conference that each Member State that
(Footnotes continued overleaf..)

115
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Methods of work of the Organization

38 Working languages of the Organization1

38.1 Wider use of the Spanish language

38.11 The General Conference,

Considering that Spanish is the language of approximately 300 million people and the official language
of twenty-three States in the international community,
Considering the importance of language for the cultural identity of the peoples which use it as a means
of expression, as a factor making for international understanding, and as an instrument for
broadening the common basis of communication between cultural groups,
Recalling resolution 43.3 1 adopted by the General Conference at its eighteenth session providing for the
Spanish language to be given equality of treatment in Unesco with the more widely used working
languages of the Organization,
Recalling decision 3.1.1 B adopted by the Executive Board at its 97th session, urging the publication
by Unesco of original Spanish texts and translations into Spanish,
Recalling the practice of Unesco, under which interpretation into Spanish has necessarily to be
provided at meetings in categories I and II, and also at all categories of meetings held in Spanish-
speaking countries,
Bearing in mind document 19C/44 submitted by the Director-General in implementation of
resolution 43.31 adopted by the General Conference at its eighteenth session,
Mindful of the specific measures included in the Draft Programme and Budget for 1977-1978 (19C/5),
Part IV (paragraphs 8003, 8013 and 8024 to 8027),
1. Thanks the Director-General for the efforts made by the Unesco Secretariat to promote the use of
the Spanish language within the Organization;
2. Requests the Director-General:
(a) that impetus be given to the activities stemming from the texts referred to in the preamble to this
resolution, and that, in particular, the arrangements made to implement resolution 43.31,
adopted by the General Conference at its eighteenth session, be put into effect as speedily as
possible;
(b) that he take into account any views possibly expressed by the General Conference as to the order
of priority to be adopted in regard to the nature of publications in the Spanish language;
(c) that steps be taken to remedy the lack of provision for interpretation, documentation and
publications in Spanish for meetings programmed for the 1977-1978 biennium in which Spanish

1. Resolutions adopted on the report of the Administrative Commission at the twenty-sixth plenary meeting, on
20 November 1976.

(Footnotes continued.)

has applied to join a specific regional group, for the purpose of participation in the regional activities provided for by
Unesco programmes, is hereby included in that group.
‘I therefore declare this to be accepted by the Conference.’
.
‘Mr Simon (Seychelles): Mr President, after having heard the report and also the views expressed by the Asian group, I
would like to say that the reason we applied to belong to two groups is because one-third of our population comes from
Asia and the other two-thirds come from Africa. For that reason, I thank the group which has accepted us, the African
group, and hope that some time later, at the twentieth session, the Asian group will accept us.’
4. Paragraph 13 of document 19C/47 Add., mentioned in footnote 3, reads as follows:
‘ 13. The General Conference is therefore required to come to a decision concerning the requests of the following countries
concerning their participation in the Organization’s regional activities:
Regions Member States Regions Member States
Africa Angola (pending completion of the Asia and Oceania Papua New Guinea
formalities which have to be carried Seychelles
out with the Government of the
United Kingdom in London) Arab States Mauritania
Mauritania Democratic Republic of Somalia
Mozambique
Seychelles Europe Israel
Democratic Republic of Somalia San Marino.’

Latin America and Grenada

the Caribbean Surinam

116
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Methods of work of the Organisation

is necessarily a working language, particularly those listed in the following paragraphs of the
Draft Programme and Budget: 1243 (Advisory Committee of the Regional Centre for Higher
Education in Latin America and the Caribbean), 2063 (UNISIST Steering Committee),
2285 (regional meeting for the planning and implementation of IGCP projects in Latin America),
and 2353 (seminar on research into marine coastal systems in Latin America and the Caribbean);
(d) that, in activities with an essentially linguistic content, such as the preparation of technical
glossaries and thesauri (items 1173, 1393, 2333 in Appendix I to document 19C/5), or work
carried out in connexion with ALSED and UNISIST, use be made of the technical collab-
oration which can be provided by Spanish-speaking bodies such as National Commissions,
National Language Academies, the Asociacion de Academias de la Lengua, the Ibero-American
Bureau of Education and the Comité de1 Idioma Espanol en la Unesco.

38.2 Wider use of the Arabic language

38.21 The General Conference,

Having examined document 19C/45,
Recalling 18C/Resolution 43.41,
Approves with satisfaction the proposals of the Director-General in the Draft Programme and Budget
for 1977-1978 for Arabic to have the same status, at international and intergovernmental
meetings convened by Unesco in which Arab States participate, as the other working languages
of such meetings.

39 Composition of bodies whose members

are to be elected or designated
by the General Conference1
39.1 The General Conference,
Aware of the importance of the principles of rotation and continuity for the proper functioning of
intergovernmental committees and councils,
Invites the Director-General, in consultation with the Executive Board, to study the procedures which
could be envisaged in order to ensure such rotation and continuity, and to report to it at its next
session.

40 Travel of members of the Executive Board2

40.1 The General Conference,
Having examined the budget provisions for the Executive Board contained in Part I, Chapter 2, of the
Draft Programme and Budget for 1977-1978,
Noting the financial implications of an increase in the membership of the Executive Board as set out
in documents 19C/70 Add. and 19C/105 Add.,
Requests the Executive Board to examine in 1977 the question of the cost of travel of its members, with
a view to effecting economies, and to report thereon to the General Conference at its twentieth
session.

1. Resolution adopted on the report of the Nominations Committee at the thirty-fifth plenary meeting, on 27 November 1976.
2. Resolution adopted on the report of the Administrative Commission at the twenty-sixth plenary meeting, on
20 November 1976.

117
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Methods of work of the Organization

41 Joint Inspection1
41.1 The General Conference,
While approving the 1977-1978 budget provisions for a contribution to the costs of the United
Nations Joint Inspection Unit,
I. Authorizes the continued co-operation of Unesco with the Joint Inspection Unit,
2. Invites the Executive Board to study the new statutes of the Joint Inspection Unit and to take
appropriate measures to ensure that Unesco will benefit from the operations of the Unit.

1. Resolution adopted on the report of the Administrative Commission at the twenty-sixth plenany meeting, on
20 November 1976.

118
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

XII Twentieth session of the General Conference

42 Place of the twentieth session1

42.1 The General Conference,
Having regard to Rules 2 and 3 of the Rules of Procedure of the General Conference,
Considering that, by the time-limit laid down in Rule 3 of the Rules of Procedure, no Member State
had invited the General Conference to hold its twentieth session on its territory,
Decides to hold its twentieth session at the Headquarters of the Organization in Paris.

43 Membership of committees for the twentieth session

On the report of the Nominations Committee, the General Conference, at its thirty-fifth plenary
meeting, on 27 November 1976, elected the following Member States as members of the committees
mentioned below until the close of the twentieth session:

43.1 Legal Committee (21 members)

Algeria Italy Syrian Arab Republic

Canada Madagascar Ukrainian Soviet Socialist
Ecuador Netherlands Republic
Egypt Panama Union of Soviet Socialist
France Sierra Leone Republics
Federal Republic of Spain United States of America
Germany Sweden Uruguay
Ghana Switzerland Venezuela

43.2 Headquarters Committee (21 members)

Australia Iraq Spain

France Liberia Switzerland
Federal Republic Nepal Togo
of Germany Netherlands United Republic of
Ghana Panama Tanzania
Indonesia Romania United States of
Italy Saudi Arabia America
Iran Senegal Uruguay

1. Resolution adopted at the thirty-fifth plenary meeting, on 27 November 1976.

119
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Annex I

Recommendations to Member States and Protocol

to the Agreement on the importation
of educational, scientific and cultural materials
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

3 Annex I

Recommendation on the development of adult education 1

The General Conference of the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization,
meeting in Nairobi from 26 October to 30 November 1976, at its nineteenth session,

Recalling the principles set forth in Articles 26 and 27 of the Universal Declaration of Human
Rights, guaranteeing and specifying the right of everyone to education and to participate freely in
cultural, artistic and scientific life and the principles set forth in Articles 13 and 15 of the Inter-
national Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights,

Considering that education is inseparable from democracy, the abolition of privilege and the pro-
motion within society as a whole of the ideas of autonomy, responsibility and dialogue,

Considering that the access of adults to education, in the context of life-long education, is a funda-
mental aspect of the right to education and facilitates the exercise of the right to participate in
political, cultural, artistic and scientific life,

Considering that for the full development of the human personality, particularly in view of the
rapid pace of scientific, technical, economic and social change, education must be considered on
a global basis and as a life-long process,

Considering that the development of adult education, in the context of life-long education, is neces-
sary as a means of achieving a more rational and more equitable distribution of educational re-
sources between young people and adults, and between different social groups, and of ensuring
better understanding and more effective collaboration between the generations and greater political,
social and economic equality between social groups and between the sexes,

Convinced that adult education as an integral part of life-long education can contribute decisively
to economic and cultural development, social progress and world peace as well as to the develop-
ment of educational systems,

Considering that the experience acquired in adult education must constantly contribute to the re-
newal of educational methods, as well as to the reform of educational systems as a whole,

Considering the universal concern for literacy as being a crucial factor in political and economic
development, in technological progress and in social and cultural change, SO that its promotion
should therefore form an integral part of any plan for adult education,

Reaffirming that the attainment of this objective entails creating situations in which the adultsare
able to choose, from among a variety of forms of educational activity the objectives and content of
which have been defined with their collaboration, those forms which meet their needs most closely
and are most directly related to their interests,

Bearing in mind the diversity of modes of training and education throughout the world and the spe-
cial problems peculiar to the countries whose education systems are as yet underdeveloped or in-
sufficiently adapted to national needs,

In order to give effect to the conclusions, declarations and recommendations formulated by the
second and third international conferences on adult education (Montreal, 1960; Tokyo, 1972) and,
as far as the relevant paragraphs are concerned, by the World Conference of the International
Women’s Year (Mexico, 1975),

Desirous of making a further contribution to putting into effect the principles set forth in the rec-
ommendations addressed by the International Conference on Public Education to the Ministries of
Education concerning the access of women to education (Recommendation No. 34, 1952). facilities
for education in rural areas (Recommendation No. 47, 1958). and literacy and adult education
(Recommendation No. 58, 1965), in the Declaration adopted at the International Symposium for
Literacy in Persepolis (1975) and in the Recommendation concerning Education for International
Understanding, Co-operation and Peace, and Education relating to Human Rights and Fundamental
Freedoms adopted by the General Conference at its eighteenth session (1974);

Taking note of the provisions of the Revised Recommendation concerning Technical and Vocational
Education adopted by the General Conference at its eighteenth session (1974) and of resolution 3.426

1. Recommendation adopted on the Report of Programme Commission II at the thirty-fourth plenary meeting, on 26 November 1976.
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Annex I 4

adopted at the same session with a view to the adoption of an international instrument concerning
action designed to ensure that the people at large have free democratic access to culture and an
opportunity to take an active part in the cultural life of society,

Noting further that the International Labour Conference has adopted a number of instruments con-
cerned with various aspects of adult education, and in particular the recommendation on voca-
tional guidance (1949), the recommendation on vocational training in agriculture (1956), as well
as the convention and recommendation concerning paid educational leave (1974), and of human
resources development (1975),

Having decided, at its eighteenth session, that adult education would be the subject of a recom-
mendation to Member States,

Adopts this twenty-sixth day of November 1976, the present Recommendation.

The General Conference recommends that Member States apply the following provisions by
taking whatever legislative or other steps may be required, and in conformity with the constitu-
tional practice of each State, to give effect to the principles set forth in this Recommendation.

The General Conference recommends that Member States bring this Recommendation to the
attention of the authorities, departments or bodies responsible for adult education and also of the
various organizations carrying out educational work for the benefit of adults, and of trade union
organizations, associations, enterprises, and other interested parties.

The General Conference recommends that Member States report to it, at such dates and in
such form as shall be determined by it, on the action taken by them.in pursuance of this
Recommendation.

I. DEFINITION

1. In this Recommendation:

the term “adult education” denotes the entire body of organized educational processes, whatever
the content, level and method, whether formal or otherwise, whether they prolong or replace initial
education in schools, colleges and universities as well as in apprenticeship, whereby persons re-
garded as adult by the society to which they belong develop their abilities, enrich their knowledge,
improve their technical or professional qualifications or turn them in a new direction and bring
about changes in their attitudes or behaviour in the twofold perspective of full personal development
and participation in balanced and independent social, economic and cultural development;

adult education, however, must not be considered as an entity in itself, it is a sub-division,

and an integral part of, a global scheme for life-long education and learning;

the term “life-long education and learning”, for its part, denotes an overall scheme aimed
both at restructuring the existing education system and at developing the entire educational
potential outside the education system;

in such a scheme men and women are the agents of their own education, through continual
interaction between their thoughts and actions;

education and learning, far from being limited to the period of attendance at school, should
extend throughout life, include all skills and branches of knowledge, use all possiblemeans,
and give the opportunity to all people for full development of the personality;

the educational and learning processes in which children, young people and adults of all ages
are involved in the course of their lives, in whatever form, should be considered as a whole.

II. OBJECTIVES AND STRATEGY

2. Generally speaking, the aims of adult education should be to contribute to:

(a) promoting work for peace, international understanding and co-operation;

(b) developing a critical understanding of major contemporary problems and socialchanges

and the ability to play an active part in the progress of society with a view to achieving
social justice;
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

5 Annex I

(c) promoting increased awareness of the relationship between people and their physical and
cultural environment, and fostering the desire to improve the environment and to respect
and protect nature, the common heritage and public property;

(d) creating an understanding of and respect for the diversity of customs and cultures, on
both the national and the international planes;

(e) promoting increased awareness of, and giving effect tovarious forms of communication
and solidarity at the family, local, national, regional and international levels;

(f) developing the aptitude for acquiring, either individually, in groups or in the context of
organized study in educational establishments specially set up for this purpose, new
knowledge, qualifications, attitudes or forms of behaviour conducive to the fullmaturity
of the personality;

(k) ensuring the individuals’ conscious and effective incorporation into working life by pro-
viding men and women with an advanced technical and vocational education and develop-
ing the ability to create, either individually or in groups, new material goods and new
spiritual or aesthetic values;

(h) developing the ability to grasp adequately the problems involved in the upbringing of
children;

(i) developing the aptitude for making creative use of leisure and for acquiring any neces-
sary or desired knowledge;

(.i) developing the necessary discernment in using mass communication media, in particular
radio, television, cinema and the press, and interpreting the various messages addressed
to modern men and women by society;

(k) developing the aptitude for learning to learn.

3. Adult education should be based on the following principles:

(a) it should be based on the needs of the participants and make use of their different experi-
ences in the development of adult education; the most educationally underprivileged groups
should be given the highest priority within a perspective of collective advancement;

(b) it should rely on the ability and determination of all human beings to make progress
throughout their lives both at the level of their personal development and in relation to
their social activity;

(c) it should awaken an interest in reading and develop cultural aspirations;

(d) it should stimulate and sustain the interest of adult learners, appeal to their experience,
strengthen their self-reliance, and enlist their active participation at all stages of the
educational process in which they are involved;

(e) it should be adapted to the actual conditions of everyday life and work and take into ac-
count the personal characteristics of adult learners, their age, family, social, occupa-
tional or residential background and the way in which these interrelate;

(f) it should seek the participation of individual adults, groups and communities in decision-
making at all levels of the learning process; including determination of needs, curriculum
development, programme implementation and evaluation and should plan educational ac-
tivities with a view to the transformation of the working environment and of the life of
adults;

(g) it should be organized and operated flexibly by taking into account social, cultural, econ-
omic and institutional factors of each country and society to which adult learners belong;

(h) it should contribute to the economic and social development of the entire community;

(i) it should recognize as an integral part of the educational process the forms of collective
organization established by adults with a view to solving their day-to-day problems;
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Annex I 6

(j) it should recognize that every adult, by virtue of his or her experience of life, is the
vehicle of a culture which enables him or her to play the role of both learner and teacher
in the educational process in which he or she participates.

4. Each Member State should:

(a) recognize adult education as a necessary and specific component of its education system
and as a permanent element in its social, cultural and economic development policy; it
should, consequently, promote the creation of structures, the preparation and implemen-
tation of programmes and the application of educational methods which meet the needs
and aspirations of all categories of adults, without restriction on grounds of sex, race,
geographical origin, age, social status, opinion, belief or prior educational standard;

(b) recognize that although, in a given situation or for a specific period, adult educationmay
play a compensatory role, it is not intended as a substitute for adequate youth education
which is a prerequisite for the full success of adult education;

(c) in eliminating the isolation of women from adult education, work towards ensuring
equality of access and full participation in the entire range of adult education activities,
including those which provide training for qualifications leading to activities or responsi-
bilities which have hitherto been reserved for men;

(d) take measures with a view to promoting participation in adult education and community
development programmes by members of the most underprivileged groups, whether rural
or urban, settled or nomadic, and in particular illiterates, young people who have been
unable to acquire an adequate standard of general education or a qualification, migrant
workers and refugees, unemployed workers, members of ethnic minorities, persons
suffering from a physical or mental handicap, persons experiencing difficulties of social
adjustment and those serving prison sentences. In this context, Member States should
associate themselves in the search for educational strategies designed to foster more
equitable relations among social groups.

5. The place of adult education in each education system should be defined with a view to achieving:

(a) a rectification of the main inequalities in access to initial education and training, in par-
ticular inequalities based on age, sex, social position or social or geographical origin;

(b) the assurance of a scientific basis for life-long education and learning as well as greater
flexibility in the way in which people divide their lives between education and work, and,
in particular, providing for the alternation of periods of education and work throughout
the life span, and facilitating the integration of continuing education into the activity of
work itself;

(c) recognition, and increased exploitation, of the actual or potential educational value of the
adult’s various experiences;

(d) easy transfer from one type or level of education to another;

(e) greater interaction between the education system and its social. cultural and economic
setting;

(f) greater efficiency from the point of view of the contribution of educational expenditure
to social, cultural and economic development.

6. Consideration should be given to the need for an adult education component, including literacy,
in the framing and execution of any development programme.

7. The objectives and goals of adult education policy should be incorporated in national develop-
ment plans; they should be defined in relation to the overall objectives of education policy
and of social, cultural and economic development policies.

Adult education and other forms of education, particularly school and higher education and
initial vocational training, should be conceived and organized as equally essential components in
a co-ordinated but differentiated education system according to the tenets of life-long education
and learning.
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

7 Annex I

8. Measures should be taken to encourage the public authorities, institutions or bodies engaged
in education, voluntary associations, workers’ and employers’ organizations, and those di-
rectly participating in adult education, to collaborate in the task of defining further and giving
effect to these objectives.

III. CONTENT OF ADULT EDUCATION

9. Adult education activities, viewed as forming part of life-long education and learning, have
no theoretical boundaries and should meet the particular situations created by the specific
needs of development, of participation in community life and of individual self-fulfilment; they
cover all aspects of life and all fields of knowledge and are addressed to all people whatever their
level of achievement. In defining the content of adult education activities priority should be given
to the specific needs of the educationally most underprivileged groups.

10. Civic, political, trade union and co-operative education activities should be aimed particu-
larly towards developing independent and critical judgement and implanting or enhancing the
abilities required by each individual in order to cope with changes affecting living and working
conditions, by effective participation in the management of social affairs at every level of the
decision-making process.

11. While not excluding approaches intended to achieve a short-term solution in a particular situ-
ation, technical and vocational education activities should as a general rule emphasize the
acquisition of qualifications which are sufficiently broad to allow of subsequent changes of occu-
pation and a critical understanding of the problems of working life. It is necessary to integrate
general and civic education with technical and vocational education.

12. Activities designed to promote cultural development and artistic creation should encourage
appreciation of existing cultural and artistic values and works and, at the same time, should
aim to promote the creation of new values and new works, by releasing the expressive capabilities
inherent in each individual or group.

13. Participation in adult education should not be restricted on grounds of sex, race, geograph-
ical origin, culture, age, social status, experience, belief and prior educational standard.

14. With regard to women, adult education activities should be integrated as far as possiblewith
the whole contemporary social movement directed towards achieving self-determination for
women and enabling them to contribute to the life of society as a collective force, and should thus
focus specifically on certain aspects, in particular:

(a) the establishment in each society of conditions of equality between men and
women;

(b) the emancipation of men and women from the preconceived models imposed on them by
society in every field in which they carry responsibility;

(cl civic, occupational, psychological, cultural and economic autonomy for women as a nec-
essary condition for their existence as complete individuals;

(d) knowledge about the status of women, and about women’s movements, in various soci-
eties, with a view to increased solidarity across frontiers.

15. With regard to settled or nomadic rural populations, adult education activities should be de-
signed in particular to:

(a) enable them to use technical procedures and methods of individual or joint organization
likely to improve their standard of living without obliging them to forgo their ownvalues;

(b) put an end to the isolation of individuals or groups;

(c) prepare individuals or groups of individuals who are obliged, despite the efforts made
to prevent excessive depopulation of rural areas, to leave agriculture, either to engage
in a new occupational activity while remaining in a rural environment, or to leave this
environment for a new way of life.
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Annex I 8

16. With regard to such persons or groups as have remained illiterate or are experiencing diffi-
culty in adjusting to society because of the slenderness of their resources, their limited edu-
cation or their restricted participation in community life, adult education activities should be de-
signed not only to enable them to acquire basic knowledge (reading, writing, arithmetic, basic
understanding of natural and social phenomena), but also to make it easier for them to engage in
productive work, to promote their self-awareness and their grasp of the problems of hygiene,
health, household management and the upbringing of children, and to enhance their autonomy and
increase their participation in community life.

17. With regard to young people who have been unable to acquire an adequate standard of general
education or a qualification, adult education activities should, in particular, enable them to
acquire additional general education with a view to developing their ability to understand the prob-
lems of society and shoulder social responsibilities, and to gaining access to the vocational train-
ing and general education which are necessary for the exercise of an occupational activity.

18. If people wish to acquire educational or vocational qualifications which are formally attested
by certificates of education or of vocational aptitude and which, for social or economic rea-
sons, they have not been able to obtain earlier, adult education should enable them to obtain the
training required for the award of such certificates.

19. With regard to the physically or mentally handicapped, adult education activities should be
designed, in particular, to restore or offset the physical or mental capacities which have
been impaired or lost as a result of their handicap, and to enable them to acquire the knowledge
and skills and, where necessary, the professional qualifications required for their social life and
for the exercise of an occupational activity compatible with their handicap.

20. With regard to migrant workers, refugees, and ethnic minorities, adult education activities
should in particular:

(a) enable them to acquire the linguistic and general knowledge as well as the technical or
professional qualifications necessary for their temporary or permanent assimilation in
the society of the host country and, where appropriate, their reassimilation in the society
of their country of origin;

(b) keep them in touch with culture, current developments and social changes in their coun-
try of origin.

21. With regard to unemployed persons, including the educated unemployed, adult education ac-
tivities should be designed, in particular, to adapt or modify their technical or professional
qualification with a view to enabling them to find or return to employment and to promote a crit-
ical understanding of their socio-economic situation.

22. With regard to ethnic minorities, adult education activities should enable them to express
themselves freely, educate themselves and their children in their mother tongues, develop
their own cultures and learn languages other than their mother tongues.

23. With regard to the aged, adult education activities should be designed, in particular:

(a) to give all a better understanding of contemporary problems and of the younger generation;

(b) to help acquire leisure skills, promote health and find increased meaning in life;

(c) to provide a grounding in the problems facing retired people and in ways of dealing with
such problems, for the benefit of those who are on the point of leaving working life;

(d) to enable those who have left working life to retain their physical and intellectual facul-
ties and to continue to participate in community life and also to give them access to fields
of knowledge or types of activity which have not been open to them during their working
life.

IV. METHODS, MEANS, RESEARCH AND EVALUATION

24. Adult education methods should take account of:

(a) incentives and obstacles to participation and learning specially affecting adults;
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

9 Annex I

(b) the experience gained by adults in the exercise of their family, social and occupational
responsibilities;

(c) the family, social or occupational obligations borne by adults and the fatigue andimpaired
alertness which may result from them;

(d) the ability of adults to assume responsibility for their own learning;

(e) the cultural and pedagogical level of the teaching personnel available;

(f) the psychological characteristics of the learning process;

(g) the existence and characteristics of cognitive interests;

(h) use of leisure time.

25. Adult education activities should normally be planned and executed on the basis of identified
needs, problems, wants and resources, as well as defined objectives. Their impact should
be evaluated, and reinforced by whatever follow-up activities may be most appropriate to given
conditions.

26. Particular emphasis should be placed on adult education activities intended for an entire so-
cial or geographical entity, mobilizing all its inherent energies with a view to the advance-
ment of the group and social progress in a community setting.

27. In order to encourage the broadest possible participation, it may be appropriate in some
situations to add, to locally based adult education, methods such as:

(a) remote teaching programmes such as correspondence courses and radio or television
broadcasts, the intended recipients of such programmes being invited to form groups
with a view to listening or working together (such groups should receive appropriate
pedagogical support);

(b) programmes launched by mobile units;

(c) self-teaching programmes;

(d) study circles;

(e) use of voluntary work by teachers, students and other community members.
The various services which public cultural institutions (libraries, museums, record libra-
ries, video-cassette libraries) are able to put at the disposal of adult learners should be devel-
oped on a systematic basis, together with new types of institutions specializing in adult education.

28. Participation in an adult education programme should be a voluntary matter. The State and
other bodies should strive to promote the desire of individuals and groups for education in
the spirit of life-long education and learning.

29. Relations between the adult learner and the adult educator should be established on a basis
of mutual respect and co-operation.

30. Participation in an adult education programme should be subject only to the ability to follow
the course of training provided and not to any (upper) age limit or any condition concerning
the possession of a diploma or qualification; any aptitude tests on the basis of which a selection
might be made if necessary should be adapted to the various categories of candidates taking such
tests.

31. It should be possible to acquire and accumulate learning, experiences and qualifications
through intermittent participation. Rights and qualifications obtained in this way should be
equivalent to those granted by the systems of formalized education or of such character as to
allow for continued education within this.

32. The methods used in adult education should not appeal to a competitive spirit but should de-
velop in the adult learners a shared sense of purpose and habits of participation, mutual
help, collaboration and team work.
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Annex I 10

33. Adult education programmes for the improvement of technical or professional qualifications
should, as far as possible, be organized during working time and, in the case of seasonal
work, during the slack season. This should, as a general rule, be applied also to other forms
of education, in particular literacy programmes and trade union education.

34. The premises necessary for the development of adult education activities should be provided;
depending on the case, these may be premises used exclusively for adult education, with or
without residential accommodation, or multi-purpose or integrated facilities or premises gener-
ally used or capable of being used for other purposes - in particular, clubs, workshops, school,
university and scientific establishments, social, cultural or socio-cultural centres or open air
sites.
35. Member States should actively encourage co-operative research in all aspects of adult educa-
tion and its objectives. Research programmes should have a practical basis. They should
be carried out by universities, adult education bodies and research bodies, adopting an interdisci-
plinary approach. Measures should be taken with a view to disseminating the experience and the
results of the research programmes to those concerned at the national and international levels.

36. Systematic evaluation of adult education activities is necessary to secure optimum results
from the resources put into them. For evaluation to be effective it should be built into the
programmes of adult education at all levels and stages.

V. THE STRUCTURES OF ADULT EDUCATION

37. Member States should endeavour to ensure the establishment and development of a network
of bodies meeting the needs of adult education; this network should be sufficiently flexible to
meet the various personal and social situations and their evolution.

38. Measures should be taken in order to:

(a) identify and anticipate educational needs capable of being satisfied through adult educa-
tion programmes;

(b) make full use of existing educational facilities and create such facilities as may be lack-
ing to meet all defined objectives;

(c) make the necessary long-term investments for the development of adult education: in
particular for the professional education of planners, administrators, those who train
educators, organizational and training personnel, the preparation of educational strate-
gies and methods suitable for adults, the provision of capital facilities, the production
and provision of the necessary basic equipment such as visual aids, apparatus and tech-
nical media;

(d) encourage exchanges of experience and compile and disseminate statistical and other in-
formation on the strategies, structures, content. methods and results, both quantitative
and qualitative, of adult education;

(e) abolish economic and social obstacles to participation in education, and to systematically
bring the nature and form of adult education programmes to the attention of all potential
beneficiaries, but especially to the most disadvantaged, by using such means as active
canvassing by adult education institutions and voluntary organizations, to inform, counsel
and encourage possible and often hesitant participants in adult education.

39. In order to achieve these objectives it will be necessary to mobilize organizations and institu-
tions specifically concerned with adult education, and the full range, both public and private
of schools, universities, cultural and scientific establishments, libraries and museums, and, in
addition, other institutions not primarily concerned with adult education, such as:

(a) mass information bodies: the press, radio and television;

(b) voluntary associations and consortia;

(c) professional, trade union, family and co-operative organizations;

(d) families;
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

11 Annex I

(e) industrial and commercial firms which may contribute to the training of their employees;

(f) educators, technicians or qualified experts working on an individual basis;

(g) any persons or groups who are in a position to make a contribution by virtue of their edu-
cation, training, experience or professional or social activities and are both willing and
able to apply the principles set forth in the Preamble and the objectives and strategy out-
lined in the Recommendation;

(h) the adult learners themselves.

40. Member States should encourage schools, vocational education establishments, colleges and
institutions of higher education to regard adult education programmes as an integral part of
their own activities and to participate in action designed to promote the development of such pro-
grammes provided by other institutions, in particular by making available their own teaching
staff, conducting research and training the necessary personnel,

VI. TRAINING AND STATUS OF PERSONS ENGAGED IN ADULT EDUCATION WORK

41. It should be recognized that adult education calls for special skills, knowledge, understanding
and attitudes on the part of those who are involved in providing it, in whatever capacity and
for any purpose. It is desirable therefore that they should be recruited with care according to
their particular functions and receive initial and in-service training for them according to their
needs and those of the work in which they are engaged.

42. Measures should be taken to ensure that the various specialists who have a useful contribu-
tion to make to the work of adult education take part in those activities, whatever their nature
or purpose.

43. In addition to the employment of full-time professional workers, measures should be taken to
enlist the support of anyone capable of making a contribution, regular or occasional, paid or
voluntary, to adult education activities, of any kind. Voluntary involvement and participation in
all aspects of organizing and teaching are of crucial importance, and people with all kinds of skills
are able to contribute to them.

44. Training for adult education should, as far as practicable, include all those aspects of skill,
knowledge, understanding and personal attitude which are relevant to the various functions
undertaken, taking into account the general background against which adult education takes place.
By integrating these aspects with each other, training should itself be a demonstration of sound
adult education practice.

45. Conditions of work and remuneration for full-time staff in adult education should be compar-
able to those of workers in similar posts elsewhere, and those for paid part-time staff should
be appropriately regulated, without detriment to their main occupation.

VII. RELATIONS BETWEEN ADULT EDUCATION AND YOUTH EDUCATION

46. The education of young people should progressively be oriented towards life-long education
and learning, taking into account the experience gained in regard to adult education, with a
view to preparing young people, whatever their social origins, to take part in adult education or
to contribute to providing it.

To this end, measures should be taken with a view to:

(a) making access to all levels of education and training more widely available;

(b) removing the barriers between disciplines and also between types and levels of education;

(c) modifying school and training syllabuses with the aim of maintaining and stimulating in-
tellectual curiosity, and also placing greater emphasis, alongside the acquisition of
knowledge, on the development of self-teaching patterns of behaviour, a critical outlook,
a reflective attitude and creative abilities;
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Annex I 12

(d) rendering school institutions of higher education and training establishments increasingly
open to their economic and social environment and linking education and work more firmly
together;

(e) informing young people at school and young people leaving full-time education or initial
training of the opportunities offered by adult education;

(f) bringing together, where desirable, adults and adolescents in the same training programme;

(g) associating youth movements with adult education ventures.

47. In cases where a training course organized as part of adult education leads to the acquisition
of a qualification in respect of which a diploma or certificate is awarded when the qualifica-
tion is acquired through study in school or university, such training should be recognized by the
award of a diploma or certificate having equal status. Adult education programmes which do not
lead to the acquisition of a qualification similar to those in respect of which a diploma or certifi-
cate is awarded should, in appropriate cases, be recognized by an award.

48. Adult education programmes for youth need to be given the highest priority because in most
parts of the world the youth form an extremely large segment of society and their education
is of the greatest importance for political, economic, social and cultural development of the so-
ciety in which they live. The programmes of adult education for youth should take account not
only of their learning needs, but should enable them to orient themselves for the society of the
future.

VIII. THE RELATIONS BETWEEN ADULT EDUCATION AND WORK

49. Having regard to the close connexion between guaranteeing the right to education and the right
to work, and to the need to promote the participation of all, whether wage-earners or not, in
adult education programmes, not only by reducing the constraints to which they are subject but
also by providing them with the opportunity of using in their work the knowledge, qualifications
or aptitudes which adult education programmes are designed to make available to them, and of
finding in work a source of personal fulfilment and advancement, and a stimulus to creative ac-
tivity in both work and social life, measures should be taken:

(a) to ensure that, in the formulation of the curriculum of adult education programmes and
activities, the working experience of adults should be taken into account;

(b) to improve the organization and conditions of work and, in particular, to alleviate the
arduous character of work and reduce and adjust working hours;

(c) to promote the granting of educational leave during working time, without loss of remu-
neration or subject to the payment of compensatory remuneration and payments for the
purpose of offsetting the cost of the education received and to use any other appropriate
aid to facilitate education or updating during working life;

(d) to protect the employment of persons thus assisted;

(e) to offer comparable facilities to housewives and other homemakers and to non-wage-
earners, particularly those of limited means.

50. Member States should encourage or facilitate the inclusion in collective labour agreements
of clauses bearing on adult education, and in particular clauses stipulating:

(a) the nature of the material possibilities and financial benefits extended to employees, and
in particular those employed in sectors where rapid technological change is taking place
or those threatened with being laid off, with a view to their participation in adult educa-
tion programmes;

(b) the manner in which technical or professional qualifications acquired through adult edu-
cation are taken into account in determining the employment category and in establishing
the level of remuneration.
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

13 Annex I

51. Member States should also invite employers:

(a) to anticipate and publicize, by level and type of qualification, their skilled manpower
requirements and the methods of recruitment which are envisaged to meet such needs;

(b) to organize or develop a recruitment system such as will encourage their employees to
seek to improve their occupational qualifications.

52. In connexion with adult training programmes organized by employers for their staff, Member
States should encourage them to ensure that:

(a) employees participate in the preparation of the programmes;

(b) those taking part in such programmes are chosen in consultation with the workers’ rep-
resentative bodies;

(c) participants receive a certificate of training or paper qualification on completion of the

programme enabling them to satisfy third parties that they have completed a given course
or received a given qualification.

53. Measures should be taken with a view to promoting the participation of adults belonging to
labouring, agricultural or craft communities in the implementation of adult education pro-
grammes intended for such communities; to this end they should be granted special facilities
with the aim of enabling the workers to take those decisions which primarily concern them.

IX. MANAGEMENT, ADMINISTRATION, CO-ORDINATION AND FINANCING

OF ADULT EDUCATION

54. There should be set up, at all levels, international, regional, national and local:

(a) structures or procedures for consultation and co-ordination between public authorities
which are competent in the field of adult education;

(b) structures or procedures for consultation, co-ordination and harmonization between the
said public authorities, the representatives of adult learners and the entire range of
bodies carrying out adult education programmes or activities designed to promote the
development of such programmes.

It should be among the principal functions of these structures, for which resources should be
made available, to identify the objectives, to study the obstacles encountered, to propose and,
where appropriate, carry out the measures necessary for implementation of the adult education
policy and to evaluate the progress made.

55. There should be set up at national level, and, where appropriate, at sub-national level,
structures for joint action and co-operation between the public authorities and bodies respon-
sible for adult education on the one hand and the public or private bodies responsible for radio
and television on the other.

It should be among the principal functions of these structures to study, propose and, where
appropriate, carry out measures designed to:

(a) ensure that the mass media make a substantial contribution to leisure-time occupations
and to the education of the people;

(b) guarantee freedom of expression, through the mass media, for all opinions and trends
in the field of adult education;

(c) promote the cultural or scientific value and the educational qualities of programmes as
a whole;

(d) establish a two-way flow of exchanges between those responsible for or those profes-
sionally engaged in educational programmes broadcast by radio or television and the
persons for whom the programmes are intended.
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Annex I 14

56. Member States should ensure that the public authorities, while assuming their own specific
responsibilities for the development of adult education:

(a) encourage, by laying down an appropriate legal and financial framework, the creation
and development of adult education associations and consortia on a voluntary and admin-
istratively independent basis;

(b) provide competent non-governmental bodies participating in adult education programmes,

or in action designed to promote such programmes, with technical or financial resources
enabling them to carry out their task;

(c) see that such non-governmental bodies enjoy the freedom of opinion and the technical and
educational autonomy which are necessary in order to give effect to the principles set
forth in paragraph 2 above;

(d) take appropriate measures to ensure the educational and technical efficiency and quality
of programmes or action conducted by bodies in receipt of contributions from public
funds.

57. The proportion of public funds, and particularly of public funds earmarked for education, al-
located to adult education, should match the importance of such education for social, cultural
and economic development, as recognized by each Member State within the framework of this
Recommendation. The total allocation of funds to adult education should cover at least:

(a) provision of suitable facilities or adaptation of existing facilities;

(b) production of all kinds of learning materials;

(c) remuneration and further training of educators;

(d) research and information expenses;

(e) compensation for loss of earnings;

(f) tuition, and, where necessary and if possible, accommodation and travel costs of
trainees.

58. Arrangements should be made to ensure, on a regular basis, the necessary funds for adult
education programmes and action designed to promote the development of suchprogrammes;
it should be recognized that the public authorities, including local authorities, credit organiza-
tions, provident societies and national insurance agencies where they exist, and employers should
contribute to these funds to an extent commensurate with their respective responsibilities and
resources.

59. The necessary measures should be taken to obtain optimum use of resources made available
for adult education. All available resources, both material and human, should be mobilized
to this end.

60. For the individual, lack of funds should not be an obstacle to participation in adult education
programmes. Member States should ensure that financial assistance for study purposes is
available for those who need it to undertake adult education. The participation of members of
underprivileged social groups should, as a general rule, be free of charge.

X. INTERNATIONAL CO-OPERATION

61. Member States should strengthen their co-operation, whether on a bilateral or multilateral
basis, with a view to promoting the development of adult education, the improvement of its
content and methods, and efforts to find new educational strategies.

To this end, they should endeavour to incorporate specific clauses bearing on adult education
in international agreements concerned with co-operation in the fields of education, science
and culture, and to promote the development and strengthening of adult education work in
Unesco.

62. Member States should put their experience with regard to adult education at the disposal of
other Member States by providing them with technical assistance and, in appropriate cases,
with material or financial assistance.
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

15 Annex I

They should systematically support adult education activities conducted in countries so wish-
ing, through Unesco and through other international organizations, including non-governmental
organizations, with a view to social, cultural and economic development in the countries concerned

Care should be taken to ensure that international co-operation does not take the form of a
mere transfer of structures, curricula, methods and techniques which have originated elsewhere,
but consists rather in promoting and stimulating development within the countries concerned,
through the establishment of appropriate institutions and well co-ordinated structures adapted to
the particular circumstances of those countries.

63. Measures should be taken at national, regional and international level:

(a) with a view to making regular exchanges of information and documentation on the strate-
gies, structures, content, methods and results of adult education and on relevant
research;

(b) with a view to training educators capable of working away from their home country, par-
ticularly under bilateral or multilateral technical assistance programmes.

These exchanges should be made on a systematic basis, particularly between countries facing
the same problems and so placed as to be capable of applying the same solutions; to this end,
meetings should be organized, more especially on a regional or sub-regional basis, with a view
to publicizing relevant experiments and studying to what extent they are reproducible; similarly,
joint machinery should be set up in order to ensure a better return on the research which is
undertaken.

Member States should foster agreements on the preparation and adoption of international
standards in important fields, such as the teaching of foreign languages and basic studies, with
a view to helping create a universally accepted unit-credit system.

64. Measures should be taken with a view to the optimum dissemination and utilization of audio-
visual equipment and materials, as well as educational programmes and the material objects
in which they are embodied, In particular, it would be appropriate:

(a) to adapt such dissemination and utilization to the various countries’ social needs and
conditions, bearing in mind their specific cultural characteristics and level of development;

(b) to remove, as far as possible, the obstacles to such dissemination and utilization result-
ing from the regulations governing commercial or intellectual property.

65. In order to facilitate international co-operation, Member States should apply to adult educa-
tion the standards recommendedat international level, in particular withregard to the pres-
entation of statistical data.

66. Member States should support the action undertaken by Unesco, as the United Nations Special-
ized Agency competent in this field, in its efforts to develop adult education, particularly in
the fields of training, research and evaluation.

67. Member States should regard adult education as a matter of global and universal concern,
and shoulddeal with the practical consequences which arise therefrom, furthering the estab-
lishment of a new international order, to which Unesco, as an expression of the world community
in educational, scientific and cultural matters, is committed.
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Annex I 16

Recommendation concerning the international exchange

of cultural property 1

The General Conference of the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization,
meeting in Nairobi from 26 October to 30 November 1976, at its nineteenth session,

Recalling that cultural property constitutes a basic element of civilization and national culture,

Considering that the extension and promotion of cultural exchanges directed towards a fuller
mutual knowledge of achievements in various fields of culture, will contribute to the enrichment
of the cultures involved, with due appreciation of the distinctive character of each and of the
value of the cultures of other nations making up the cultural heritage of all mankind,

Considering that the circulation of cultural property, when regulated by legal, scientific and
technical conditions calculated to prevent illicit trading in and damage to such property, is a
powerful means of promoting mutual understanding and appreciation among nations,

Considering that the international circulation of cultural property is still largely dependent on
the activities of self-seeking parties and so tends to lead to speculation which causes the price
of such property to rise, making it inaccessible to poorer countries and institutions while at the
same time encouraging the spread of illicit trading,

Considering that, even when the motives behind the international circulation of this property are
disinterested, the action taken usually results in unilateral services, such as short-term loans,
deposits under medium- or long-term arrangements, or donations,

Considering that such unilateral operations are still limited in number and restricted in range,
both because of their cost and because of the variety of complexity of the relevant regulations
and practices,

Considering that, while it is highly desirable to encourage such operations, by reducing or

removing the obstacles to their extension, it is also vitally important to promote operations
based on mutual confidence which would enable all institutions to deal with each other on an
equal footing,

Considering that many cultural institutions, whatever their financial resources, possess several
identical or similar specimens of cultural objects of indisputable quality and origin which are
amply documented, and that some of these items, which are of only minor or secondary impor-
tance for these institutions because of their plurality, would be welcomed as valuable accessions
by institutions in other countries,

Considering that a systematic policy of exchanges among cultural institutions, by which each
would part with its surplus items in return for objects that it lacked, would not only be enriching
to all parties but would also lead to a better use of the international community’s cultural herit-
age which is the sum of all the national heritages,

Recalling that this policy of exchanges has already been recommended in various international
agreements concluded as a result of Unesco’s work,

Noting that, on these points, the effects of the above-mentioned instruments have remained
limited, and that, generally speaking, the practice of exchanges between disinterested cultural
institutions is not widespread, while such operations as do take place are frequently confidential
or unpublicized,

Considering that it is consequently necessary to develop simultaneously not only the unilateral
operations of loans, deposits or donations but also bi- or multilateral exchanges,

Having before it proposals concerning the international exchange of cultural property which
appears on the agenda of the session as item 26,

Having decided, at its eighteenth session, that this question should take the form of a Recommen-
dation to Member States,

Adopts, this twenty-sixth day of November 1976, the present Recommendation.

l.Recommendation adopted on the Report of Programme Commission II at the thirty-fourth plenary meeting,on 26 November 1976.
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

17 Annex I

The General Conference recommends that Member States should apply the following provisions
by taking whatever legislative or other steps may be required in conformity with the constitu-
tional system or practice of each State, to give effect within their respective territories to the
principles formulated in this Recommendation.

The General Conference recommends that Member States should bring this Recommendation to
the attention of the appropriate authorities and bodies.

The General Conference recommends that Member States should submit to it, by dates and in
the form to be decided upon by the Conference, reports concerning the action taken by them in
pursuance of this Recommendation.

I. DEFINITIONS

1. For the purposes of this Recommendation:

“cultural institution” shall be taken to mean any permanent establishment administered in

the general interest for the purpose of preserving, studying and enhancing cultural property
and making it accessible to the public and which is licensed or approved by the competent
public authorities of each State;

“cultural property” shall be taken to mean items which are the expression and testimony of
human creation and of the evolution of nature which, in the opinion of the competent bodies
in individual States, are, or may be, of historical, artistic, scientific or technical value
and interest, including items in the following categories:

(a) zoological, botanical and geological specimens;

(b) archaeological objects;

(c) objects and documentation of ethnological interest;

(d) works of fine art and of the applied arts;

(e) literary, musical, photographic and cinematographic works;

(f) archives and documents;

“international exchange” shall be taken to mean any transfer of ownership, use or custody
of cultural property between States or cultural institutions in different countries - whether
it takes the form of the loan, deposit, sale or donation of such property - carried out under
such conditions as may be agreed between the parties concerned.

II. MEASURES RECOMMENDED

2. Bearing in mind that all cultural property forms part of the common cultural heritage of
mankind and that every State has a responsibility in this respect, not only towards its own
nationals but also towards the international community as a whole, Member States should adopt
within the sphere of their competence, the following measures to develop the circulation of cul-
tural property among cultural institutions in different countries in co-operation with regional and
local authorities as may be required.

3. Member States, in accordance with the legislation and the constitutional system or practice
and the particular circumstances of their respective countries, should adapt existing stat-
utes or regulations or adopt new legislation or regulations regarding inheritance, taxation and
customs duties and take all other necessary measures in order to make it possible or easier to
carry out the following operations solely for the purposes of international exchanges of cultural
property between cultural institutions:

(a) definitive or temporary import or export as well as transit of cultural property;

(b) transfer of ownership or derestriction of cultural property belonging to a public body or

a cultural institution.
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Annex I 18

4. Member States should foster, if they deem it advisable, the establishment either under
their direct authority or through cultural institutions of files of requests for and offers of
exchanges of cultural property made available for international exchange.

5. Offers of exchange should be entered in the files only when it has been established that the
legal status of the items concerned conforms to national law and that the offering institution
has legal title for this purpose.

6. Offers of exchanges should include full scientific, technical and, if requested, legal docu-
mentation calculated to ensure the most favourable conditions for the cultural utilization,
the conservation and, where appropriate, the restoration of the items in question.

7. Exchange agreements should include an indication that the recipient institution is prepared
to take all necessary measures of conservation for the proper protection of the cultural
property involved.

8. Consideration should be given to the granting of additional financial assistance to cultural

institutions, or to the setting aside of part of the existing levels of financial assistance, to
facilitate the carrying out of international exchanges.

9. Member States should give special attention to the problem of covering the risks to which
cultural property is exposed throughout the duration of loans, including the period spent in
transport, and should, in particular, study the possibility of introducing government guarantee
and compensation systems for the loan of objects of great value, such as those which already
exist in certain countries.

10. Member States, in accordance with their constitutional practice, should examine the possi-
bility of entrusting to appropriate specialized bodies the task of co-ordinating the various
operations involved in the international exchange of cultural property.

III. INTERNATIONAL CO-OPERATION

11. With the assistance of all competent organizations, whether regional, national or interna-
tional, intergovernmental or non-governmental, and in accordance with their constitutional
practice, Member States should launch an extensive campaign of information and encouragement
aimed at cultural institutions in all countries and at the professional staff of all categories -
administrative, academic and scientific - who are in charge of the national cultural property,
at the national or regional level, drawing their attention to the important contribution which can
be made to the promotion of a better mutual understanding of all peoples by developing all forms
of international circulation of cultural property and encouraging them to participate in such
exchanges.

12. This campaign should cover the following points in particular:

(1) cultural institutions having already concluded agreements on the international circula-
tion of cultural property should be invited to publicize all provisions which are of a
general nature and could thus serve as a model, but not provisions of a special nature
such as the description of the particular items in question, their evaluation or other
specific technical details;

(2) the competent specialized organizations, and particularly the International Council of
Museums, should produce or enlarge one or more practical handbooks describing every
possible form of circulation of cultural property and emphasizing their specific features.
These handbooks should include model contracts, including insurance contracts, for
every possible type of agreement. With the help of the competent national authorities,
the handbooks should be widely distributed to all the professional organizations involved
in the various countries;

(3) in order to facilitate the preparatory studies for the conclusion of exchange agreements,
the following should be widely distributed in all countries:

(a) various publications (books, periodicals, museum and exhibition catalogues, photo-
graphic documentation) produced in all countries by institutions which are custo-
dians of cultural property;

(b) the files of exchange offers and requests compiled in each country;
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

19 Annex I

(4) the attention of cultural institutions in all countries should be drawn especially to the
opportunities for reassembling a presently dismembered work which would be afforded
by a system of successive loans, without transfer of ownership, enabling each of the
holding institutions to take its turn to display the work in its entirety.

13. Should the parties to an international exchange of cultural property encounter technical diffi-
culties in carrying out such an exchange they may request the opinion of one or more experts
nominated by them after consultation with the Director-General of Unesco.

IV. FEDERAL STATES

14. In giving effect to the present Recommendation, Member States which have a federal or
non-unitary constitutional system might follow the principles set forth in Article 34 of the
Convention concerning the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural Heritage, adopted by the
General Conference at its seventeenth session.

V. ACTION AGAINST ILLICIT TRADING IN CULTURAL PROPERTY

15. The development of international exchanges should enable the cultural institutions of the
different Member States to enlarge their collections by acquiring cultural property of lawful
origin, accompanied by documentation calculated to bring out their full cultural significance.
Accordingly, Member States should take all necessary steps, with the help of the international
organizations concerned, to ensure that the development of such exchanges goes hand in hand
with an extension of the action taken against every possible form of illicit trading in cultural
property.
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Annex I 20

Recommendation concerning the safeguarding

and contemporary rô1e of historic areas1

The General Conference of the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization,
meeting in Nairobi at its nineteenth session, from 26 October to 30 November 1976,

Considering that historic areas are part of the daily environment of human beings everywhere,
that they represent the living presence of the past which formed them, that they provide the
variety in life’s background needed to match the diversity of society, and that by so doing they
gain in value and acquire an additional human dimension,

Considering that historic areas afford down the ages the most tangible evidence of the wealth
and diversity of cultural, religious and social activities and that their safeguarding and their
integration into the life of contemporary society is a basic factor in town-planning and land
development,

Considering that in face of the dangers of stereotyping and depersonalization, this living evidence
of days gone by is of vital importance for humanity and for nations who find in it both the expres-
sion of their way of life and one of the corner-stones of their identity,

Noting that throughout the world, under the pretext of expansion or modernization, demolition
ignorant of what it is demolishing and irrational and inappropriate reconstruction work is
causing serious damage to this historic heritage,

Considering that historic areas are an immovable heritage whose destruction may often lead to
social disturbance, even where it does not lead to economic loss,

Considering that this situation entails responsibilities for every citizen and lays on public
authorities obligations which they alone are capable of fulfilling,

Considering that in order to save these irreplaceable assets from the dangers of deterioration
or even total destruction to which they are thus exposed, it is for each State to adopt, as a matter
of urgency, comprehensive and energetic policies for the protection and revitalization of historic
areas and their surroundings as part of national, regional or local planning,

Noting the absence in many cases of a legislation effective and flexible enough concerning the archi-
tectural heritage and its interconnexion with town-planning, territorial, regional or local planning,

Noting that the General Conference has already adopted international instruments for the pro-
tection of the cultural and natural heritage such as the Recommendation on International Princi-
ples Applicable to Archaeological Excavations (1956), the Recommendation Concerning the Safe-
guarding of the Beauty and Character of Landscapes and Sites (1962), the Recommendation Con-
cerning the Preservation of Cultural Property Endangered by Public or Private Works (1966),
and the Recommendation Concerning the Protection, at National Level, of the Cultural and
Natural Heritage (1972),

Desiring to supplement and extend the application of the standards and principles laid down in
these international instruments,

Having before it proposals concerning the safeguarding and contemporary rô1e of historic areas,
which question appears on the agenda of the session as item 27,

Having decided at its eighteenth session that this question should take the form of a Recommen-
dation to Member States,

Adopts, this twenty-sixth day of November 1976, the present Recommendation.

1. Recommendation adopted on the Report of Programme Commission II at the thirty-fourth plenary meeting.on 26 November 1976.
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Annex I

The General Conference recommends that Member States apply the above provisions by adopting,
as a national law or in some other form, measures with a view to giving effect to the principles
and norms set out in this Recommendation in the territories under their jurisdiction.

The General Conference recommends that Member States bring this Recommendation to the
attention of the national, regional and local authorities and of institutions, services or bodies
and associations concerned with the safeguarding of historic areas and their environment.

The General Conference recommends that Member States report to it, at the dates and in the
form determined by it, on action taken by them on this Recommendation.

I. DEFINITIONS

1. For the purposes of the present recommendation:

(a) “Historic and architectural (including vernacular) areas” shall be taken to mean any
groups of buildings, structures and open spaces including archaeological and palaeonto-
logical sites, constituting human settlements in an urban or rural environment, the
cohesion and value of which, from the archaeological, architectural, prehistoric, his-
toric, aesthetic or socio-cultural point of view are recognized.

Among these “areas”, which are very varied in nature, it is possible to distinguish the
following in particular: prehistoric sites, historic towns, old urban quarters, villages
and hamlets as well as homogeneous monumental groups, it being understood that the
latter should as a rule be carefully preserved unchanged.

(b) The “environment” shall be taken to mean the natural or man-made setting which
influences the static or dynamic way these areas are perceived or which is directly
linked to them in space or by social, economic or cultural ties.

(c) “Safeguarding” shall be taken to mean the identification, protection, conservation,

restoration, renovation, maintenance and revitalization of historic or traditional areas
and their environment.

II. GENERAL PRINCIPLES

2. Historic areas and their surroundings should be regarded as forming an irreplaceable uni-
versal heritage, The governments and the citizens of the States in whose territory they are
situated should deem it their duty to safeguard this heritage and integrate it into the social life
of our times. The national, regional or local authorities should be answerable for their perform-
ance of this duty in the interests of all citizens and of the international community, in accordance
with the conditions of each Member State as regards the allocation of powers.

3. Every historic area and its surroundings should be considered in their totality as a coherent
whole whose balance and specific nature depend on the fusion of the parts of which it is com-
posed and which include human activities as much as the buildings, the spatial organization and
the surroundings. All valid elements, including human activities, however modest, thus have a
significance in relation to the whole which must not be disregarded.

4. Historic areas and their surroundings should be actively protected against damage of all
kinds, particularly that resulting from unsuitable use, unnecessary additions and misguided
or insensitive changes such as will impair their authenticity, and from damage due to any form
of pollution. Any restoration work undertaken should be based on scientific principles. Similarly,
great attention should be paid to the harmony and aesthetic feeling produced by the linking or the
contrasting of the various parts which make up the groups of buildings and which give to each
group its particular character.

5. In the conditions of modern urbanization, which leads to a considerable increase in the

scale and density of buildings, apart from the danger of direct destruction of historic
areas, there is a real danger that newly developed areas can ruin the environment and character
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Annex I 22

of adjoining historic areas. Architects and town-planners should be careful to ensure that
views from and to monuments and historic areas are not spoilt and that historic areas are
integrated harmoniously into contemporary life.

6. At a time when there is a danger that a growing universality of building techniques and
architectural forms may create a uniform environment throughout the world, the preserva-
tion of historic areas can make an outstanding contribution to maintaining and developing the
cultural and social values of each nation. This can contribute to the architectural enrichment
of the cultural heritage of the world.

III. NATIONAL, REGIONAL AND LOCAL POLICY

7. In each Member State a national, regional and local policy should be drawn up, in conformity
with the conditions of each State as regards the allocation of powers, so that legal, techni-
cal, economic and social measures may be taken by the national, regional or local authorities
with a view to safeguarding historic areas and their surroundings and adapting them to the
requirements of modern life. The policy thus laid down should influence planning at national,
regional or local level and provide guidelines for town-planning and regional and rural develop-
ment planning at all levels, the activities stemming from it forming an essential component in
the formulation of aims and programmes, the assignment of responsibilities and the conduct of
operations. The co-operation of individuals and private associations should be sought in
implementing the safeguarding policy.

IV. SAFEGUARDING MEASURES

8. Historic areas and their surroundings should be safeguarded in conformity with the principles
stated above and with the methods set out below, the specific measures being determined
according to the legislative and constitutional competence and the organizational and economic
structure of each State.

Legal and administrative measures

9. The application of an overall policy for safeguarding historic areas and their surroundings
should be based on principles which are valid for the whole of each country. Member States
should adapt the existing provisions, or, where necessary, enact new laws and regulations, so
as to secure the protection of historic areas and their surroundings taking into account the pro-
visions contained in this chapter and in the following chapters. They should encourage the adap-
tation or the adoption of regional or local measures to ensure such protection. Laws concerning
town and regional planning and housing policy should also be reviewed so as to co-ordinate and
bring them into line with the laws concerning the safeguarding of the architectural heritage.

10. The provisions establishing a system for safeguarding historic areas should set out the
general principles relating to the establishment of the necessary plans and documents and,
in particular:

the general conditions and restrictions applicable to the protected areas and their
surroundings;

a statement as to the programmes and operations to be planned for the purpose of conser-
vation and provision of public services;

maintenance to be carried out and the designation of those to be responsible for it;

the fields to which town-planning, redevelopment and rural land management are
applicable:

the designation of the body responsible for authorising any restoration, modification,
new construction or demolition within the protected perimeter;

the means by which the safeguarding programmes are to be financed and carried out.
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

23 Annex I

11. Safeguarding plans and documents should define:

the areas and items to be protected;

the specific conditions and restrictions applicable to them;

the standards to be observed in the work of maintenance, restoration and improvements;

the general conditions governing the establishment of the supply systems and services
needed in urban or rural life;

the conditions governing new constructions.

12. These laws should also in principle include provisions designed to prevent any infringement
of the preservation laws, as well as any speculative rise in property values within the pro-
tected areas which could compromise protection and restoration planned in the interests of the
community as a whole. These provisions could involve town-planning measures affording a
means of influencing the price of building land, such as the establishment of neighbourhood or
smaller development plans, granting the right of pre-emption to a public body, compulsory pur-
chase in the interests of safeguarding or rehabilitation or automatic intervention in the case of
failure to act on the part of the owners, and could provide for effective penalties such as the
suspension of operations, compulsory restoration and/or a suitable fine.

13. Public authorities as well as individuals must be obliged to comply with the measures for
safeguarding. However, machinery for appeal against arbitrary or unjust decisions should
be provided.

14. The provisions concerning the setting up of public and private bodies and concerning public
and private work projects should be adapted to the regulations governing the safeguarding
of historic areas and their surroundings.

15. In particular, provisions concerning slum property and blocks and the construction of sub-
sidized housing should be planned or amended both to fit in with the safeguarding policy and
to contribute to it. The schedule of any subsidies paid should be drawn up and adjusted accord-
ingly, in particular in order to facilitate the development of subsidized housing and public con-
struction by rehabilitating old buildings. All demolition should in any case only concern buildings
with no historic or architectural value and the subsidies involved should be carefully controlled.
Further, a proportion of the funds earmarked for the construction of subsidized housing should
be allocated to the rehabilitation of old buildings.

16. The legal consequences of the protection measures as far as buildings and land are con-
cerned should be made public and should be recorded by a competent official body.

17. Making due allowance for the conditions specific to each country and the allocation of respon-
sibilities within the various national, regional and local authorities, the following principles
should underlie the operation of the safeguarding machinery:

(a) there should be an authority responsible for ensuring the permanent co-ordination of
all those concerned, e. g. national, regional and local public services or groups of
individuals;

(b) safeguarding plans and documents should be drawn up, once all the necessary advance
scientific studies have been carried out, by multidisciplinary teams composed, in
particular, of:

specialists in conservation and restoration, including art historians;

architects and town-planners;

sociologists and economists;

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Annex I 24

ecologists and landscape architects;

specialists in public health and social welfare;

and, more generally, all specialists in disciplines involved in the protection and
enhancement of historic areas;

(c) the authorities should take the lead in sounding the opinions and organizing the partici-
pation of the public concerned;

(d) the safeguarding plans and documents should be approved by the body designated by
law;

(e) the public authorities responsible for giving effect to the safeguarding provisions and
regulations at all levels, national, regional and local, should be provided with the
necessary staff and given adequate technical, administrative and financial resources.

Technical, economic and social measures

18. A list of historic areas and their surroundings to be protected should be drawn up at national,
regional or local level. It should indicate priorities so that the limited resources available
for protection may be allocated judiciously. Any protection measures, of whatever nature, that
need to be taken as a matter of urgency should be taken without waiting for the safeguarding plans
and documents to be prepared.

19. A survey of the area as a whole, including an analysis of its spatial evolution, should be
made. It should cover archaeological, historical, architectural, technical and economic
data. An analytical document should be drawn up so as to determine which buildings or groups
of buildings are to be protected with great care, conserved under certain conditions, or, in
quite exceptional and thoroughly documented circumstances, destroyed. This would enable the author-
ities to call a halt to any work incompatible with this recommendation. Additionally, an inventory of
public and private open spaces and their vegetation should be drawn up for the same purposes.

20. In addition to this architectural survey, thorough surveys of social, economic, cultural
and technical data and structures and of the wider urban or regional context are necessary.
Studies should include, if possible, demographic data and an analysis of economic, social and
cultural activities, ways of life and social relationships, land-tenure problems, the urban infra-
structure, the state of the road system, communication networks and the reciprocal links
between protected areas and surrounding zones. The authorities concerned should attach the
greatest importance to these studies and should bear in mind that valid safeguarding plans
cannot be prepared without them.

21. After the survey described above has been completed and before the safeguarding plans and
specifications are drawn up, there should in principle be a programming operation in which
due account is taken both of town-planning, architectural, economic and social considerations
and of the ability of the urban and rural fabric to assimilate functions that are compatible with
its specific character. The programming operation should aim at bringing the density of settle-
ment to the desired level and should provide for the work to be carried out in stages as well as
for the temporary accommodation needed while it is proceeding, and premises for the permanent
rehousing of those inhabitants who cannot return to their previous dwellings. This programming
operation should be undertaken with the closest possible participation of the communities and
groups of people concerned. Because the social, economic and physical context of historic
areas and their surroundings may be expected to change over time, survey and analysis should
be a continuing process. It is accordingly essential that the preparation of safeguarding plans
and their execution be undertaken on the basis of studies available, rather than being post-
poned while the planning process is refined.

22. Once the safeguarding plans and specifications have been drawn up and approved by the
competent public authority, it would be desirable for them to be executed either by their
authors or under their authority.

23. In historic areas containing features from several different periods, preservation should
be carried out taking into account the manifestations of all such periods.
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

25 Annex Z

24. Where safeguarding plans exist urban development or slum clearance programmes consist-
ing of the demolition of buildings of no architectural or historic interest and which are
structurally too unsound to be kept, the removal of extensions and additional storeys of no value,
and sometimes even the demolition of recent buildings which break the unity of the area, may
only be authorized in conformity with the plan.

25. Urban development or slum clearance programmes for areas not covered by safeguarding
plans should respect buildings and other elements of architectural or historic value as well
asaccompanying buildings. If such elements are likely to be adversely affected by the programme,
safeguarding plans as indicated above should be drawn up in advance of demolition.

26. Constant supervision is necessary to ensure that these operations are not conducive to
excessive profits nor serve other purposes contrary to the objectives of the plan.

27. The usual security standards applicable to fire and natural catastrophes should be observed
in any urban development or slum clearance programme affecting a historic area, provided
that this be compatible with the criteria applicable to the preservation of the cultural heritage.
If conflict does occur, special solutions should be sought, with the collaboration of all the
services concerned, so as to provide the maximum security, while not impairing the cultural
heritage.

28. Particular care should be devoted to regulations for and control over new buildings so as
to ensure that their architecture adapts harmoniously to the spatial organization and setting
of the groups of historic buildings. To this end, an analysis of the urban context should precede
any new construction not only so as to define the general character of the group of buildings but
also to analyse its dominant features, e.g. the harmony of heights, colours, materials and
forms, constants in the way the façades and roofs are built, the relationship between the volume
of buildings and the spatial volume, as well as their average proportions and their position. Parti-
cular attention should be given to the size of the lots since there is a danger that any reorgani-
zation of the lots may cause a change of mass which could be deleterious to the harmony of the
whole.

29. The isolation of a monument through the demolition of its surroundings should not generally
be authorized, neither should a monument be moved unless in exceptional circumstances
and for unavoidable reasons.

30. Historic areas and their surroundings should be protected from the disfigurement caused by
the erection of poles, pylons and electricity or telephone cables and the placing of television
aerials and large-scale advertising signs. Where these already exist appropriate measures
should be taken for their removal. Bill-posting, neon signs and other kinds of advertisement,
commercial signs, street pavements and furniture, should be planned with the greatest care and
controlled so that they fit harmoniously into the whole. Special efforts should be made to pre-
vent all forms of vandalism,

31. Member States and groups concerned should protect historic areas and their surroundings
against the increasingly serious environmental damage caused by certain technological
developments - in particular the various forms of pollution - by banning harmful industries in
the proximity of these areas and by taking preventive measures to counter the destructive effects
of noise, shocks and vibrations caused by machines and vehicles. Provision should further be
made for measures to counter the harm resulting from over-exploitation by tourism.

32. Member States should encourage and assist local authorities to seek solutions to the conflict
existing in most historic groupings between motor traffic on the one hand and the scale of
the buildings and their architectural qualities on the other. To solve the conflict and to encour-
age pedestrian traffic, careful attention should be paid to the placing of, and access to, periph-
eral and even central car parks and routing systems established which will facilitate pedestrian
traffic, service access and public transport alike. Many rehabilitation operations such as put-
ting electricity and other cables underground, too expensive if carried out singly, could then be
co-ordinated easily and economically with the development of the road system.

33. Protection and restoration should be accompanied by revitalization activities. It would thus
be essential to maintain appropriate existing functions, in particular trades and crafts, and
establish new ones, which, if they are to be viable, in the long term, should be compatible with
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Annex I 26

the economic and social context of the town, region or country where they are introduced. The
cost of safeguarding operations should be evaluated not only in terms of the cultural value of
the buildings but also in relation to the value they acquire through the use made of them. The
social problems of safeguarding cannot be seen correctly unless reference is made to both these
value scales. These functions should answer the social, cultural and economic needs of the
inhabitants without harming the specific nature of the area concerned. A cultural revitalization
policy should make historic areas centres of cultural activities and give them a central rô1e to
play in the cultural development of the communities around them.

34. In rural areas all works which cause disturbances and all changes of economic and social
structure should be carefully controlled so as to preserve the integrity of historic rural
communities within their natural setting.

35. Safeguarding activities should couple the public authorities’ contribution with the contribu-
tion made by the individual or collective owners and the inhabitants and users, separately
or together, who should be encouraged to put forward suggestions and generally play an active
part. Constant co-operation between the community and the individual should thus be established
at all levels particularly through methods such as: information adapted to the types of persons
concerned; surveys adapted to the persons questioned; establishment of advisory groups attached
to planning teams; representation of owners, inhabitants and users in an advisory function on
bodies responsible for decision-making, management and the organization of operations connected
with plans for safeguarding, or the creation of public corporations to play a part in the plan’s
implementation.

36. The formation of voluntary conservation groups and non-profit-making associations and the
establishment of honorary or financial rewards should be encouraged so that specially meritori-
ous work in all aspects of safeguarding may be recognized.

37. Availability of the necessary funds for the level of public investment provided for in the
plans for the safeguarding of historic areas and their surroundings should be ensured by
including adequate appropriations in the budgets of the central, regional and local authorities.
All these funds should be centrally managed by public, private or semi-public bodies entrusted
with the co-ordination of all forms of financial aid at national, regional or local level and with
the channelling of them according to an overall plan of action.

38. Public assistance in the forms described below should be based on the principle that,
wherever this is appropriate and necessary, the measures taken by the authorities con-
cerned should take into account the “extra cost” of restoration, i. e. the additional cost imposed
on the owner as compared with the new market or rental value of the building.

39. In general, such public funds should be used primarily to conserve existing buildings in-
cluding especially buildings for low rental housing and should not be allocated to the con-
struction of new buildings unless the latter do not prejudice the use and functions of existing
buildings.

40. Grants, subsidies, loans at favourable rates, or tax concessions should be made available
to private owners and to users carrying out work provided for by the safeguarding plans and
in conformity with the standards laid down in those plans. These tax concessions, grants and
loans could be made first and foremost to groups of owners or users of living accommodation
and commercial property, since joint operations are more economical than individual action.
The financial concessions granted to private owners and users should, where appropriate, be
dependent on covenants requiring the observance of certain conditions laid down in the public
interest, and ensuring the integrity of the buildings such as allowing the buildings to be visited
and allowing access to parks, gardens or sites, the taking of photographs, etc.

41. Special funds should be set aside in the budgets of public and private bodies for the protec-
tion of groups of historic buildings endangered by large-scale public works and pollu-
tion. Public authorities should also set aside special funds for the repair of damage caused by
natural disasters.

42. In addition, all government departments and agencies active in the field of public works
should arrange their programmes and budgets so as to contribute to the rehabilitation of
groups of historic buildings by financing work which is both in conformity with their own aims
and the aims of the safeguarding plan.
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

27 Annex I

43. To increase the financial resources available to them, Member States should encourage
the setting up of public and/or private financing agencies for the safeguarding of historic
areas and their surroundings. These agencies should have corporate status and be empowered
to receive gifts from individuals, foundations and industrial and commercial concerns. Special
tax concessions may be granted to donors.

44. The financing of work of any description carried out for the safeguarding of historic areas
and their surroundings by setting up a loans corporation, could be facilitated by public
institutions and private credit establishments, which would be responsible for making loans to
owners at reduced rates of interest with repayment spread out over a long period.

45. Member States and other levels of government concerned could facilitate the creation of
non-profit-making associations responsible for buying and, where appropriate after restora-
tion, selling buildings by using revolving funds established for the special purpose of enabling
owners of historic buildings who wish to safeguard them and preserve their character to continue
to reside there.

46. It is most important that safeguarding measures should not lead to a break in the social
fabric. To avoid hardship to the poorest inhabitants consequent on their having to move
from buildings or groups of buildings due for renovation, compensation for rises in rent could
enable them to keep their homes, commercial premises and workshops and their traditional
living patterns and occupations, especially rural crafts, small-scale agriculture, fishing, etc.
This compensation, which would be income-related, would help those concerned to pay the
increased rentals resulting from the work carried out.

V. RESEARCH. EDUCATION AND INFORMATION

47. In order to raise the standard of work of the skilled workers and craftsmen required and to
encourage the whole population to realize the need for safeguarding and to take part in it,
the following measures should be taken by Member States, in accordance with their legal and
constitutional competence.

48. Member States and groups concerned should encourage the systematic study of, and
research on:

town-planning aspects of historic areas and their environment;

the interconnexions between safeguarding and planning at all levels;

methods of conservation applicable to historic areas;

the alteration of materials;

the application of modern techniques to conservation work;

the crafts techniques indispensable for safeguarding.

49. Specific education concerning the above questions and including practical training periods
should be introduced and developed. In addition, it is essential to encourage the training of
skilled workers and craftsmen specializing in the safeguarding of historic areas, including any
open spaces surrounding them. Furthermore, it is necessary to encourage the crafts them-
selves, which are jeopardized by the processes of industrialization. It is desirable that the
institutions concerned co-operate in this matter with specialized international agencies such as
the Centre for the Study of the Preservation and Restoration of Cultural Property, in Rome, the
International Council of Monuments and Sites (ICOMOS) and the International Council of
Museums (ICOM).

50. The education of administrative staff for the needs of local development in the field of
safeguarding of historic areas should be financed where applicable and needed and directed
by the appropriate authorities according to a long-term programme.
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Annex I 28

51. Awareness of the need for safeguarding work should be encouraged by education in school,
out of school and at university and by using information media such as books, the press,
television, radio, cinema and travelling exhibitions. Clear, comprehensive information should
be provided as to the advantages - not only aesthetic, but also social and economic - to be
reaped from a well-conducted policy for the safeguarding of historic areas and their surround-
ings. Such information should be widely circulated among specialized private and government
bodies and the general public so that they may know why and how their surroundings can be
improved in this way.

52. The study of historic areas should be included in education at all levels, especially in
history teaching, so as to inculcate in young minds an understanding of and respect for the
works of the past and to demonstrate the rô1e of this heritage in modern life. Education of this
kind should make wide use of audio-visual media and of visits to groups of historic buildings.

53. Refresher courses for teachers and guides and the training of instructors should be facili-
tated so as to aid groups of young people and adults wishing to learn about historic areas.

VI. INTERNATIONAL CO-OPERATION

54. Member States should co-operate with regard to the safeguarding of historic areas and
their surroundings, seeking aid, if it seems desirable, from international organizations,
both intergovernmental and non-governmental, in particular that of the Unesco-ICOM-ICOMOS
Documentation Centre. Such multilateral or bilateral co-operation should be carefully co-
ordinated and should take the form of measures such as the following:

(a) exchange of information in all forms and of scientific and technical publications;

(b) organization of seminars and working parties on particular subjects;

(c) provision of study and travel fellowships, and the dispatch of scientific,
technical and administrative staff, and equipment;

(d) joint action to combat pollution of all kinds;

(e) implementation of large- scale conservation, restoration and rehabilitation projects

for historic areas and publication of the experience acquired, In frontier areas where
the task of developing and safeguarding historic areas and their surroundings gives
rise to problems jointly affecting Member States on either side of the frontier, they
should co-ordinate their policies and activities to ensure that the cultural heritage is
used and protected in the best possible way;

(f) mutual assistance between neighbouring countries for the preservation of areas of
common interest characteristic of the historic and cultural development of the
region.

55. In conformity with the spirit and the principles of this recommendation, a Member State
should not take any action to demolish or change the character of the historic quarters,
towns and sites, situated in territories occupied by that State.
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

29 Annex I

Recommendation on participation by the people at large

in cultural life and their contribution to it 1

The General Conference of the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization,
meeting in Nairobi from 26 October to 30 November 1976, at its nineteenth session,

Recalling that under the terms of Article 27 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights,
“everyone has the right freely, to participate in the cultural life of the community, to enjoy the
arts and to share in scientific advancement and its benefits”,

Recalling that the Constitution of Unesco states, in its Preamble, that the wide diffusion of
culture, and the education of humanity for justice and liberty and peace are indispensable to the
dignity of man,

Recalling the provisions of the Declaration of the Principles of International Cultural

Co-operation adopted by the General Conference of Unesco on 4 November 1966 at its fourteenth
session, and in particular Article I which states that “each culture has a dignity and value which
must be respected and preserved”, and Article IV which stipulates that one of the aims of inter-
national cultural co-operation is “to enable everyone to have access to knowledge, to enjoy the
arts and literature of all peoples, to share in advances made in science in all parts of the world
and in the resulting benefits, and to contribute to the enrichment of cultural life”, and also the
provisions of the Final Act of the Conference on Security and Co-operation in Europe to the
effect that the participating States, “desiring to contribute to the strengthening of peace and
understanding among peoples and to the spiritua1 enrichment of the human personality without
distinction as to race, sex, language or religion”, will set themselves the objective, amongst
others, of promoting access by all to their respective cultural achievements,

Considering that cultural development not only complements and regulates general develop-
ment but is also a true instrument of progress,

Considering:

(a) that culture is an integral part of social life and that a policy for culture must there-
fore be seen in the broad context of general State policy, and that culture is, in its
very essence, a social phenomenon resulting from individuals joining and co-operating
in creative activities,

(b) that culture is today becoming an important element in human life and one of the princi-
pal factors in the progress of mankind, and that an essential premise for such progress
is to ensure the constant growth of society’s spiritual potential, based on the full,
harmonious development of all its members and the free play of their creative faculties,

(c) that culture is not merely an accumulation of works and knowledge which an elite
produces, collects and conserves in order to place it within reach of all; or that a
people rich in its past and its heritage offers to others as a model which their own
history has failed to provide for them; that culture is not limited to access to works of
art and the humanities, but is at one and the same time the acquisition of knowledge,
the demand for a way of life and the need to communicate,

Considering that participation by the greatest possible number of people and associations in a
wide variety of cultural activities of their own free choice is essential to the development of the
basic human values and dignity of the individual, and that access by the people at large to
cultural values can be assured only if social and economic conditions are created that will
enable them not only to enjoy the benefits of culture, but also to take an active part in overall
cultural life and in the process of cultural development,

Considering that access to culture and participation in cultural life are two complementary
aspects of the same thing, as is evident from the way in which one affects the other - access
may promote participation in cultural life and participation may broaden access to culture by
endowing it with its true meaning - and that without participation, mere access to culture
necessarily falls short of the objectives of cultural development,
1 Recommendation adopted on the Report of Programme Commission II at the thirty-fourth plenary meeting on 26 November 1976.
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Nothing that cultural action often involves only a minute proportion of the population and that,
moreover, existing organizations and the means used do not always meet the needs of those who
are in a particularly vulnerable position because of their inadequate education, low standard
of living, poor housing conditions and economic and social dependence in general,

Nothing that there is often a wide discrepancy between the reality and the proclaimed ideals,
declared intentions, programmes or expected results,

Considering that while it is essential and urgent to define objectives, contents and methods for
a policy of participation by the people at large in cultural life, the solutions envisaged cannot
be identical for all countries, in view of the current differences between the socio-economic
and political situations in States,

Reaffirming the principles of respect for the sovereignty of States, non-interference in the inter-
nal affairs of other countries, equality of rights and the right of peoples to self-deterrninaticln,

Aware of the responsibility which devolves upon Member States to implement cultural policies
for the purpose of advancing the objectives set forth in the Charter of the United Nations, the
Constitution of Unesco, the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights, and
the Declaration of the Principles of International Cultural Co-operation,

Bearing in mind that elimination of the economic and social inequality which prevents broad
sections of the population from gaining access to knowledge which is the foundation of science
and technology-, and from becoming aware of their own cultural needs, implies broader partici-
pation on their part; that to these obstacles must be added a resistance to change, and barriers
of all kinds, whether they are of political or commercial origin or take the form of a reaction by
closed communities,

Considering that the problem of access and participation can be solved by collective approaches
extending to many sectors and aspects of life; that such approaches should be diversified
according to the special characteristics of each community, the whole forming a true design
for living calling for basic policy options,

Considering that access to culture and participation in cultural life are essential components
of an overall social policy dealing with the condition of the working masses, the organization
of labour, leisure time, family life, education and training, town-planning and the environment,

Aware of the important rô1e that can be played in cultural and social life by: young people,
whose mission is to contribute to the evolution and progress of society; parents, particularly
because of the decisive influence which they exercise on the cultural education of children and
the development of their creativity; elderly people who are available to discharge a new social
and cultural function; workers, because of the active contribution they make to social changes:
artists, as creators and bearers of cultural values; cultural development personnel whose task
is to secure the effective participation in cultural life of all sections of the population and to
ascertain and express their aspirations, relying for this purpose on the collaboration of the
spontaneous leaders of the community,

Considering that access and participation, which should provide everyone with the opportunity
not only to receive benefits but also to express himself in all the circumstances of social life,
imply the greatest liberty and tolerance in the fields of cultural training and the creation and
dissemination of culture,

Considering that participation in cultural life presupposes an affirmation of the personality,

its dignity and value, and also the implementation of the fundamental rights and freedoms of
man attested by the Charter of the United Nations and international legal instruments concerning
human rights, and that the cultural development of the individual is hindered by such phenomena
as the policy of aggression, colonialism, neo-colonialism, fascism and racism in all its forms
and manifestations, as well as by other causes,

Considering that participation in cultural life takes the form of an assertion of identitv,
authenticity and dignity; that the integrity of identity is threatened by numerous causes of erosion.
stemming, in particular, from the prevalence of inappropriate models or of techniques which
have not been fully mastered,

Considering that the assertion of cultural identity should not result in the formation of isolated
groups but should, on the contrary, go hand in hand with a mutual desire for wide and frequent
contacts, and that such contacts are a fundamental requirement without which the objectives of
the present recommendation would be unattainable,
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

31 Annex I

Bearing in mind the fundamental part played by general education, cultural education and
artistic training,and the use of working time and free time, with a view to full cultural devel-
opment , in a context of life-long education,

Considering that the mass media can serve as instruments of cultural enrichment, both by
opening up unprecedented possibilities of cultural development, in contributing to the libera-
tion of the latent cultural potential of individuals, to the preservation and popularization of
traditional forms of culture, and to the creation and dissemination of new forms, and by turning
themselves into media for group communication and promoting direct participation by the people,

Considering that the ultimate objective of access and participation is to raise the spiritual and
cultural level of society as a whole on the basis of humanistic values and to endow culture with
a humanistic and democratic content, and that this in turn implies taking measures against the
harmful effect of “commercial mass culture”, which threatens national cultures and the cultural
development of mankind, leads to debasement of the personality and exerts a particularly
harmful influence on the young generation,

Having before it, as item 28 of the agenda of the session, proposals concerning participation by
the people at large in cultural life and their contribution to it,

Having decided at its eighteenth session that this question should be made the subject of an
international regulation, to take the form of a recommendation to Member States,

Adopts, this twenty-sixth day of November 1976, the present Recommendation.

The General Conference recommends Member States to implement the following provisions,
taking whatever legislative or other steps may be required - in conformity with the constitutional
practice of each State and the nature of the question under consideration - to apply the principles
and norms formulated in this Recommendation within their respective territories.

The General Conference recommends Member States to bring this Recommendation to the
knowledge of authorities, institutions and organizations which can help to ensure participation
by the people at large in cultural life and their contribution to it.

The General Conference recommends Member States to submit to it, at such times and in
such manner as it shall determine, reports concerning the action they have taken upon this
Recommendation.

I. DEFINITIONS, AND SCOPE OF THE RECOMMENDATION

1. This Recommendation concerns everything that should be done by Member States or the
authorities to democratize the means and instruments of cultural activity, so as to enable
all individuals to participate freely and fully in cultural creation and its benefits, in accordance
with the requirements of social progress.

2. For the purposes of the Recommendation:

(a) by access to culture is meant the concrete opportunities available to everyone, in

particular through the creation of the appropriate socio-economic conditions, for
freely obtaining information, training, knowledge and understanding, and for enjoying
cultural values and cultural property;

(b) by participation in cultural life is meant the concrete opportunities guaranteed for all -
groups or individuals - to express themselves freely, to communicate, act, and engage
in creative activities with a view to the full development of their personalities, a har-
monious life and the cultural progress of society;

(c) by communication is meant relations between groups or individuals desirous of freely

exchanging or pooling information, ideas and knowledge with a view to promoting
dialogue, concerted action, understanding and a sense of community while respecting
their originality and their differences, in order to strengthen mutual understanding
and peace.
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Annex I 32

3. For the purposes of the Recommendation:

(a) the concept of culture has been broadened to include all forms of creativity and expres-
sion of groups or individuals, both in their ways of life and in their artistic activities;

(b) free, democratic access to culture of the people at large presupposes the existence of
appropriate economic and social policies;

(cl participation in cultural life presupposes involvement of the different social partners
in decision-making related to cultural policy as well as in the conduct and evaluation of
activities;

(d) free participation in cultural life is related to:

(i) a development policy for economic growth and social justice;

(ii) a policy of life-long education which is geared to the needs and aspirations of all
people and makes them aware of their own intellectual potentialities and sensitivity,
provides them with cultural education and artistic training, improves their powers
of self-expression and stimulates their creativity, thus enabling them more success-
fully to master social changes and to participate more fully in the community life
of society;

(iii) a science and technology policy inspired by the resolve to safeguard the cultural
identity of the peoples;

(iv) a social policy directed towards progress and, more precisely, the attenuation -
with a view to their elimination - of the inequalities handicapping certain groups
and individuals, especially the least privileged, in regard to their living conditions,
their opportunities and the fulfilment of their aspirations;

(VI an environment policy designed, through the planned use of space and the protec-
tion of nature, to create a background to living conducive to the full development
of individuals and societies;

(vi) a communication policy designed to strengthen the free exchange of information,

ideas and knowledge, in order to promote mutual understanding, and encouraging
to this end the use and extension of both modern and traditional media for cultural
purposes;

(vii) a policy for international co-operation based on the principle of equality of

cultures, mutual respect, understanding and confidence and strengthening of
peace.

II. LEGISLATION AND REGULATIONS

4. It is recommended that Member States, if they have not already done so, adopt legislation
or regulations in conformity with their national constitutional procedures, or otherwise
modify existing practices in order to:

(a) guarantee as human rights those rights bearing on access to and participation in cultural
life, in the spirit of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, of the International
Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights and of the International Covenant on
Civil and Political Rights and in accordance with the ideals and objectives set forth
in the United Nations Charter and in the Constitution of Unesco;

(b) provide effective safeguards for free access to national and world cultures by all
members of society without distinction or discrimination based on race, colour, sex,
language, religion, political convictions, national or social origin, financial situation
or any other consideration and so to encourage free participation by all sections of
the population in the process of creating cultural values;

(c) pay special attention to women’s full entitlement to access to culture and to effective
participation in cultural life;
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

33 Annex I

(d) promote the development and dissemination of national cultures and the development
of international co-operation in order to make the cultural achievements of other
peoples better known and to strengthen friendship and mutual understanding;

(e) create appropriate conditions enabling the populations to play an increasingly active
part in building the future of their society, to assume responsibilities and duties and
exercise rights in that process;

(f) guarantee the recognition of the equality of cultures, including the cultures of national
minorities and of foreign minorities if they exist, as forming part of the common heri-
tage of all mankind, and ensure that they are promoted at all levels without discrimina-
tion; ensure that national minorities and foreign minorities have full opportunities for
gaining access to and participating in the cultural life of the countries in which they
find themselves in order to enrich it with their specific contributions, while safeguard-
ing their right to preserve their cultural identity;

(g) protect, safeguard and enhance all forms of cultural expression such as national or
regional languages, dialects, folk arts and traditions both past and present, and rural
cultures as well as cultures of other social groups;

(h) ensure that the handicapped are integrated in cultural life and have opportunities of
contributing to it;

(i) ensure equality of access to education;

(j) guarantee freedom of expression and communication serving to strengthen the ideals of
humanism;

(k) bring about conditions conducive to creative work and ensure the freedom of creative
artists and the protection of their works and rights;

(1) improve the professional status of the various categories of personnel required for the
implementation of cultural policies;

(m) ensure that cultural education and artistic training are given their proper place in the
curricula of educational and training establishments, and extend enjoyment of the
artistic heritage to the population outside the education system;

(n) multiply opportunities for intellectual, manual or gestural creation and encourage
artistic training, experience and expression with a view to bringing about the integra-
tion of art and life;

(0) provide the mass media with a status ensuring their independence, due attention
being paid to the effective participation of creative artists and the public; these media
should not threaten the authenticity of cultures or impair their quality; they ought not
to act as instruments of cultural domination but serve mutual understanding and peace;

(P) reconcile the duty to protect and enhance everything connected with the cultural heri-
tage, traditions and the past with the need to allow the endeavours of the present and
the modern outlook to find expression;

(q) (i) protect and enhance the heritage of the past, and particularly ancient monuments
and traditions which may contribute to the essential equilibrium of societies
subject to a rapid process of industrialization and urbanization;

(ii) make the public aware of the importance of town-planningand architecture, not
only because they are the reflection of cultural and social life, but above all
because they condition the very background to living;

(iii) associate the population with the conservation and management of the natural
environment both at the national and at the international levels, since the quality
of the natural environment is essential to the full development of the human
personality;
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Annex 1 34

(r) create, through the appropriate bodies, conditions making it possible for work and
leisure, each in its own way, to offer opportunities for cultural creation to each and
every one, and lay down conditions governing working and leisure hours and the opera-
tional organization of cultural institutions which will enable the greatest possible num-
ber of people to gain access to culture and participate in cultural life;

(s) reject concepts which, under the guise of cultural action, are based on violence and
aggression, domination, contempt and racial prejudice, as well as on debasing
ideas or practices;

(t) strengthen their work in support of peace and international understanding, in accordance
with the Declaration of the Principles of International Cultural Co-operation and encour-
age the dissemination of ideas and cultural goods conducive to the strengthening of
peace, security and co-operation.

III. TECHNICAL, ADMINISTRATIVE, ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL MEASURES

5. It is recommended to Member States, if they have not already done so, that they make the
necessary technical, administrative and financial resources available to upgrade policies
for cultural action from the insignificant position to which they may still be relegated until they
reach an operationally effective level enabling them to achieve the goals of life-long education
and cultural development and to ensure to the maximum that the people at large have access to
culture and participate freely in cultural life. For this purpose Member States should take the
following measures:

A. Ways and means of cultural action

Decentralization of facilities, activities and decisions

6. Member States or the appropriate authorities should:

(a) foster decentralization of activities and encourage the development of local centres,
special attention being paid to under-populated peripheral or under-privileged areas;

(b) encourage, extend and strengthen the network of cultural and artistic institutions not
only in large towns but also in smaller towns, villages and urban neighbourhoods;

(c) encourage the setting up of facilities best suited to the needs of the users and foster the
integration of facilities used for cultural activities with those which are designed for
social and educational work and which should be mobile to some extent, in order to
make available to the widest possible public all the means needed for the heightening
of awareness and for cultural development;

(d) encourage the use for cultural purposes of all public facilities that promote communi-
cation among groups and individuals;

(e) encourage inter-regional and inter-community exchanges;

(f) stimulate regional or local initiative, both by providing decision-makers with the
necessary resources at appropriate levels and by sharing the decision-making function
with the representatives of other parties interested in cultural problems; and to this
end develop secondary centres for administrative decision-making;

(g) develop methods for the promotion of artistic creation and cultural activity by the
people at large, based upon the people’s own organizations, in both residential areas
and working places;

(h) apply special measures for certain disadvantaged groups and for environments with a
poorly developed cultural life. Special attention should be paid to, e.g. children, the
handicapped, people living in hospitals and prisons, and people living in remotely
situated areas, as well as those in city slums. Decisions and responsibility should,
as much as possible, be left with the group participating in the activities.
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

35 Annex I

Concerted action

7. Member States or the appropriate authorities should encourage concerted action and
co-operation both as regards the activities themselves and decision-making:

(a) by paying special attention to creative cultural and artistic non-institutional and non-
professional activities and by providing all possible support to amateur activities in
all their diversity;

(b) by establishing advisory structures, at the local, regional and national levels, bringing
together representatives of the professional and social groups concerned who will
participate in determining the objectives and ways and means of cultural action.

Trade unions and other workers’ organizations

8. Member States or the appropriate authorities should take all such measures as will be of
assistance to socio-cultural organizations for the people at large, trade unions and other
workers’ organizations for wage-earners or the self-employed (farmers, craftsmen, etc. ), in
freely carrying out their cultural policies or projects so as to enable them to enjoy the whole
wealth of cultural values and to take an active part in the cultural life of society.

“Animation”

9. Member States or the appropriate authorities should:

(a) contribute to the training of cultural development personnel, in particular of “animateurs”,

who should act as information, communication and expression intermediaries, by putting
people in contact with each other and serving as a connecting link between the public, the
work of art, and the artist, and between the public and cultural institutions;

(b) provide such personnel with means of action enabling them, on the one hand, to give
support to the spontaneous “animateurs” of local communities and, on the other hand,
to stimulate initiative and participation, using the necessary training methods;

(c) encourage the use of instruments and equipment for communication and expression
which have educational value and offer a potential for creation, by making them avail-
able to cultural centres and institutions such as public libraries, museums, etc.

Artistic creation

10. Member States or other appropriate authorities should:

(a) create social, economic and financial conditions which should provide artists, writers
and composers of music with the necessary basis for free creative work;

(b) define, for this purpose, in addition to the legal measures connected with copyright and
the protection of works of art:

(i) social measures applying to all professional artists and fiscal measures designed
to assist not only collective forms of artistic creation (theatre, cinema, etc.) but
also individual artists;

(ii) a policy of fellowships, prizes, State commissions, and the engagement of artists,
particularly for the construction and decoration of public buildings;

(iii) a policy for the dissemination of culture (exhibitions, performances of musical

and theatrical works, etc.);

(iv) a research policy that offers individual artists, groups and institutions the possi-
bility of carrying out experiments and research in multi-purpose workshops, with-
out feeling obliged to produce successful results, in such a way as to foster an
artistic and cultural renewal:

(c) consider establishing funds to provide aid for artistic creation:

(d) encourage the endeavours of all who have a vocation for artistic creation and help young
people to develop their talents without any discrimination and strengthen specialized
institutions providing professional training in all the arts;
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Annex I 36

(e) promote opportunities for the publication of high-quality reproductions of artistic works,
the publication and translation of literary works and the publication and performance
of musical compositions;

(f) associate artists at all levels in the formulation and implementation of cultural
policies;

(g) ensure the multiplicity of bodies called upon to assess works of art and the regular
renewal of their membership, as well as the multiplicity of sources of finance, so as
to safeguard the freedom of creative artists;

(h) give technical, administrative and financial assistance to groups of amateur artists and
support co-operation between non-professional and professional artists.

Cultural industries

11. Member States or the appropriate authorities should make sure that the criterion of profit-
making does not exert a decisive influence on cultural activities, and, in drawing up cultural
policies, provide for machinery for negotiating with private cultural industries, as well as for
supplementary or alternative initiatives.

Dissemination

12. Member States or the appropriate authorities should:

(a) adopt a policy of granting subsidies and awarding prizes for cultural goods and services,
and bring about conditions which will ensure that they are disseminated and become
accessible to the broadest possible social categories, particularly in cultural fields
neglected by commercial enterprises;

(b) take steps by means of a policy of appropriate subsidies and contracts, to further the
development of the activities of cultural associations at the national, regional and local
levels;

(c) give prominence to a type of dissemination which is conducive to an active frame of

mind in the public rather than to passive consumption of cultural products.

Research

13. Member States or the appropriate authorities should foster cultural development research
projects which aim, inter alia, at evaluating current activities as well as stimulating new
experiments and studying their impact on the widest possible audiences, with a view to the
possible adoption of fresh measures in connexion with cultural policies.

B. Policies related to cultural action

Communication

14. Member States or the appropriate authorities should:

(a) promote all occasions for communication, such as meetings, debates, public perfor-
mances, group activities, and festivals, for the purpose of encouraging dialogue and a
continuous exchange of ideas between individuals, the public, creative artists,
“animateurs” and producers;

(b) develop the opportunities for cultural contact and exchange provided by sports events,
nature discovery expeditions, art and aesthetic education, current events and tourism;

(c) encourage the usual social intermediaries (communities, institutions, agencies, trade
unions, and other groups) to promote information and free cultural expression for their
members on the widest possible scale, in order to increase their awareness of and
familiarize them with cultural activities;

(d) supply information that is apt to generate feedback and personal initiative;

(e) facilitate access to written works by arranging for mobile and flexible forms of dissem-
ination, and provide for extension work in places such as libraries or reading rooms:
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

37 Annex I

(f) promote extensive use of audio-visual media in order to bring the best of the culture
of both past and present within the reach of large sectors of the population, including,
where applicable, oral traditions, in the collection of which the media can assuredly
assist;

(g) promote the active participation of audiences by enabling them to have a voice in the
selection and production of programmes, by fostering the creation of a permanent flow
of ideas between the public, artists and producers and by encouraging the establishment
of production centres for use by audiences at local and community levels;

(h) encourage the communication media to increase the number and variety of their
programmes in order to offer the widest range of choices, bearing in mind the extreme
diversity of audiences, to enhance the cultural quality of programmes intended for the
public at large, to select spoken and visual languages accessible to all audiences, to
give preference to material which serves the purposes of information and education
rather than those of propaganda and publicity and to pay special attention to the protec-
tion of national cultures from potentially harmful influences of some types of mass
production;

(i) promote comparative studies and research on the reciprocal influence as between the
artist, the mass media and society and on the relationship between the production and
impact of cultural programmes;

(j) provide, with a view to life-long education, an introduction to audio-visual languages

as well as to choosing communication media and programmes with discrimination
from an early age;

(k) develop, in a general way, forms of education and training which are adapted to the
special characteristics of audiences in order to make them capable of receiving, select-
ing and grasping the mass of information which is put into circulation in modern
societies.

Education

15. Member States or the appropriate authorities should:

(a) link cultural plans systematically with educational plans within the context of life-long
education embracing the family, the school, community life, vocational training, con-
tinuing education and cultural activity;

(b) help people at large to gain access to knowledge, bearing in mind the need to create
socio-economic conditions such as will allow them to participate in community life,
and make whatever changes may be required in educational systems, content and
methods;

(c) develop, in a systematic manner, cultural education and artistic training programmes
at all levels by inviting contributions from artists and those responsible for cultural
action.

Youth

16. Member States or the appropriate authorities should offer young people a wide range of
cultural activities which correspond to their needs and aspirations, encourage them to
acquire a sense of social responsibility, awaken their interest in the cultural heritage of their
own country and in that of all mankind and, with a view to cultural co-operation in a spirit of
friendship, international understanding and peace, promote the ideals of humanism and respect
for widely recognized educational and moral principles.

Environment

17. Member States or the appropriate authorities should:

(a) set up machinery for concerted action allowing the inhabitants or their representatives
to be closely associated with the preparation and implementation of town-planning
projects and changes to the architectural setting in which they live, and also with the
safeguarding of historic quarters, towns and sites and their integration into a modern
environment;
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Annex I 38

(b) take into consideration the international instruments adopted on such issues by
intergovernmental organizations.

IV. INTERNATIONAL CO-OPERATION

18. Member States or the appropriate authorities should:

(a) strengthen bilateral and multilateral, and regional and international cultural
co-operation with due regard for the generally recognized principles of international
law and the ideals and objectives of the United Nations, sovereignty and independence
of States, mutual advantage, and the equality of cultures;

(b) inspire in the people at large respect for other peoples and a refusal to countenance
acts of international violence and policies based on force, domination and aggression;

(c) encourage the circulation of ideas and cultural values conducive to better understand-
ing among men;

(d) develop and diversify cultural exchanges with a view to promoting an ever deeper
appreciation of the values of each culture and, in particular, draw attention to the cul-
tures of the developing countries as a mark of esteem for their cultural identity;

(e) contribute actively to the implementation of cultural projects and to the production
and dissemination of works created by common endeavours, and develop direct
contacts and exchanges between institutions and persons active in the cultural field, as
well as research on cultural development;

(f) encourage non-governmental organizations, socio-cultural organizations for the people

at large, trade unions and social and occupational groups, women’s associations, youth
movements, co-operatives and other organizations (for instance, artists’ associations)
to participate in international cultural exchanges and their development;

(g) take account, in exchanges of persons, of the mutual enrichment resulting from
co-operation between specialists from different countries;

(h) bear in mind that the need for introductory courses and information on culture is all
the greater when the aim is to arouse interest in the civilizations and cultures of other
nations in order to open men’s minds to the recognition of the plurality and equality of
cultures;

(i) ensure that the messages chosen are inserted or reinserted into a universal context
so that opportunities for access to culture may have significance for the whole interna-
tional community;

(j) take account of the important contribution that the press, books, audio-visual media,
and in particular television, can make to the mutual understanding of nations and to
their knowledge of the cultural achievements of other nations; encourage the use of
communication media, including telecommunication satellites, to promote the ideals
of peace, human rights and fundamental freedoms, friendship among men and interna-
tional understanding and co-operation, and thus create the necessary conditions to
enable their national cultures to resist ideas of hatred between peoples, war, force and
racism, in view of their adverse consequences and their corruptive effect on young
people;

(k) provide appropriate financial facilities for activities which aim at promoting interna-
tional exchanges and cultural co-operation.

V. FEDERAL OR CONFEDERATE STATES

19. In the implementation of this Recommendation, Member States with a federal or confederate
constitution shall not be bound to carry the provisions of the Recommendation into effect
when competence for the latter is constitutionally vested in each of the constituent States,
provinces or cantons; in such a case, the sole obligation of the federal or confederate govern-
ment concerned shall be to inform the States, provinces or cantons of those provisions and to
recommend their adoption.
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

39 Annex I

Recommendation on the legal protection

of translators and translations and the practical
means to improve the status of translators1

The General Conference of the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization,
meeting in Nairobi from 26 October to 30 November 1976, at its nineteenth session,

Considering that translation promotes understanding between peoples and co-operation among
nations by facilitating the dissemination of literary and scientific works, including technical works,
across linguistic frontiers and the interchange of ideas,

Noting the extremely important rôle played by translators and translations in international
exchanges in culture, art and science, particularly in the case of works written or translated
in less widely spoken languages,

Recognizing that the protection of translators is indispensable in order to ensure translations of

the quality needed for them to fulfil effectively their rô1e in the service of culture and development,

Recalling that, if the principles of this protection are already contained in the Universal Copyright
Convention, while the Berne Convention for the Protection of Literary and Artistic Works and a
number of national laws of Member States also contain specific provisions concerning such protec-
tion, the practical application of these principles and provisions is not always adequate,

Being of the opinion that if, in many countries with respect to copyright, translators and transla-
tions enjoy a protection which resembles the protection granted to authors and to literary and
scientific works, including technical works, the adoption of measures of an essentially practical
nature, assimilating translators to authors and specific to the translating profession, is neverthe-
less justified to ameliorate the effective application of existing laws,

Having decided, at its eighteenth session, that the protection of translators should be the subject
of a recommendation to Member States within the meaning of Article IV, paragraph 4, of the
Constitution,

Adopts, this twenty-second day of November 1976, the present Recommendation.

The General Conference recommends that Member States apply the following provisions
concerning the protection of translators and translations by taking whatever legislative or other
steps may be required, in conformity with the constitutional provisions and institutional practice
of each State, to give effect, within their respective territories, to the principles and standards
set forth in this Recommendation.

The General Conference recommends that Member States bring this Recommendation to the
attention of the authorities, departments or bodies responsible for matters relating to the moral
and material interests of translators and to the protection of translations, of the various organi-
zations or associations representing or promoting the interests of translators, and of publishers,
managers of theatres, broadcasters and other users and interested parties.

The General Conference recommends that Member States submit to the Organization, at such
times and in such form as shall be determined by the General Conference, reports on the action
taken by them to give effect to this Recommendation.

I. DEFINITIONS AND SCOPE OF APPLICATION

1. For purposes of this Recommendation:

(a) the term “translation” denotes the transposition of a literary or scientific work, includ-
ing technical work, from one language into another language, whether or not theinitial
work, or the translation, is intended for publication in book, magazine, periodical, or
other form, or for performance in the theatre, in a film, on radio or television, or in
any other media;

1 .Recommendation adopted on the Report of Programme Commission III at the twenty-eighth plenary meeting,on 22 November 1976
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Annex I 40

(b) the term “translators” denotes translators of literary or scientific works, including
technical works;

(c) the term “users” denotes the persons or legal entities for which a translation is made.

2. This Recommendation applies to a11 translators regardless of:

(a) the legal status applicable to them as:

(i) independent translators; or

(ii) salaried translators;

(b) the discipline to which the work translated belongs;

(c) the full-time or part-time nature of their position as translators.

II. GENERAL LEGAL POSITION OF TRANSLATORS

3. Member States should accord to translators, in respect of their translations, the protection
accorded to authors under the provisions of the international copyright conventions to which
they are party and/or under their national laws, but without prejudice to the rights of the authors
of the original works translated.

III. MEASURES TO ENSURE THE APPLICATION IN PRACTICE OF PROTECTION AFFORDED

TRANSLATORS UNDER INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS AND IN NATIONAL LAWS
RELATING TO COPYRIGHT

4. It is desirable that a written agreement be concluded between a translator and the user.

5. As a general rule, a contract governing relations between a translator and a user, as well
as where appropriate any other legal instrument governing such relations, should:

(a) accord an equitable remuneration to the translator whatever his or her legal status;

(b) at least when the translator is not working as a salaried translator, remunerate him
or her in proportion to the proceeds of the sale or use of the translation with payment
of an advance, the said advance being retained by the translator whatever the proceeds
may be; or by the payment of a sum calculated in conformity with another system of
remuneration independent of sales where it is provided for or permitted by national
legislation; or by the payment of an equitable lump sum which could be made where
payment on a proportional basis proves insufficient or inapplicable; the appropriate
method of payment should be chosen taking into account the legal system of the country
concerned and where applicable the type of original work translated;

(c) make provision, when appropriate, for a supplementary payment should the use made
of the translation go beyond the limitations specified in the contract;

(d) specify that the authorizations granted by the translator are limited to the rights
expressly mentioned, this provision applying to possible new editions:

(e) stipulate that in the event that the translator has not obtained any necessary authoriza-
tion, it is the user who is responsible for obtaining such authorization;

(f) stipulate that the translator guarantees the user uncontested enjoyment of all the rights
granted and undertakes to refrain from any action likely to compromise the legitimate
interests of the user and, when appropriate, to observe the rule of professional secrecy;

(g) stipulate that, subject to the prerogatives of the author of the original work translated,
no change shall be made in the text of a translation intended for publication without
seeking the prior agreement of the translator;

(h) assure the translator and his translation similar publicity, proportionately to that which
authors are generally given, in particular, the name of the author of the translation
should appear in a prominent place on all published copies of the translation, on theatre
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

41 Annex I

bills, in announcements made in connexion with radio or television broadcasts, in the

credit titles of films and in any other promotional material;

(i) provide that the user ensure that the translation bear such notices as are necessary to
comply with copyright formalities in those countries where it might reasonably be
expected to be used;

(j) provide for the resolution of any conflicts which may arise, particularly with respect
to the quality of the translation, so far as possible, by means of arbitration or in accord-
ance with procedures laid down by national legislation or by any other appropriate means
of dispute settlement which on the one hand is such as to guarantee impartiality and on
the other hand is easily accessible and inexpensive;

(k) mention the languages from and into which the translator will translate and without
prejudice to the provisions of paragraph 1 (a), further specify expressly the translator’s
possible use as an interpreter.

6. In order to facilitate the implementation of the measures recommended in paragraphs 4, 5

and 14, Member States should, without prejudice to the translator’s freedom to enter into an
individual contract, encourage the parties concerned, in particular the professional organizations
of translators and other organizations or associations representing them, on the one hand, and
the representatives of users, on the other, to adopt model contracts or to conclude collective
agreements based on the measures suggested in this Recommendation and making due allowance
for all situations likely to arise by reason either of the translator or of the nature of the
translation.

7. Member States should also promote measures to ensure effective representation of transla-
tors and to encourage the creation and development of professional organizations of transla-
tors and other organizations or associations representing them, to define the rules and duties
which should govern the exercise of the profession, to defend the moral and material interests
of translators and to facilitate linguistic, cultural, scientific and technical exchanges among
translators and between translators and the authors of works to be translated. To this end, such
organizations or associations might undertake, where national law permits, in particular, the
following specific activities:

(a) promote the adoption of standards governing the translating profession; such standards
should stipulate in particular that the translator has a duty to provide a translation of
high quality from both the linguistic and stylistic points of view and to guarantee that the
translation will be a faithful rendering of the original;

(b) study the bases for remuneration acceptable to translators and users;

(c) set up procedures to assist in the settlement of disputes arising in connexion with the
quality of translations;

(d) advise translators in their negotiations with users and co-operate with other interested
parties in establishing model contracts relating to translation;

(e) endeavour to arrange for translators individually or collectively, and in accordance with
national laws or any collective agreements which may be applicable on this subject, to
benefit with authors from funds received from either private or public sources;

(f) provide for exchanges of information on matters of interest to translators by the publica-
tion of information bulletins, the organization of meetings or by other appropriate means;

(g) promote the assimilation of translators, from the point of view of social benefits and
taxation, to authors of literary or scientific works, including technical works;

(h) promote the establishment and development of specialized programmes for the training
of translators;

(i) co-operate with other national, regional or international bodies working to promote the
interests of translators, and with any national or regional copyright information centres
set up to assist in the clearance of rights in works protected by copyright, as well as
with the Unesco International Copyright Information Centre;
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Annex I 42

(j) maintain close contacts with users, as well as with their representatives or professional
organizations or associations, in order to defend the interests of translators; and
negotiate collective agreements with such representatives or organizations or associa-
tions where deemed advantageous;

(k) contribute generally to the development of the translating profession.

8. Without prejudice to paragraph 7, membership of professional organizations or associations

which represent translators should not, however, be a necessary condition for protection,
since the provisions of this Recommendation should apply to all translators, whether or not they
are members of such organizations or associations.

IV. SOCIAL AND FISCAL SITUATION OF TRANSLATORS

9. Translators working as independent writers, whether or not they are paid by royalties,
should benefit in practice from any social insurance schemes relating to retirement, illness,
family allowances, etc., and from any taxation arrangements, generally applicable to the authors
of literary or scientific works, including technical works.

10. Salaried translators should be treated on the same basis as other salaried professional staff
and benefit accordingly from the social schemes provided for them. In this respect, profes-
sional statutes, collective agreements and contracts of employment based thereon should mention
expressly the class of translators of scientific and technical texts, so that their status as trans-
lators may be recognized, particularly with respect to their professional classification.

V. TRAINING AND WORKING CONDITIONS OF TRANSLATORS

11. Member States should recognize in principle that translation is an independent discipline
requiring an education distinct from exclusively language teaching and that this discipline
requires special training. Member States should encourage the establishment of writing
programmes for translators, especially in connexion with translators’ professional organizations
or associations, universities or other educational institutions, and the organization of seminars
or workshops. It should also be recognized that it is useful for translators to be able to benefit
from continuing education courses.

12. Member States should consider organizing terminology centres which might be encouraged
to undertake the following activities:

(a) communicating to translators current information concerning terminology required by

them in the general course of their work;

(b) collaborating closely with terminology centres throughout the world with a view to stan-
dardizing and developing the internationalization of scientific and technical terminology
so as to facilitate the task of translators.

13. In association with professional organizations or associations and other interested parties,
Member States should facilitate exchanges of translators between different countries, so as
to allow them to improve their knowledge of the language from which they work and of the socio-
cultural context in which the works to be translated by them are written.

14. With a view to improving the quality of translations, the following principles and practical
measures should be expressly recognized in professional statutes mentioned under
sub-paragraph 7 (a) and in any other written agreements between the translators and the users:

(a) translators should be given a reasonable period of time to accomplish their work;

(b) any documents and information necessary for the understanding of the text to be trans-
lated and the drafting of the translation should, so far as possible, be made available
to translators;

(c) as a general rule, a translation should be made from the original work, recourse being
had to retranslation only where absolutely necessary;

(d) a translator should, as far as possible, translate into his own mother tongue or into a
language of which he or she has a mastery equal to that of his or her mother tongue.
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

43 Annex I

VI. DEVELOPING COUNTRIES

15. The principles and norms set forth in this Recommendation may be adapted by developing
countries in any way deemed necessary to help them meet their requirements, and in the
light of the special provisions for the benefit of developing countries Introduced in the Universal
Copyright Convention as revised at Paris on 24 July 1971 and the Paris Act (1971) of the Berne
Convention for the Protection of Literary and Artistic Works.

VII. FINAL PROVISION

16. Where translators and translations enjoy a level of protection which is, in certain respects,
more favourable than that provided for in this Recommendation, its provisions should not
be invoked to diminish the protection already acquired.
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Annex I 44

Recommendation concerning the international

standardization of statistics on radio and television1
The General Conference of the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization,
meeting in Nairobi from 26 October to 30 November 1976, at its nineteenth session,

Considering that, by virtue of Article IV, paragraph 4, of the Constitution, it is for the Organi-
zation to draw up and adopt instruments for the international regulation of questions falling
within its competence,

Considering that Article VIII of the Constitution provides inter alia that “each Member State
shall submit to the Organization, at such times and in such manners as shall be determined by
the General Conference, reports on . . . statistics relating to its educational, scientific and
cultural institutions and activities . . . ,

Convinced that it is highly desirable for the national authorities responsible for collecting and
communicating radio and television statistics to be guided by certain standards in the matter
of definitions, classifications and presentation, in order to improve the international compar-
ability of such statistics,

Having before it, as item 30 of the agenda of the session, proposals concerning the inter-
national standardization of statistics on radio and television,

Having decided at its eighteenth session that this question should be made the subject of an
international regulation, to take the form of a recommendation to Member States within the
meaning of Article IV, paragraph 4, of the Constitution,

Adopts, this twenty-second day of November 1976, the present recommendation.

The General Conference recommends that Member States should apply the following provisions
concerning international standardization of statistics on radio and television by taking whatever
legislation measures or other steps may be required, in conformity with the constitutional
practice of each State, to give effect, within their respective territories, to the standards and
principles formulated in this recommendation.

The General Conference recommends that Member States bring this recommendation to the
attention of authorities and services responsible for collecting and communicating radio and
television statistics.

The General Conference recommends that Member States forward to it, by the dates and in the
form which it shall prescribe, reports concerning action taken by them upon this recommendation.

I. SCOPE AND DEFINITIONS

Scope

1. The statistics referred to in this recommendation are intended to provide, in respect of

each Member State, information on a standardized basis about:

(a) domestic broadcasting;

(b) external broadcasting.

Definitions

2. In compiling the statistics covered by this recommendation, the following definitions should
be used:

(a) Broadcasting institution: an organization legally authorized to provide a broadcasting

service.

1. Recommendation adopted on the Report of Programme Commission III at the twenty-eighth plenary meeting,on 22 November 1976.
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

45 Annex I

(b) Broadcasting service: a radiocommunication service in which the transmissions are

intended for direct reception by the general public. This service may include sound
transmissions, television transmissions, or other types of transmissions,

(c) Radiocommunication: telecommunication by means of electromagnetic waves of

frequencies lower than 3,000 GHz propagated in space without artificial guide.

(d) Telecommunication: any transmission, emission or reception of signs, signals,

writing, images and sounds or intelligence of any nature by wire, radio, visual or
other electromagnetic systems.

(e) Domestic broadcasting: a broadcasting service primarily intended for general reception
within the country in which the broadcasting institution is authorized to operate.

(f) External broadcasting: a broadcasting service primarily intended for reception out-
side the boundaries of the country in which the broadcasting institution is authorized
to operate.

(g) Sound broadcasting (radio): broadcasting of sound only signals.

(h) Television: broadcasting of transient images of fixed or moving objects, with or with-
out sound.

(i) Transmitter: an apparatus producing radio-frequency energy for the purpose of broad-
casting radio or television programmes.

(j) Power of a broadcast transmitter: the radio frequency power that the transmitter nor-
mally supplies to the aerial system, being the unmodulated carrier power for a sound
transmitter, and the power generated during the peaks of the modulation envelope for a
television transmitter.

(k) Maximum effective radiated power (Maximum ERP): the product of the power supplied
to the aerial and the gain of the aerial relative to a half-wave dipole in the direction of
maximum radiation.

(1) Broadcast frequency band: a continuous group of frequencies allocated to broadcasting

by international regulations.

( m ) Programme: a self-contained item, either with a title or otherwise indicated, broad-

cast during a pre-announced period.

(n) Broadcasting time: time during which programmes are broadcast by one or more
transmitters.

(0) Programme service: a sequence of radio or television programmes broadcast regu-

larly by one or more transmitters and forming a distinct named entity within the broad-
casting service of a broadcasting institution.

(P) Sound broadcasting (radio) receiver: a receiver connected to an aerial or other source
of radio signals in order to reconstitute in an audible form the elements of a particular
sound programme service conveyed by such signals.

(q) Television receiver: a receiver connected to an aerial or other source of radio signals
in order to reconstitute in an audible and visual form the elements of a particular tele-
vision broadcast available to the viewer.

(r) Receiving licence: an authorization or a contract needed, usually in return for pay-
ment, to use sound broadcasting (radio) and/or television receivers.

II. CLASSIFICATION OF DATA

3. For the different aspects of domestic broadcasting covered by this recommendation, the
following classifications should be used:

Broadcasting institutions

4. Broadcasting institutions should be classified:

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Annex I 46

(a) by their constitutional status:

(i) Government broadcasting institution: a broadcasting institution operated in

all respects by a government (central or federal, State, provincial, local, etc. )
either directly or through a separate institution created by it;

(ii) Public service broadcasting institution: a broadcasting institution created or

licensed by a legislative act or regulation (central or federal, State, provincial,
local, etc. ) and which constitutes an autonomous body;

(iii) Commercial broadcasting institution: a broadcasting institution corporately or

privately owned and which is primarily profit oriented.

(b) by their geographical coverage:

(i) National broadcasting institution: a broadcasting institution which provides a

broadcasting service intended to cover the country as a whole;

(ii) Regional broadcasting institution: a broadcasting institution which within a country

provides a regional broadcasting service;

(iii) Local broadcasting institution: a broadcasting institution which provides a local

broadcasting service.

5. Sources of revenue of broadcasting institutions should be classified according to their origin

in the following categories:

(a) Government funds: revenue received directly, or indirectly, from normal government
funds (central or federal, State, provincial, local, etc. );

(b) Licence fees: revenue from the proceeds of a broadcast receiving licence payable
by users;

(c) Private endowments: private funds made available for a broadcasting institution’s use;

(d) Advertising: revenue received in return for the advertiser’s right to draw the audience’s
attention to his goods or services;

(e) Other income: revenue from sources other than those defined in (a) to (d) above.

6. Current expenditure of broadcasting institutions should be classified into the following

categories:

(a) Programme costs

All real costs directly attributable to planning, production and acquisition of pro-
grammes, including personnel costs, but excluding the fixed costs of keeping instal-
lations running:

(i) Costs of a broadcasting institution’s own productions;

(ii) Costs incurred in the purchasing of programmes, in co-productions and in

the exchange of programmes between broadcasting institutions.

(b) Costs of production, transmission and other facilities

All real costs not directly attributable to programmes.

(i) Costs incurred in the upkeep of production facilities;

(ii) Operating costs of transmission;

(iii) Personnel, management and administration costs.

I. Personnel permanently employed in broadcasting institutions should be classified as

follows:
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

47 Annex I

(a) Programme and journalistic staff:

(i) Programme staff: planning, creative-writing and programme-producing personnel,

excluding journalists;

(ii) Journalistic staff: personnel engaged in the preparation of news bulletins, etc.

(b) Technical staff:

(i) Technical production staff: personnel employed on the operation and maintenance
of the technical equipment necessary for programme production;

(ii) Technical transmission staff: personnel employed on the operation and mainten-
ance of transmitters and links between production centres and transmitters;

(iii) Other technical staff: personnel employed on the design and installation of
technical equipment or of buildings; study and research personnel, etc.

(c) Administrative staff: personnel employed on the management or organization of a

broadcasting institution and providing central services.

(d) Other staff: personnel other than those defined in (a) to (c) above.

Transmitting facilities

8. Statistics on transmitters should distinguish between sound broadcasting transmitters and

television transmitters.

(a) Sound broadcasting transmitters should be classified by frequency band:

LF (Low frequency) also known as the long-wave band;

MF (Medium frequency) also known as the medium-wave band;
HF (High frequency) also known as the short-wave band;
VHF (Very high frequency);
SHF (Super high frequency).

Transmitter power should be specified in terms of carrier power in LF, MF and HF,
and Maximum ERP in VHF and SHF.

(b) Television transmitters should be classified by frequency band:

VHF (Very high frequency) Bands 1, 2 and 3;

UHF (Ultra high frequency) Bands 4 and 5;
SHF (Super high frequency).

Maximum ERP should be specified and a distinction made between black and white
transmitters and colour transmitters.

Programmes

9. Statistics relating to programme services of domestic broadcasting should be classified

as follows:

(a) National programme service: a programme service broadcast nationwide;

(b) Regional programme service: a programme service broadcast to regional audiences

normally differentiated by language, ethnic or other cultural differences;

(c) Local programme service: a programme service broadcast to audiences which,

geographically, are conveniently grouped, e. g. cities and towns.

10. Statistics relating to programmes should be classified as follows:

(a) By function: a programme characterized by its intended purpose.

(i) Informative programmes: programmes intended primarily to inform about facts,

events, theories or forecasts or to provide explanatory background information:
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Annex I 48

- News bulletins and news commentaries (including sports news);

- Other informative programmes, e. g. programmes dealing with political,

economic, scientific, cultural and social matters, special events, etc.

(ii) Educational, cultural and religious programmes

Educational programmes: programmes intended primarily to educate and in

which the pedagogical element is fundamental:

- Educational programmes related to a specific curriculum (e. g. schools,

university, etc. ); excluding programmes for rural development purposes;

- Educational programmes for rural development purposes;

- Other educational programmes.

Cultural programmes: programmes intended primarily to stimulate artistic

and/or intellectual curiosity:

- Programmes which can be regarded as cultural performances or

activities in themselves;

- Programmes which are intended primarily to enrich the audience’s

knowledge in a non-didactic way regarding various spheres and phenomena
of culture.

Religious programmes: programmes based on different forms of religious

service or similarly inspirational programmes intended to edify the audience.

(iii) Advertisements: commercial or other advertisements in respect of which

payment is made.

(iv) Entertainment programmes and unclassified programmes

Entertainment programmes: programmes intended primarily to entertain:

- Cinema films;

- Programmes produced as plays, whether as single complete programmes

or as serials;

- Programmes of which the predominant content is music, whether “live”

or recorded;

- Sports programmes (but excluding sports news);

- Other entertainment programmes.

Unclassified programmes: programmes not otherwise classified.

(b) By language of programme:

(i) Programmes broadcast in the official language(s);

(ii) Programmes in dialects of the official language(s);

(iii) Programmes in the languages of ethnic minorities;

(iv) Programmes broadcast in languages other than in (i), (ii) and (iii) above.

(c) By origin of programme:

(i) National production: programmes produced in the country, whether by the

broadcasting institutions or otherwise;
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

49 Annex I

(ii) Imported programmes: programmes produced by organizations outside the

reporting country;

(iii) International co-production: programmes produced jointly by broadcasting

institutions in the country and organizations outside the reporting country.

Listeners and viewers

11. (a) Potential audience: number of people as a percentage of the total population having
access to a radio or television receiver, either in their own homes or in a listening
group.

(b) Statistics on the estimated number of receivers should be classified as follows:

(i) Sound broadcasting receivers, distinguishing, if possible, between:

- VHF receivers with frequency modulation;

- LF, MF, HF, VHF and SHF receivers with amplitude modulation;
- receivers equipped with both frequency and amplitude modulation.

(ii) Television receivers, distinguishing, if possible, between:

- Black and white receivers;

- Colour receivers.

(c) Statistics on receiving licences should be classified as follows:

(i) Licences for sound only (radio);

(ii) Licences for television;

(iii) Combined sound only (radio) and television licences.

External broadcastins

12. For the different aspects of external broadcasting covered by this recommendation, the
following items should be included:

(a) Number of transmitters and their transmitting power ;

(b) Total annual broadcasting time (in hours) of all languages and by individual
languages as a percentage of the total.

III. REPORTING OF STATISTICAL DATA

13. The statistics covered by this recommendation should be drawn up desirably every year,
but if this is not possible, every two years and refer to the latter year of the biennial period.
The requested information should be presented in conformity with the definitions and classifi-
cations set out in paragraphs 2 to 12 above. Attention should be drawn to any differences be-
tween these definitions and classifications and those customarily used at the national level.
These statistics should be presented separately for radio and television and should as far as
possible cover all the following types of data:

Domestic broadcasting

Broadcasting institutions

14. Number of institutions legally authorized

(a) By constitutional status:

(i) Government broadcasting institution;

(ii) Public service broadcasting institution;

(iii) Commercial broadcasting institution.

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Annex I

(b) By geographical coverage:

(i) national broadcasting institution;

(ii) regional broadcasting institution;

(iii) local broadcasting institution.

15. Sources of revenue of broadcasting institutions referred to in paragraph 14(a)

Total annual revenue and as a percentage of that total :

(a) Government funds

(b) Licence fees

(c) Private endowments

(d) Advertising

(e) Other income

16. Current expenditure of broadcasting institutions referred to in paragraph 14(a)

Total annual current expenditure and as a percentage of that total:

(a) Programme costs:

(i) Programme production costs

(ii) Programme purchase costs

(b) Costs of production, transmission and other facilities :

(i) Production facilities costs

(ii) Transmission facilities costs

(iii) Personnel, management and administrative costs

17. Personnel employed in broadcasting institutions referred to in paragraph 14(a)

Total number of staff

(a) Programme staff:

(i) Programme staff excluding journalists

(ii) Journalists

(b) Technical staff:

(i) Production staff

(ii) Transmission staff

(iii) Other technical staff

(c) Administrative staff

(d) Other staff

 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

51 Annex I

Transmitting facilities

18. Total number of radio transmitters and their transmitting power expressed in carrier
power or in maximum ERP for each of the under-mentioned categories:

(a) Low frequency (LF)

(b) Medium frequency (MF)

(c) High frequency (HF)

(d) Very high frequency (VHF)

(e) Super high frequency (SHF)

19. Total number of television transmitters and their transmitting power expressed in maximum
ERP for each of the under-mentioned categories:

(a) Very high frequency (VHF)

(b) Ultra high frequency (UHF)

(c) Super high frequency (SHF)

Programmes

20. Number of programme services of broadcasting institutions referred to in paragraph 14(a)

(a) National programme services

(b) Regional programme services

(c) Local programme services

21. Total annual broadcasting time (in hours) of broadcasting institutions referred to in
paragraph 14(a)

(a) By function, as percentage of total broadcasting time :

(i) Informative programmes:

News bulletins and news commentaries (including sports news)

Other informative programmes

(ii) Educational, cultural and religious programmes :

Educational programmes :

- Educational programmes related to a specific curriculum

(excluding those for rural development purposes)

- Educational programmes for rural development purposes

- Other educational programmes

Cultural programmes:

Cultural programmes or activities

Programmes about culture

Religious programmes

(iii) Advertisements
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Annex I 52

(iv) Entertainment programmes and unclassified programmes

Entertainment programmes

- Cinema films

- Plays

- Music

- Sport programmes (but excluding sports news)

- Other entertainment programmes

Unclassified programmes

(b) By language of programme, as percentage of total broadcasting time

(i) Official language(s)

(ii) Dialects of the official language(s)

(iii) Languages of ethnic minorities

(iv) Other languages

(c) By origin of programme, as percentage of total broadcasting time

(i) National production

(ii) Imported programmes

(iii) International co-productions

Listeners and viewers

22. (a) Potential audience

(b) Estimated number of receivers in use:

(i) Radio receivers:

- Receivers with amplitude modulation only

- Receivers also equipped for frequency modulation

(ii) Television receivers :

Black and white receivers

Colour receivers

(c) Number of receiving licences in force:

Sound only (radio)

Television

Combined

External broadcasting

23. Statistics on external radio broadcasting should include:

(a) Number of transmitters and their transmitting power

(b) Total annual broadcasting time (in hours) of all languages and by individual languages
as a percentage of the total.
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

53 Amex I

Protocol to the Agreement on the importation of

educational, scientific and cultural materials1

The contracting States parties to the Agreement on the Importation of Educational, Scientific
and Cultural Materials, adopted by the General Conference of the United Nations Educational,
Scientific and Cultural Organization at its fifth session held in Florence in 1950,

Reaffirming the principles on which the Agreement, hereinafter called “the Agreement”, is
based.

Considering that this Agreement has proved to be an effective instrument in lowering customs
barriers and reducing other economic restrictions that impede the exchange of ideas and
knowledge,

Considering, nevertheless, that in the quarter of a century following the adoption of the Agree-
ment, technical progress has changed the ways and means of transmitting information and
knowledge, which is the fundamental objective of that Agreement,

Considering, further, that the developments that have taken place in the field of international
trade during this period have, in general, been reflected in greater freedom of exchanges,

Considering that since the adoption of the Agreement, the international situation has changed
radically owing to the development of the international community, in particular through the
accession of many States to independence,

Considering that the needs and concerns of the developing countries should be taken into consider-
ation, with a view to giving them easier and less costly access to education, science, technology-
and culture,

Recalling the provisions of the Convention on the means of prohibiting and preventing the illicit
import, export and transfer of ownership of cultural property, adopted by the General Conference
of Unesco in 1970, and those of the Convention concerning the protection of the world cultural and
natural heritage, adopted by the General Conference in 1972,

Recalling, moreover, the customs conventions concluded under the auspices of the Customs Co-
operation Council, in consultation with the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural
Organization, concerning the temporary importation of educational, scientific and cultural
materials,

Convinced that new arrangements should be made and that such arrangements will contribute even
more effectively to the development of education, science and culture which constitute the essen-
tial bases of economic and social progress,

Recalling resolution 4. 112 adopted by the General Conference of Unesco at its eighteenth session,

Have agreed as follows:

1. The contracting States undertake to extend to the materials listed in Annexes -1, B,
D and E and also, where the annexes in question have not been the subject of a declara-
tion under paragraph 16 (a) below, Annexes C. 1, F, G and H, to the present protocol
exemption from customs duties and other charges on, or in connexion with, their
importation, as set out in Article I, paragraph 1, of the Agreement, provided such
materials fulfil the conditions laid down in these annexes and are the products of
another contracting State.

2. The provisions of paragraph 1 of this protocol shall not prevent any contracting State
from levying on imported materials:

(a) internal taxes or any other internal charges of any kind, imposed at the time of
importation or subsequently, not exceeding those applied directly or indirectly to
like domestic products;

1. Protocol adopted on the Report of Programme Commission II at the thirty-fourth plenary meeting,on 26 November 1976
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

54

(b) fees and charges, other than customs duties, imposed by governmental or
administrative authorities on, or in connexion with, importation, limited in
amount to the approximate cost of the services rendered, and representing
neither an indirect protection to domestic products nor a taxation of imports
for revenue purposes.

II

3. Notwithstanding paragraph 2 (a) of this protocol, the contracting States undertake not
to levy on the materials listed below any internal taxes or other internal charges of
any kind, imposed at the time of importation or subsequently:

(a) books and publications consigned to the libraries referred to in paragraph 5 of

this protocol;

(b) official, parliamentary and administrative documents published in their country

of origin;

(c) books and publications of the United Nations or any of its Specialized Agencies:

(d) books and publications received by the United Nations Educational, Scientific and
Cultural Organization and distributed free of charge by it or under its supervision;

(e) publications intended to promote tourist travel outside the country of importation,
sent and distributed free of charge;

(f) articles for the blind and other physically and mentally handicapped persons:

(i) books, publications and documents of all kinds in raised characters for the
blind;

(ii) other articles specially designed for the educational, scientific or cultural
advancement of the blind and other physically or mentally handicapped per-
sons which are imported directly by institutions or organizations concerned
with the education of, or assistance to the blind and other physically or men-
tally handicapped persons approved by the competent authorities of the
importing country for the purpose of duty-free entry of these types of articles.

III

4. The contracting States undertake not to levy on the articles and materials referred to
in the annexes to this protocol any customs duties, export duties or duties levied on
goods leaving the country, or other internal taxes of any kind, levied on such articles
and materials when they are intended for export to other contracting States.

IV

3. The contracting States undertake to extend the granting of the necessary licences and/
or foreign exchange provided for in Article II, paragraph 1, of the Agreement, to the
importation of the following materials:

(a) books and publications consigned to libraries serving the public interest,
including the following:

(i) national libraries and other major research libraries;

(ii) general and specialized academic libraries, including university libraries,

college libraries, institute libraries and university extra-mural libraries;

(iii) public libraries;

(iv) school libraries;

(v) special libraries serving a group of readers who form an entity, having
particular and identifiable subjects of interest, such as government libraries,
public authority libraries, industrial libraries and libraries of professional
bodies;
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Annex I

(vi) libraries for the handicapped and for readers who are unable to move
around. such as libraries for the blind, hospital libraries and prison
libraries;

(vii) music libraries, including record libraries;

(b) books adopted or recommended as textbooks in higher educational establishments

and imported by such establishments;

(c) books in foreign languages, with the exception of books in the principal native
language or languages of the importing country;

(d) films, slides, video-tapes and sound recordings of an educational, scientific or

cultural nature, imported by organizations approved by the competent authorities
of the importing country for the purpose of duty-free entry of these types of
articles.

6. The contracting States undertake to extend the granting of the facilities provided for
in Article III of the Agreement to materials and furniture imported exclusively for
showing at a public exhibition of objects of an educational, scientific or cultural nature
approved by the competent authorities of the importing country and for subsequent
re-exportation.

7. Nothing in the foregoing paragraph shall prevent the authorities of an importing country
from taking such steps as may be necessary to ensure that the materials and furniture
in question will in fact be re-exported at the close of the exhibition.

VI

8. The contracting States undertake:

(a) to extend to the importation of the articles covered by the present protocol the
provisions of Article IV of the Agreement;

(b) to encourage through appropriate measures the free flow and distribution of
educational, scientific and cultural objects and materials produced in the
developing countries.

VII

9. Nothing in this protocol shall affect the right of contracting States to take measures,
in conformity with their legislation, to prohibit or limit the importation of articles, or
their circulation after importation, on grounds relating directly to national security,
public order or public morals.

10. Notwithstanding other provisions of this protocol, a developing country, which is

defined as such by the practice established by the General Assembly of the United
Nations and which is a party to the protocol, may suspend or limit the obligations
under this protocol relating to importation of any object or material if such impor-
tation causes or threatens to cause serious injury to the nascent indigenous industry
in that developing country. The country concerned shall implement such action in a
non-discriminatory manner. It shall notify the Director-General of the United Nations
Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization of any such action, as far as
practicable in advance of implementation, and the Director-General of the United
Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization shall notify all Parties to
the protocol.

11. This protocol shall not modify or affect the laws and regulations of any contracting
State or any of its international treaties, conventions, agreements or proclamations,
with respect to copyright, trade marks or patents.
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Annex I 56

12. Subject to the provisions of any previous conventions to which they may have subscribed
for the settlement of disputes, the contracting States undertake to have recourse to
negotiation or conciliation with a view to settlement of any disputes regarding the
interpretation or the application of this protocol.

13. In case of a dispute between contracting States relating to the educational, scientific
or cultural character of imported materials, the interested parties may, by common
agreement refer it to the Director-General of the United Nations Educational,
Scientific and Cultural Organization for an advisory opinion.

VIII

14. (a) This protocol, of which the English and French texts are equally authentic, shall
bear today’s date and shall be open to signature by all States Parties to the Agree-
ment, as well as by customs or economic unions, provided that all the Member
States constituting them are also Parties to the protocol.

The term “State” or “Country” as used in this protocol, or in the protocol referred
to in paragraph 18, shall be taken to refer also, as the context may require, to the
customs or economic unions and, in all matters which fall within their competence
with regard to the scope of this protocol, to the whole of the territories of the Mem-
ber States which constitute them, and not to the territory of each of these States.

It is understood that, in a Contracting Party to this protocol, such customs or

economic unions will also apply the provisions of the Agreement on the same basis
as is provided in the preceding paragraph with respect to the protocol.

(b) This protocol shall be subject to ratification or acceptance by the signatory States
in accordance with their respective constitutional procedures.

(c) The instruments of ratification or acceptance shall be deposited with the Secretary-
General of the United Nations.

15. (a) The States referred to in paragraph 14 (a) which are not signatories of this proto-
col may accede to this protocol.

(b) Accession shall be effected by the deposit of a formal instrument with the
Secretary-General of the United Nations.

16. (a) The States referred to in paragraph 14 (a) of this protocol may, at the time of
signature, ratification, acceptance or accession, declare that they will not be
bound by Part II, Part IV, Annex C. 1, Annex F, Annex G and Annex H, or by any
of these Parts or Annexes. They may also declare that they will be bound by
Annex C. 1 only in respect of contracting States which have themselves accepted
that Annex.

(b) Any contracting State which has made such a declaration may withdraw it, in whole
or in part, at any time by notification to the Secretary-General of the United Nations,
specifying the date on which such withdrawal takes effect.

(cl States which have declared, in accordance with sub-paragraph (a) of this para-
graph, that they will not be bound by Annex C. 1 shall necessarily be bound by
Annex C. 2. Those which have declared that they will be bound by Annex C. 1 only
in respect of contracting States which have themselves accepted that Annex shall
necessarily be bound by Annex C. 2 in respect of contracting States which have not
accepted Annex C. 1.

17. (a) This protocolshall come into force six months after the date of deposit of the fifth
instrument of ratification, acceptance or accession with the Secretary-General
of the United Nations.

(b) It shall come into force for every other State six months after the date of the
deposit of its instrument of ratification, acceptance or accession.
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

57 Annex I

(c) Within one month following the expiration of the periods mentioned in sub-
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this paragraph, the contracting States to this protocol
shall submit a report to the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural
Organization on the measures which they have taken to give full effect to the
protocol.

(d) The United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization shall
transmit these reports to all States parties to this protocol.

18. The protocol annexed to the Agreement, and made an integral part thereof, as provided
for in Article XVII of the Agreement, is hereby made an integral part of this protocol
and shall apply to obligations incurred under this protocol and to products covered by
this protocol.

19. (a) Two years after the date of the coming into force of this protocol, any contracting
State may denounce this protocol by an instrument in writing deposited with the
Secretary-General of the United Nations.

(b) The denunciation shall take effect one year after the receipt of the instrument of
denunciation.

(c) Denunciation of the Agreement pursuant to Article XIV thereof shall automatically
imply denunciation of this protocol.

20. The Secretary-General of the United Nations shall inform the States referred to in
paragraph 14 (a), as well as the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural
Organization, of the deposit of all the instruments of ratification, acceptance or
accession referred to in paragraphs 14 and 15; of declarations made and withdrawn
under paragraph 16 of the dates of entry into force of this protocol in accordance
with paragraph 17 (a) and (b); and of the denunciations provided for in paragraph 19.

21. (a) This protocol may be revised by the General Conference of the United Nations
Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. Any such revision, however,
shall be binding only upon States that become parties to the revising protocol.

(b) Should the General Conference adopt a new protocol revising this protocol either
totally or in part, and unless the new protocol provides otherwise, the present
protocol shall cease to be open to signature, ratification, acceptance or acces-
sion as from the date of the coming into force of the new revising protocol.

22. This protocol shall not change or modify the Agreement.

23. Annexes A, B, C. 1, C. 2, D, E, F, G and H are hereby made an integral part of this

protocol.

24. In accordance with Article 102 of the Charter of the United Nations, this protocol
shall be registered by the Secretary-General of the United Nations on the date of
its coming into force.

IN FAITH WHEREOF the undersigned, duly authorized, have signed this protocol on behalf of
their respective governments.
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Annex I 58

ANNEX A

Books, publications and documents

(i) Printed books, irrespective of the language in which they are printed and whatever the
amount of space given over to illustrations, including the following:

(a) luxury editions;

(b) books printed abroad from the manuscript of an author resident in the importing
country;

(c) children’s drawing and painting books;

(d) school exercise books (workbooks) with printed texts and blank spaces to be
filled in by the pupils;

(e) crossword puzzle books containing printed texts:

(f) loose illustrations and printed pages in the form of loose or bound sheets and
reproduction proofs or reproduction films to be used for the production of books.

(ii) Printed documents or reports of a non-commercial character.

(iii) Microforms of the articles listed under items (i) and (ii) of this Annex, as well as of those
listed under items (i) to (vi) of Annex A to the Agreement.

(iv) Catalogues of films, recordings or other visual and auditory material of an educational,
scientific or cultural character.

(v) Maps and charts of interest in scientific fields such as geology, zoology, botany, mineralogy,
palaeontology, archaeology, ethnology, meteorology, climatology and geophysics, and also
meteorological and geophysical diagrams.

(vi) Architectural. industrial or engineering plans and designs and reproductions thereof.

(vii) Bibliographical information material for distribution free of charge.

ANNEX B

Works of art and collectors’ pieces of an educational, scientific or cultural character

(i) Paintings and drawings, whatever the nature of the materials on which they have been
executed entirely by hand, including copies executed by hand, but excluding manufactured
decorated wares.

(ii) Ceramics and mosaics on wood, being original works of art.

(iii) Collectors’ pieces and objects of art consigned to galleries, museums and other institu-
tions approved by the competent authorities of the importing country for the purpose of
duty-free entry of those types of materials, on condition they are not resold.
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

59 Annex I

ANNEX C. 1

Visual and auditory materials

(i) Films, (i) filmstrips , microforms and slides.

(ii) Sound recordings.

( i i i ) P a t t e r n s , models and wall charts of an educational, scientific or cultural character,

except toy models.

(iv) Other visual and auditory materials, such as:

(a) video-tapes, kinescopes, video-discs, videograms and other forms of visual and
sound recordings;

(b) microcards, microfiches and magnetic or other information storage media required
in computerized information and documentation services;

'c) materials for programmed instruction, which may be presented in kit form, with the
corresponding printed materials, including video-cassettes and audio-cassettes;

(d) transparencies, including those intended for direct projection or for viewing through
optical devices;

(e) holograms for laser projection;

(f) mock-ups or visualizations of abstract concepts such as molecular structures or

mathematical formulae;

(d) multi-media kits;

(h) materials for the promotion of tourism, including those produced by private concerns,
designed to encourage the public to travel outside the country of importation.

(The exemptions provided for in the present Annex C. 1 shall not apply to:

(a) unused microform stock and unused visual and auditory recording media and their
specific packaging such as cassettes, cartridges, reels;

(b) visual and auditory recordings with the exception of materials for the promotion of
tourism covered by paragraph (iv) (h), produced by or for a private commercial
enterprise, essentially for advertising purposes;

(c) visual and auditory recordings in which the advertising matter is in excess of 25 per
cent by time. In the case of the materials for the promotion of tourism covered by
paragraph (iv) (h), this percentage applies only to private commercial publicity)

(1) The duty-free entry of exposed and developed cinematographic films for public commercial
exhibition or sale may be limited to negatives, it being understood that this limitation shall
not apply to films (including newsreels) when admitted duty-free under the provisions of
Annex C. 2 to this Protocol.
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Annex I 60

ANNEX C. 2

Visual and auditory materials of an educational, scientific or cultural character

Visual and auditory materials of an educational, scientific or cultural character, when

imported by organizations (including, at the discretion of the importing country, broadcasting
and television organizations) or by any other public or private institution or association,
approved by the competent authorities of the importing country for the purpose of duty-free
admission of these types of materials or when produced by the United Nations or any of its
Specialized Agencies and including the following:

(i) films, filmstrips, microfilms and slides;

(ii) newsreels (with or without sound track) depicting events of current news value at the
time of importation, and imported in either negative form, exposed and developed,
or positive form, printed and developed, it being understood that duty-free entry may
be limited to two copies of each subject for copying purposes;

(iii) archival film material (with or without sound track) intended for use in connexion
with newsreel films;

( iv) recreational films particularly suited for children and youth;

(VI sound recordings;

(vi) video-tapes, kinescopes, video-discs, videograms and other forms of visual and
sound recordings;

(vii) microcards, microfiches and magnetic or other information storage media required
in computerized information and documentation services;

(viii) materials for programmed instruction, which may be presented in kit form, with the
corresponding printed materials, including video-cassettes and audio-cassettes;

(ix) transparencies, including those intended for direct projection or for viewing through
optical devices;

(x) holograms for laser projection;

(xi) mock-ups or visualizations of abstract concepts such as molecular structures or

mathematical formulae;

(xii) multi-media kits.

ANNEX D

Scientific instruments or apparatus

(i) Scientific instruments or apparatus, provided:

(a) that they are consigned to public or private scientific or educational institutions
approved by the competent authorities of the importing country for the purpose of
duty-free entry of these types of articles, and used for non-commercial purposes
under the control and responsibility of these institutions;

(b) that instruments or apparatus of equivalent scientific value are not being manufac-
tured in the country of importation.

(ii) Spare parts, components or accessories specifically matching scientific instruments or

apparatus, provided these spare parts, components or accessories are imported at the
same time as such instruments and apparatus, or if imported subsequently, that they are
identifiable as intended for instruments or apparatus previously admitted duty-free or
entitled to duty-free entry.
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

61 Annex I

(iii) Tools to be used for the maintenance, checking, gauging or repair of scientific instruments,
provided these tools are imported at the same time as such instruments and apparatus or,
if imported subsequently, that they are identifiable as intended for the specific instruments
or apparatus previously admitted duty-free or entitled to duty-free entry, and further pro-
vided that tools of equivalent scientific value are not being manufactured in the country of
importation.

ANNEX E

Articles for the blind and other handicapped persons

(i) All articles specially designed for the educational, scientific or cultural advancement of
the blind which are imported directly by institutions or organizations concerned with the
education of, or assistance to, the blind, approved by the competent authorities of the
importing country for the purpose of duty-free entry of these types of articles, including:

(a) talking books (discs, cassettes or other sound reproductions) and large-print books;

(b) phonographs and cassette players, specially designed or adapted for the blind and other
handicapped persons and required to play the talking books;

(c) equipment for the reading of normal print by the blind and partially sighted, such as
electronic reading machines, television-enlargers and optical aids;

(d) equipment for the mechanical or computerized production of braille and recorded
material, such as stereo-typing machines, electronic braille, transfer and pressing
machines; braille computer terminals and displays;

(e) braille paper, magnetic tapes and cassettes for the production of braille and talking
books;

(f) aids for improving the mobility of the blind, such as electronic orientation and
obstacle detection appliances and white canes;

(d) technical aids for the education, rehabilitation, vocational training and employment
of the blind, such as braille watches, braille typewriters, teaching and learning aids,
games and other instruments specifically adapted for the use of the blind.

(ii) All materials specially designed for the education, employment and social advancement of
other physically or mentally handicapped persons, directly imported by institutions or
organizations concerned with the education of, or assistance to, such persons, approved by
the competent authorities of the importing country for the purpose of duty-free entry of these
types of articles, provided that equivalent objects are not being manufactured in the import-
ing country.

ANNEX F

Sports equipment

Sports equipment intended exclusively for amateur sports associations or groups approved
by the competent authorities of the importing country for the purpose of duty-free entry of
these types of articles, provided that equivalent materials are not being manufactured in the
importing country.
Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

Annex I 62

ANNEX G

Musical instruments and other musical equipment

Musical instruments and other musical equipment intended solely for cultural institutions
or music schools approved by the competent authorities of the importing country for the purpose
of duty-free entry of these types of articles, provided that equivalent instruments and other
equipment are not being manufactured in the importing country.

ANNEX H

Material and machines used for the production of books, publications and documents

(i) Material used for the production of books, publications and documents (paper pulp, recycled
paper, newsprint and other types of paper used for printing, printing inks, glue, etc. ).

(ii) Machines for the processing of paper pulp and paper and also printing and binding machines,
provided that machines of equivalent technical quality are not being manufactured in the
importing country.
 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) document. WARNING! Spelling errors might subsist. In order to access
to the original document in image form, click on "Original" button on 1st page.

63

Annex II

List of officers elected at the nineteenth session

of the General Conference
The following are the elected officers of the nineteenth session of the General Conference:

President of the General Conference Mr Branko Lukovac (Yugoslavia),

Mr P. D. M. Lombe (Zambia).
Mr Taaitta Toweett (Kenya). Rapporteur: Mr G. Strasser (Netherlands).

Vice-Presidents of the General Conference Administrative Commission

Heads of the delegations of: Algeria, Argentina, Chairman: Mr Leonard C. J. Martin (United
Canada. China, Denmark, France, Federal Re- Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland).
public of Germany. Ghana, Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Vice-Chairmen: Mr Youri N. Kotchoubei (Ukrainian
Japan. Libyan Arab Republic, Morocco, Nepal, Soviet Socialist Republic), Mr Trailokya Nath
Netherlands. Sri Lanka. Syrian Arab Republic, Upraity (Nepal), Mr Doudou Diene (Senegal).
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, Uruguay, Rapporteur: Mr Chiyuki Hiraoka (Japan).
Venezuela. Yugoslavia, Zaire.
Credentials Committee
Programme Commission 1 (Natural Sciences and
Social Sciences) Chairman: Mrs Estefania Aldaba-Lim (Philippines).
Chairman: Mr Abdelwahab El Borolossy (Egypt).
Vice-Chairmen: Mr Werner Bahner (German Demo- Nominations Committee
cratic Republic), Mr Gonzalo Abad Grijalva
Chairman: Mr N’Sougan Agblemagnon (Togo).
(Ecuador). Mr Arthur K. Solomon (United States
of America).
Rapporteur: Mr K. S. Nkunika (Zambia). Legal Committee

Chairman: Mr William B. Jones (United States of

Programme Commission II (Education, Culture and America).
Communication)
Vice-Chairman: Mr Hassan Kira (Egypt).
Chairman: Mr Nicolai’ Todorov (Bulgaria). Rapporteur: Mr Garth Castren (Finland).
Vice-Chairmen: Mr Efraim L. Gonzalez (Honduras),
Mr Ali Lankoande (Upper Volta), Mr Datuk Headquarters Committee
M. N. Murad (Malaysia) (replaced by Mr Chong
Seek Chim (Malaysia)). Chairman: Mr Charles Hummel (Switzerland).
Rapporteur: Mr Vadime Elisseeff (France). Vice-Chairmen: Mr N’Sougan Agblemagnon (Togo),
Mr H. Bustamante (Panama).
Rapporteur: Mr H. Saffari (Iran).
Programme Commission III (General Programme
Matters)
Drafting and Negotiation Group
Chairman: Mr Gabriel Betancur Mejia (Colombia).
Vice-Chairmen: Mr El Fateh Hamad (Sudan), Chairman: Mr L. Boissier-Palun (Benin).